Front page- Amine Div - environmentclearance.nic.inenvironmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/280220174ZLWP9L4... · environmental impact assessment report of (amine division)

ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT

OF

(Amine Division) FOR

MANUFACTURING OF ORGANIC PRODUCTS

EXISTING SITE

PLOT NO. 285, 286/1, A-1-322/12, PHASE-II, G.I.D.C., VAPI-396195, DIST.-VALSAD, GUJARAT.

Ph.: 2401898 Fax: 2401897

PREPARED BY

M/s. JYOTI OM CHEMICAL RESEARCH CENTRE PRIVATE LIMITED

Shed No. K-1, 7705/2,3,4 GIDC ESTATE, Ankleshwar - 393002

Phone: (02646)220293; Fax: (02646)239454 Website:www.jyotiom.com

Email: [email protected]

EIA FOR EXPANSION OF M/s. AARTI INDUSTRIES LTD. (AMINE DIVISION), VAPI.

M/s. JYOTI OM CHEMICAL RESEARCH CENTRE PVT. LTD., ANKLESHWAR. i

TABLE OF CONTENTS SR. NO.

CONTENT PAGE NO.

-- TABLE OF CONTENTS i - xv

-- EXECUTIVE SUMMARY I - VI

CHAPTER -1 INTRODUCTION 1.1 PURPOSE OF THE REPORT 1.1 1.2 IDENTIFICATION OF THE PROJECT AND PROJECT

PROPONENT 1.2

1.2..1 PROPOSED PROJECT 1.2 1.2.2 PROJECT PROPONENT 1.3 1.3 KEY INFORMATION OF PROJECT 1.5 1.3.1 IMPORTANCE AND JUSTIFICATION OF PROJECT 1.5 1.3.2 NATURE OF THE PROJECT 1.5 1.3.3 SIZE AND COST OF THE PROJECT 1.6 1.3.4 SITE SELECTION 1.6 1.3.5 LOCATION OF THE PROJECT 1.7 1.4 SALIENT FEATURES 1.9 1.5 REGULATORY FRAMEWORK 1.11 1.6 SCOPE AND OBJECTIVE OF EIA STUDY 1.11 1.7 STRUCTURE OF EIA REPORT 1.12 1.8 TERMS OF REFERENCE AND ITS COMPLIANCE 1.14

1.8.1 COMPLIANCE OF TOR APPROVED BY MoEF, DELHI. 1.14

1.8.2 COMPLIANCE OF GENERIC TOR IN RESPECT OF INDUSTRY SECTOR (Annexure-I)

1.17

CHAPTER - 2 PROJECT DESCRIPTION 2.1 TYPE OF PROJECT 2.1 2.2 NEED FOR THE PROJECT 2.1 2.3 PRODUCTS AND RAW MATERIAL DETAILS 2.1 2.3.1 PRODUCT STORAGE & HANDLING 2.3 2.3.2 RAW MATERIAL STORAGE AND HANDLING 2.5 2.3.3 TRANSPORTATION OF RAW MATERIALS AND FINISHED

PRODUCTS 2.10

2.4 PROCESS DESCRIPTION 2.11 2.4.1 MANUFACTURING PROCESS 2.11 2.5 MANAGEMENT PLAN FOR CO-PRODUCTS 2.19 2.5.1 MANAGEMENT PLAN FOR SODIUM CHLORIDE (NaCl) 2.19 2.5.2 MANAGEMENT PLAN FOR CUPROUS OXIDE / HYDROXIDE 2.19 2.5.3 MANAGEMENT PLAN FOR CALCIUM CHLORIDE (CaCl2) 2.19 2.5.4 MANAGEMENT PLAN FOR AMMONIA SOLUTION 2.19

2.5.5 MANAGEMENT PLAN FOR AMMONIUM SULPHATE SOLUTION/ AMMONIUM SULPHATE SOLID

2.19

2.6 DETAILS OF SOLVENT AND CHEMICAL RECOVERY SYSTEM 2.20


M/s. JYOTI OM CHEMICAL RESEARCH CENTRE PVT. LTD., ANKLESHWAR. ii

SR. NO.

CONTENT PAGE NO.

2.6.1 SOLVENT MONO CHLORO BENZENE RECOVERY 2.20 2.7 RESOURCE REQUIREMENT 2.21 2.7.1 INFRASTRUCTURE FACILITIES (LAND) 2.21 2.7.2 DETAILS OF FUEL AND ELECTRICITY CONSUMPTION 2.22 2.7.3 DETAILS OF ENERGY DISTRIBUTION/UTILISATION 2.24 2.7.4 UTILITIES 2.24 2.7.5 MANPOWER 2.25 2.7.6 EQUIPMENTS/MACHINERIES 2.25 2.7.7 WATER REQUIREMENT 2.28 2.8 WASTE WATER MANAGEMENT 2.31 2.8.1 WASTE WATER GENERATION DETAILS 2.31 2.8.2 EXISTING EFFLUENT TREATMENT PLANT PROCESS 2.31 2.8.3 PROPOSED EFFLUENT TREATMENT PLANT PROCESS 2.32 2.8.4 SEWAGE GENERATION OR DOMESTIC WASTE WATER 2.33 2.9 GASEOUS EMISSION 2.36 2.9.1 FLUE GAS EMISSION 2.36 2.9.2 PROCESS GAS EMISSION 2.37 2.10 HAZARDOUS WASTE GENERATION 2.37 CHAPTER - 3 BASELINE ENVIRONMENT STATUS 3.1 INTRODUCTION 3.1 3.2 WINDROSE 3.3 3.3 AIR ENVIRONMENT 3.6 3.3.1 AMBIENT AIR QUALITY (AAQ) 3.6

3.4 WATER ENVIRONMENT 3.9 3.5 NOISE ENVIRONMENT 3.18

3.5.1 RECONNAISSANCE 3.18

3.5.2 METHODOLOGY FOR NOISE MONITORING 3.18

3.5.3 NOISE MONITORING LOCATIONS 3.19

3.6 SOIL ENVIRONMENT 3.20 3.6.1 BASELINE DATA 3.20 3.7 LAND USE PATTERNS 3.21 3.8 BIOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT & SOCIO –ECONOMIC

ENVIRONMENT 3.24

3.8.1 ECOLOGICAL INFORMATION 3.24 3.8.2 FOREST 3.24

3.8.3 FLORA 3.24 3.8.4 FAUNA 3.28

3.9 SOCIO-ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT 3.28 3.9.1 DEMOGRAPHIC DATA WITHIN THE REGION OF INTEREST 3.28 3.9.2 LITERACY RATE 3.32 3.9.3 OCCUPATIONAL STRUCTURE 3.36 3.10 EARTHQUAKE VULNERABILITY 3.47 3.11 WIND AND CYCLONE VULNERABILITY 3.47 3.12 TRAFFIC SURVEY 3.48


M/s. JYOTI OM CHEMICAL RESEARCH CENTRE PVT. LTD., ANKLESHWAR. iii

SR. NO.

CONTENT PAGE NO.

3.12.1 RECONNAISSANCE 3.48 3.12.2 TRAFIC SURVEY OF THE STUDY AREA 3.48 3.12.3 EXISTING TRAFIC SCENARIO AND LEVEL OF SERVICES(UP) 3.48 3.12.4 EXISTING TRAFIC SCENARIO AND LEVEL OF

SERVICES(DOWN) 3.49

CHAPTER - 4 IDENTIFICATION AND ASSESSMENT OF IMPACTS 4.1 IDENTIFICATION OF IMPACT 4.1 4.1.1 IMPACT DURING CONSTRUCTION PHASE 4.2 4.1.2 IMPACT ON AIR ENVIRONMENT 4.2 4.2 PREDICTION AND ASSESSMENT OF IMPACT 4.9 4.2.1 IMPACT DURING OPERATIONAL PHASE 4.9 4.2.1.1 WATER ENVIRONMENT 4.9 4.2.1.2 AIR ENVIRONMENT 4.9 4.2.1.3 NOISE ENVIRONMENT 4.22 4.2.1.4 LAND ENVIRONMENT 4.22 4.2.1.5 ECOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT 4.23 4.2.1.6 INFRASTRUCTURE AND SERVICES 4.23 4.2.1.7 SOCIO-ECONOMIC IMPACT 4.24 4.3 IMPACT MATRIX 4.24 CHAPTER - 5 ENVIRONMENT MONITORING PROGRAM 5.1 INTRODUCTION 5.1 5.2 OBJECTIVES OF ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PLAN 5.1 5.3 IMPLEMENTATION SCHEDULE OF MONITORING MEASURES 5.2 5.4 POLLUTION MONITORING AND SURVEILLANCE SYSTEM 5.3 5.4.1 AMBIENT AIR QUALITY MONITORING 5.3 5.4.2 STACK MONITORING 5.3 5.4.3 NOISE MONITORING 5.3 5.4.4 WATER AND WASTE WATER QUALITY MONITORING 5.4 5.4.5 MONITORING EQUIPMENT AND CONSUMABLES 5.6 5.5 COST PROVISION FOR ENVIRONMENTAL MEASURES 5.6 5.5.1 COST ESTIMATES 5.6 CHAPTER - 6 RISK ASSESSMENT 6.1 SCOPE OF THE STUDY 6.1 6.2 METHODOLOGY OF RISK ASSESSMENT 6.2 6.2.1 OBJECTIVES OF RISK ASSESSMENT 6.2 6.2.2 DETAILS OF STORAGE FACILITIES 6.3 6.3 RISK ASSESSMENT 6.6 6.3.1 QUALITATIVE RISK ASSESSMENT 6.6 6.3.2 QUANTITATIVE RISK ASSESSMENT 6.14 6.4 CONSEQUENCE ANALYSIS 6.30 6.4.1 COMMENTS / RECOMMENDATIONS BASED ON

CONSEQUENCE ANALYSIS 6.30

6..4.2 ACTION PLAN FOR SAFE HANDLING OF CHEMICALS & SAFETY SYSTEMS/ SAFEGUARDS TO REDUCE THE RISK OF

6.30


M/s. JYOTI OM CHEMICAL RESEARCH CENTRE PVT. LTD., ANKLESHWAR. iv

SR. NO.

CONTENT PAGE NO.

FIRE, EXPLOSION AND TOXIC RELEASE 6.5 AREA SPECIFIC SAFETY SYSTEMS 6.35 6.5.1 EXISTING SAFE MEASURES 6.35 6.6 DISASTER PREPAREDNESS & EMERGENCY 6.37 6.6.1 DEFINING THE NATURE/LEVEL OF EMERGENCY 6.37 6.6.2 OBJECTIVES OF EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM 6.38 6.6.3 STRUCTURE OF EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM 6.39 6.6.4 COMMMUNICATION SYSTEM 6.51 6.7 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH & SAFETY 6.53 6.7.1 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH 6.53 6.7.2 HOSPITAL FACILITIES 6.53 6.7.3 FACTORY MEDICAL OFFICER/OHC 6.54 6.7.4 PERIODIC MEDICAL EXAMINATION 6.54 6.7.5 DETAILS OF OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH IMPACTS AND

SAFETY HAZARDS 6.55

6.7.6 ACTION PLAN FOR THE IMPLEMENTATION OF OHS STANDARDS AS PER OSHAS/USEPA

6.55

6.7.7 MEASURES ADOPTED BY COMPANY TO KEEP AIR BORNE CONCENTRATION OF HAZARDOUS CHEMICALS BELOW PEL

6.55

6.7.8 WORK ZONE MONITORING ARRANGEMENTS FOR HAZARDOUS CHEMICALS

6.56

6.7.9 HEALTH STATUS EVALUATION OF WORKERS (EXPOSURE SPECIFIC)

6.57

6.7.10 ACTION PLAN FOR SAFE HANDLING & SAFETY SYSTEM 6.58 6.7.11 PLAN AND FUND ALLOCATION TO ENSURE THE

OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH & SAFETY OF ALL CONTRACT AND CASUAL WORKERS

6.59

6.7.12 ARRANGEMENTS FOR ENSURING HEALTH AND SAFETY OF WORKERS ENGAGED IN HANDLING OF TOXIC MATERIALS

6.60

6.7.13 TOXIC MANAGEMENT PLAN 6.61

6.7.14 TREATMENT OF WORKERS AFFECTED BY ACCIDENTAL SPILLAGE CHEMICAL

6.62

6.7.15 MOCK DRILLS 6.63 CHAPTER- 7 PROJECT BENEFIT 7.1 CORPORATE SOCIAL RESPONSIBILITY ACTIVITIES 7.1 7.2 OTHER TANGIBLE BENEFITS 7.2 7.3 EMPLOYMENT POTENTIAL 7.2 7.4 ACTION PLAN FOR BUDGETARY ALLOCATION 7.2 CHAPTER- 8 ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT PLAN 8.1 INTRODUCTION 8.1 8.2 AIM AND OBJECTIVE 8.1 8.3 ENVIRONMENT, HEALTH AND SAFETY (EHS) 8.2 8.4 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN 8.2 8.5 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT CELL 8.3


M/s. JYOTI OM CHEMICAL RESEARCH CENTRE PVT. LTD., ANKLESHWAR. v

SR. NO.

CONTENT PAGE NO.

8.6 ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT PLAN FOR OPERATIONAL PHASE

8.6

8.6.1 BASIC ENGINEERING CONTROL MEASURES 8.7 8.6.2 MANAGEMENT OF WASTE WATER ENVIRONMENT 8.12 8.6.3 MANAGEMENT OF NOISE ENVIRONMENT 8.13 8.6.4 MANAGEMENT OF LAND ENVIRONMENT 8.14 8.6.5 MANAGEMENT OF SOLVENT RECOVERY & EMISSSION

CONTROL 8.15

8.6.6 MANAGEMENT OF SOLID WASTE & HAZARDOUS WASTE 8.15 8.6.7 MANAGEMENT OF GREEN BELT DEVELOPMENT 8.16 8.6.8 CLEANER PRODUCTION 8.20 8.6.9 MANAGEMENT OF BIOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT 8.20 8.7 ADDITIONAL MITIGATION MEASURES 8.20 8.7.1 ENERGY CONSERVATION PROGRAMME 8.21 8.7.2 WATER CONSERVATION PROGRAMME 8.21 8.7.3 MANAGEMENT OF TRAFFIC 8.22 8.7.4 ODOUR CONTROL MANAGEMENT PLAN 8.23 8.7.5 SAFETY MEASURES TO PREVENT THE OCCUPATIONAL

HEALTH HAZARDS 8.23

8.7.6 SOCIAL WELFARE MEASURES FOR FUTURE PLANNING 8.24 8.8 FINDINGS 8.25 8.9 SHOW CAUSE NOTICE 8.25 8.9.1 SHOW CAUSE NOTICE REF. NO.1 - SCN-358647, DATED

09/06/16. 8.25

8.9.2 SHOW CAUSE NOTICE REF. NO.3 – NO: SCN-343058, DATED 29/01/16.

8.25

8.10 CONCLUSION 8.26 CHAPTER- 9 EXECUTIVE SUMMARY& CONCLUSION9.1 INTRODUCTION 9.1 9.1.1 LOCATION 9.1 9.1.2 INVESTMENT 9.2 9.1.3 INFRASTRUCTURE FACILITIES 9.2 9.1.4 PRODUCT & BY PRODUCT DETAILS 9.2 9.2 PROJECT DESCRIPTION 9.2 9.2.1 NEED FOR THE PROJECT 9.2 9.2.2 PRODUCTION AND RAW MATERIAL 9.2 9.2.3 RESOURCE REQUIREMENT 9.3 9.2.4 POLLUTION POTENTIAL SCENARIO 9.3 9.3 BASELINE ENVIRONMENT STATUS 9.4 9.3.1 STUDY AREA INCLUDED IN ENVIRONMENTAL SETTING 9.4 9.3.2 CLIMATE OF THE STUDY AREA 9.4 9.3.3 AMBIENT AIR QUALITY 9.5 9.3.4 WATER QUALITY 9.5 9.3.5 NOISE ENVIRONMENT 9.5


M/s. JYOTI OM CHEMICAL RESEARCH CENTRE PVT. LTD., ANKLESHWAR. vi

SR. NO.

CONTENT PAGE NO.

9.3.6 SOIL 9.5 9.3.7 LAND USE OF THE STUDY AREA 9.5 9.3.8 BIOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT 9.6 9.4 IDENTIFICATION & ASSESSMENTOF IMPACT 9.6 9..4.1 WATER ENVIRONMENT 9.6 9.4.2 AIR ENVIRONMENT 9.6 9.4.3 NOISE ENVIRONMENT 9.6 9.4.4 LAND ENVIRONMENT 9.7 9.4.5 ECOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT 9.7 9.4.6 INFRA STRUCTURE AND SERVICES 9.7 9.4.7 SOCIO-ECONOMIC IMPACT 9.7 9.5 ENVIRONMENT MONITORING PROGRAM 9.8 9.6 RISK ASSESSMENT AND DISASTER MANAGEMENT PLAN 9.8 9.6.1 RISK ASSESSMENT 9.8 9.6.2 DISASTER MANAGEMENT PLAN 9.8 9.6.3 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND SAFETY MANAGEMENT

SYSTEM 9.8

9.7 PROJECT BENEFITS 9.8 9.8 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN 9.9 9.8.1 ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT CELL 9.9 9.8.2 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN FOR OPERATIONAL

PHASE 9.9

9.9 PUBLIC HEARING 9.11 9.10 CONCLUSION 9.11 CHAPTER- 10 DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANT ENGAGED10.1 SALIENT FEATURES 10.1 10.2 SERVICES PROVIDED BY THE CENTRE 10.2 10.3 OUTSTANDING ACHIVEMENTS 10.2 10.4 STATUS OF NABET ACCREDITATION 10.3 10.5 DECLARATION BY CONSULTANT 10.3


M/s. JYOTI OM CHEMICAL RESEARCH CENTRE PVT. LTD., ANKLESHWAR. vii

LIST OF TABLES

TABLE NO.

TABLE NAME PAGE NO.

CHAPTER -1 INTRODUCTION 1.1 LIST OF PRODUCTS AS PER EXISTING & PROPOSED

SCENARIO 1.2

1.2 LIST OF DIRECTORS 1.4 1.3 CAPITAL COST PROJECTION 1.5 1.4 DETAILS OF CORNERS CO-ORDINATE OF SITE 1.6 1.5 SALIENT FEATURES OF THE PROJECT SITE 1.9 1.6 DETAILS OF NEIGHBORING INDUSTRIES AT PROJECT SITE 1.10 1.7 STRUCTURE OF EIA REPORT 1.12 1.8 TOR GIVEN BY EXPERT APPRAISAL COMMITTEE OF MoEF &

CC, DELHI. 1.14

1.9 GENERIC TOR IN RESPECT OF INDUSTRY SECTOR 1.17

CHAPTER - 2 PROJECT DESCRIPTION 2.1 LIST OF PRODUCT WITH RAW MATERIAL CONSUMPTION 2.2 2.2 DETAILS OF PRODUCT AND CO-PRODUCT STORAGE 2.4 2.3 DETAILS OF RAW MATERIAL STORAGE 2.6 2.4 DETAILS OF CHEMICAL AS PER MSIHC RULE 2.7 2.5 CHARACTERISTICS OF PRODUCT AND RAW MATERIAL 2.8 2.6 DETAILS OF RAW MATERIAL SOURCE AND METHOD OF

TRANSPORTATION 2.10

2.7 LAND USE BREAK UP OF TOTTAL PLOT AREA 2.21 2.8 FULE CONSUMPTION & ELECTICITY CONSUMPTION 2.22 2.9 COAL/FUEL ANALYSIS, FULE GAS ANALYSIS AND ASH

ANALISIS REPORT 2.23

2.10 ENERGY REQUIREMENT 2.24 2.11 DETAILS OF UTILITES 2.24 2.12 MANPOWER REQUIREMENT 2.25 2.13 DETAILS OF EQUIPMENTS AND MACHINERIES 2.26 2.14 DETAILS OF WATER CONSUMPTION 2.29 2.15 DETAILS OF WASTE WATER GENERATION 2.31 2.16 EXISTING EQUIPMENT LIST OF EFFLUENT TREATMENT

PLANT 2.32

2.17 PROPOSED EQUIPMENT LIST OF EFFLUENT TREATMENT PLANT

2.33

2.18 CHARACTERISTICS OF WASTE WATER BEFORE & AFTER TREATMENT

2.33

2.19 DETAILS OF FLUE GAS EMISSION 2.36 2.20 DETAILS OF PROCESS EMISSION 2.37 2.21 DETAILS OF EMISSION ESTIMATE 2.37 2.22 DETAILS OF HAZARDOUS WASTE GENERATION 2.38


M/s. JYOTI OM CHEMICAL RESEARCH CENTRE PVT. LTD., ANKLESHWAR. viii

TABLE NO.

TABLE NAME PAGE NO.

CHAPTER – 3 BASELINE ENVIRONMENT STATUS 3.1 LIST OF MAJOR INDUSTRIES IN THE VAPI 3.2 3.2 METEOROLOGICAL DATA 3.3 3.3 DETAILS OF SAMPLING LOCATION OF AMBIENT AIR

QUALITY MONITORING 3.7

3.4 AMBIENT AIR QUALITY STATUS OF STUDY AREA 3.7 3.5 METHOD OF ANALISIS 3.10 3.6 DETAILS OF GROUND WATER MONITORING LOCATIONS 3.12

3.7 WATER QUANTITY PARAMETERS (GROUND WATER SOURECE)

3.13

3.8 DETAILS OF SURFACE WATER MONITORING LOCATIONS 3.15 3.9 WATER QUALITY PARAMETERS

(SURFACE WATER SOURCES) 3.16

3.10 NOISE LEVEL DATA 3.19 3.11 CPCB RECOMMENDATIONS FOR COMMUNITY NOISE

EXPOSURE 3.19

3.12 SOIL QUALITY MONITORING WITH RESPECT TO THE PROJECT SITE

3.20

3.13 SOIL QUALITY PARAMETERS 3.21 3.14 LAND USE STATISTICS OF THE STUDY AREA 3.21 3.15 LIST OF FLORA 3.24 3.16 LIST OF FAUNA 3.26

3.17 DEMOGRAPHIC DATA 3.28

3.18 LITERACY RATE WITHIN 10 KM RADIAL DISTANCE OF STUDY AREA

3.32

3.19 OCCUPATIONAL STRUCTURE 3.36 3.20 DISTRIBUTION OF WORKERS 3.42 3.21 DELHI TO MUMBAI HIGHWAY (NH-8) 3.48 3.22 LEVEL OF SERVICE 3.49 3.23 MUMBAI TO DELHI HIGHWAY (NH-8) 3.49

CHAPTER – 4 IDENTIFICATION AND ASSESSMENT OF IMPACTS 4.1 DETAILS OF EXISTING STACKS AS PER CONSENT 4.11 4.2 CONCENTRATION OF NOX, SO2 & PM 4.12 4.3 CONCENTRATION OF AMMONIA 4.12 4.4 DETAILS OF PROPOSED STACKS AS PER CONSENT 4.17 4.5 CONCENTRATION OF NOX 4.17 4.6 CONCENTRATION OF PM 4.18 4.7 CONCENTRATION OF SO2 4.18 4.8 ENVIRONMENT IMPACT MATRIX

(WITH MITIGATION MEASURES) 4.25

4.9 CUMULATIVE IMPACT CHART 4.26

CHAPTER – 5 ENVIRONMENT MONITORING PROGRAM 5.1 IMPLEMENTATION POLLUTION CONTROL MEASURES 5.2 5.2 ENVIRONMENT MONITORING PLAN 5.4


M/s. JYOTI OM CHEMICAL RESEARCH CENTRE PVT. LTD., ANKLESHWAR. ix

TABLE NO.

TABLE NAME PAGE NO.

5.3 BUDGET ALLOCATION FOR ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING & MANAGEMENT

5.6

CHAPTER - 6 RISK ASSESSMENT 6.1 DETAILS OF HAZARDOUS RAW MATERIALS 6.5 6.2 PROPERTIES OF HAZARDOUS RAW MATERIALS 6.5 6.3 RISK MATRIX FOR QUALITATIVE RISK ASSESSMENT 6.7 6.4 RISK RANGE & ACCEPTABILITY CRITERIA 6.8

6.5 RISKS AND RECOMMENDATIONS FOR SOLID CHEMICALS 6.9

6.6 RISKS AND RECOMMENDATIONS FOR MCB 6.10

6.7 RISKS AND RECOMMENDATIONS FOR ACID 6.12

6.8 EFFECTS DUE TO INCIDENT RADIATION INTENSITY 6.15 6.9 EFFECTS DUE TO PEAK OVER PRESSURE 6.15

6.10 WEATHER DATA USED FOR THE STUDY 6.16

6.11 SCENARIOS IDENTIFIED FOR CONSEQUENCE ANALYSIS 6.17 6.12 SCENARIO#1 – RELEASE OF MONO CHLORO BENZENE 6.19 6.13-A SCENARIO#1 – RELEASE OF ANHYDROUS AMMONIA 6.23 6.13-B RESULTS: ANHYDROUS AMMONIA 6.23 6.14-A SCENARIO#2 – RELEASE OF ANHYDROUS AMMONIA 6.26 6.14-B RESULTS: ANHYDROUS AMMONIA 6.26 6.15 FLASH FIRE SCENARIOS 6.29 6.16 EXPLOSION OVERPRESSURE SCENARIOS 6.29 6.17 LATE POOL FIRE SCENARIOS 6.29 6.18 TOXIC RELEASE SCENARIOS 6.29 6.19 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS 6.31

CHAPTER- 7 PROJECT BENEFIT 7.1 BUDGETARY ALLOCATION FOR CSR ACTIVITIES 7.2

CHAPTER- 8 ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT PLAN 8.1 DETAILS OF ALL EMISSIONS CONTROL MEASURES 8.7 8.2 DETAILS OF SCRUBBING AGENTS WITH DIMENSION 8.11 8.3 DETAILS OF CONTROL MEASURES FOR EFFLUENT AND

SEWAGE GENERATION 8.12

8.4 DETAILS OF CONTROL MEASURES FOR NOISE POLLUTION 8.13 8.5 LIST OF PLANT SPECIES TO CONTROL GAS, DUST EMISSION

AND NOISE LEVEL 8.17

8.6 BUDGET FOR GREENBELT DEVELOPMENT 8.19


M/s. JYOTI OM CHEMICAL RESEARCH CENTRE PVT. LTD., ANKLESHWAR. x

LIST OF FIGURES

FIGURENO.

FIGURE NAME PAGE NO.

CHAPTER -1 INTRODUCTION 1.1 GOOGLE EARTH OR SATELLITE IMAGE OF PROJECT

LOCATION 1.7

1.2 GOOGLE EARTH OR SATELLITE IMAGE OF ALL CORNERS OF THE SITE

1.8

CHAPTER - 2 PROJECT DESCRIPTION 2.1 FLOW DIAGRAM OF MCB RECOVERY SYSTEM 2.20 2.2 EXISTING WATER BALANCE DIAGRAM 2.29 2.3 PROPOSED WATER BALANCE DIAGRAM 2.30 2.4 EXISTING FLOW DIAGRAM OF EFFLUENT TREATMENT

PLANT 2.34

2.5 PROPOSED FLOW DIAGRAM OF EFFLUENT TREATMENT PLANT

2.35

CHAPTER - 3 BASELINE ENVIRONMENT STATUS 3.1(A) WIND ROSE DIAGARM FOR PERIOD OF OCTOBER-2016 TO

DECEMBER-2016 3.4

3.1(B) WIND ROSE DIAGARM ON SATELITE IMAGE 3.5 3.2 WIND CLASS FREQUENCY DISRTIBUTION 3.5 3.3 LOCATION OF AMBIENT AIR QUALITY MONITORING

STATIONS 3.6

3.4 LOCATION OF GROUND WATER QUALITY MONITORING STATIONS

3.11

3.5 LOCATION OF SURFACE WATER QUALITY MONITORING STATIONS

3.15

3.6 LOCATION OF NOISE MONITORING STATIONS 3.18

3.7 LOCATION OF SOIL MONITORING STATIONS 3.20 3.8 LAND COVER MAP WITH VILLAGE LOCATION 3.23 3.9 EARTHQUAKE VULNERABILITY MAP 3.47 3.10 WIND AND CYCLONE VULNERABILITY MAP 3.47

CHAPTER - 4 IDENTIFICATION AND ASSESSMENT OF IMPACTS 4.1 IMPACT NETWORK ON AIR ENVIROENMENT 4.3 4.2 IMPACT NETWORK ON NOISE ENVIRONMENT 4.4 4.3 IMPACT NETWORK ON WATER ENVIRONMENT 4.5 4.4 IMPACT NETWORK ON GROUND WATER ENVIRONMENT 4.6 4.5 IMPACT NETWORK ON SOCIO-ECONOMIC AND CULTURAL

ENVIRONMENT 4.7

4.6 IMPACT NETWORK ON LAND ENVIRONMENT 4.8 4.7 ISOPLETHS OF NOX (SITE COORDINATES 0, 0) EXISTING 4.13 4.8 ISOPLETHS OF SO2 (SITE COORDINATES 0, 0) EXISTING 4.14 4.9 ISOPLETHS OF PM (SITE COORDINATES 0, 0) EXISTING 4.15


M/s. JYOTI OM CHEMICAL RESEARCH CENTRE PVT. LTD., ANKLESHWAR. xi

FIGURENO.

FIGURE NAME PAGE NO.

4.10 ISOPLETHS OF NH3 (SITE COORDINATES 0, 0) EXISTING 4.16 4.11 ISOPLETHS OF NOX (SITE COORDINATES 0, 0) PROPOSED 4.19 4.12 ISOPLETHS OF PM (SITE COORDINATES 0, 0) PROPOSED 4.20 4.13 ISOPLETHS OF SO2 (SITE COORDINATES 0, 0) PROPOSED 4.21

CHAPTER -6 RISK ASSESSMENT 6.1 HAZARDOUS CHEMICAL LOCATION IN COMPANY LAYOUT 6.4 6.2 RISK CONTOURS FOR FLASH FIRE (MCB) 6.20 6.3 RISK CONTOURS FOR UVCE (OVERPRESSURE RESULTS) 6.21 6.4 RISK CONTOURS FOR LATE POOL FIRE 6.22 6.5-A RISK CONTOURS FOR AMMONIA (for 2 mm)

(FOR LC50 CONCENTRATION: 2000 PPM) 6.24

6.5-B RISK CONTOURS FOR AMMONIA (For 2 mm) (FOR IDLH CONCENTRATION: 300 PPM)

6.25

6.6-A RISK CONTOURS FOR AMMONIA (For 50 mm) (FOR LC50 CONCENTRATION: 2000 PPM)

6.27

6.6-B RISK CONTOURS FOR AMMONIA (For 50 mm) (FOR IDLH CONCENTRATION: 300 PPM)

6.28

6.7 LOCATION OF FIRE FIGHTING FACILITES 6.34

CHAPTER- 8 ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT PLAN 8.1 FLOW DIAGRAM OF ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT

CELL 8.4

8.2 FLOW DIAGRAM OF EMERGENCY REPORTING SYSTEM 8.5 8.3 DIAGRAM OF ELECTROSTATIC PRECIPITATOR 8.10 8.4 DIAGRAM OF SCRUBBER FOR REACTOR & TANK 8.11


M/s. JYOTI OM CHEMICAL RESEARCH CENTRE PVT. LTD., ANKLESHWAR. xii

LIST OF ANNEXURE ANNEXURE NO. ANNEXURE NAME

I - A COPY OF TOR LETTER

I –B COPY OF GENERIC TOR IN RESPECT OF INDUSTRY SECTOR

II- A COPY OF CTE (NOC) - 1998

II- B COPY OF CTE (NOC) - 2013

II- C COPY OF CCA – 13-12- 2001

II- D COPY OF CCA AMENDMENT – 04-05-2011

II - E COPY OF CCA AMENDMENT – 15-06-2013

II- F COPY OF CCA – AWH-62543 – 29-05-2014

II- G COPY OF EC – 14-11-2008

III COMPLIANCE REPORT OF CCA - AWH-62543

IV RECOMMENDATION LETTER FORM GPCB

V-A LAND ALLOTMENT LETTER FOR PLOT NO - 285

V-B LAND ALLOTMENT LETTER FOR PLOT NO - 286/1

V-C LAND ALLOTMENT LETTER FOR PLOT NO - A1-322/23

VI-A SITE LOCATION MAPS

VI- B TOP SHEET FROM SURVEY OF INDIA

VII PLANT LAYOUT PROPOSED

VIII PHOTOGRAPHS OF EXISTING UNIT

IX GIDC WATER PERMISSION LETTER

X AMMONIA STORAGE PERMISSION LETTER FROM PESO

XI – A to E MOU FOR CO-PRODUCTS

XII-A GPCB ANALYSIS REPORT

XII-B THIRD PARTY ANALYSIS REPORT (ENPRO)

XIII-A SOLID WASTE MEMBERSHIP CERTIFICATE FROM VWEMCL

XIII-B SOLID WASTE MEMBERSHIP CERTIFICATE FROM BEIL

XIII-C HAZARDOUS WASTE MEMBERSHIP CERTIFICATE FROM

SEPPL

XIII-D PROCESS WASTE MEMBERSHIP CERTIFICATE FROM RSPL

XIV MOU FOR COAL

XV COMPLIANCE REPORT F COAL HANDLING GUIDE LINE

XVI MOU FOR FLY ASH

XVII MONITORING SAMPLING LOCATION AND DATES


M/s. JYOTI OM CHEMICAL RESEARCH CENTRE PVT. LTD., ANKLESHWAR. xiii

ANNEXURE NO. ANNEXURE NAME

XVIII-A ENVIRONMENT HEALTH SAFETY POLICY

XVIII-B CERTIFICATE ISO 9001:2008

XIX WORK ZONE MONITORING REPORT (From No. 37)

XX TREATABILITY STUDY REPORT & POLLUTION LOAD SHEET

XXI - A R.O. SYSTEM OFFER FROM PERMIONICS MEMBRANES PVT.

LTD.

XXI - B M.E.E. SYSTEM OFFER FROM CHEM PROCESS SYSTEM PVT.

LTD.

XXI - C S.T.P. SYSEM OFFER FROM SUGAM PARYAVARN VIKALP PVT.

LTD.

XXII WORKER MEDICAL FITNESS CERTIFICATE

XXIII SHOW CAUSE NOTICE AND REPLY

XXIV GUJARAT HIGH COURT STAY ORDER

XXV UNDERTAKING OF CONSULTANT

XXVI UNDERTAKING OF CLIENT

XXVII QUESTIONNAIRE

XXVIII MSDS OF PRODUCTS AND RAW MATERIALS


M/s. JYOTI OM CHEMICAL RESEARCH CENTRE PVT. LTD., ANKLESHWAR. xiv

ABBREVIATIONS AMSL Above Mean Sea Level AAQM Ambient Air Quality Monitoring BGL Below Ground Level BOD Biological Oxygen Demand CETP Common Effluent Treatment Plant CSWP Common Solid Waste Project CGWA Central Ground Water Authority CGWB Central Ground Water Board CH & S Community Health & Safety COD Chemical Oxygen Demand CPCB Central Pollution Control Board CTE Consent to Establish CTO Consent to Operate Db Decibels DFO Deputy Forest Officer DG Diesel Generator DMP Disaster Management Plan EHS Environmental Health and Safety EIA Environmental Impact Assessment EMP Environmental Management Plan EOT Electric Overhead Travel EPA Environmental protection Act ESP Exchangeable Sodium Percentage ETP Effluent Treatment Plant FAE Functional Area Expert GLC Ground Level Concentration GPS Global Positioning System Ha Hectare HAZOP Hazard and Operability Study HC Hydrocarbon HDPE High Density Polyethylene HCl Hydrochloric acid HSD High Speed Diesel H2SO4 Sulphuric Acid IMD Indian Meteorological Department INR Indian Rupees ISCST-3 Industrial Source Complex Short Term-3 KG Kilo Gram KLD Kilo Liter per Day


M/s. JYOTI OM CHEMICAL RESEARCH CENTRE PVT. LTD., ANKLESHWAR. xv

KVA Kilo Volt Ampere kW Kilowatt MCLS Maximum Credible Loss Scenarios MoEF & CC Ministry of Environment and Forest & Climate Change MSI HC Manufacture, Storage and Import of Hazardous Chemical MSDS Material Safety Data Sheet MSW Municipal Solid Waste MT Metric Tone NA Not Applicable NABAT National Accreditation Board of Education and Training NAAQS National Ambient Air Quality Standards NH National Highway NOC Non Objection Certificate OHS Occupational Health & Safety PCU Passenger Car Unit PHC Public Health Center PM Particulate Matter PP Project Proponent PPE Personal Protective Equipments PPMV Parts per Million by Volume PUCC Pollution Under Control Certificate QCI Quality Council of India R&R Resettlement & Rehabilitation RSPL Recycling Solutions Pvt. Ltd. SEAC State Expert Appraisal Committee SEIAA State Environment Impact Assessment Authority STP Sewage Treatment Plant SH State Highway SEPPL Saurashtra Enviro Projects Pvt. Ltd. TDS Total Dissolved Solids ToR Terms of Reference TPD Tone Per Day VWEMCL Vapi Waste & Effluent Management Co. Ltd.

ZLD Zero Liquid Discharge


M/s. JYOTI OM CHEMICAL RESEARCH CENTRE PVT. LIMITED, ANKLESHWAR. I

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

1.0 PROJECT DESCRIPTION

1.1 INTRODUCTION

M/s. Aarti Industries Ltd. (Amine Division) is located at Plot no. 285,286/1,A-1-322/23,

GIDC Estate, Phase - II, Pardi, Vapi, Dist.:-Valsad, Gujarat. The unit has first NOC/CTE

issue on dated 17/03/1998 and CCA No: 26042, issue on dated 13/12/2001. The unit has

valid CCA vide order No.: AWH-62543, issue on dated 29/05/2014, valid up to

29/03/2019 for manufacturing of organic products. Existing production capacity is 555

MT/Month. After expansion, total proposed production capacity will be 1500 MT/Month.

The unit has proposed expansion of existing products. The proposed products by the unit

fall in the Schedule attached to the EIA Notification, i.e. Project No. 5(f), Synthetic

Organic Chemicals. Since the project is established in industrial estate, Vapi and it is

located within 10 Km distance from inter state boundary of Gujarat & Union Territories

(Daman and Dadar & Nagar haveli) so it is classified as Category “A” project.

Environment Clearance will be evaluated by the Industrial committee of MoEF & CC,

New Delhi.

1.2 LOCATION

The project site is located in GIDC Estate, Vapi, Dist. Valsad in the state of Gujarat. It is

approximately 27.04 km distance from District Valsad.

The approximate geographical positioning of the project site is at Latitude

20°21’20.50”N, Longitude 72°56’5.25” E. The unit is spread over in 15,078 sq.m. area in

GIDC Estate, Vapi.

1.3 INVESTMENT

The company premises have established in 15,078 sq. m. of total land. The total

investment in plant and machinery, land, building etc. is 1745 Lakhs. The additional

investment for proposed expansion will be Rs. 1500 Lakhs.

1.4 PRODUCT & CO-PRODUCT DETAILS

As per CCA or existing production capacity is 555 MT/Month. Now, the unit has

proposed production capacity 1500 MT/Month. The total by product proposed quantity is

2625/2551 MT/Month.


M/s. JYOTI OM CHEMICAL RESEARCH CENTRE PVT. LIMITED, ANKLESHWAR. II

2. RESOURCE REQUIREMENT

2.1 LAND

The total plot area of the unit is 15,078 sq. m. The green belt area is 2262 sq.m.

2.2 WATER REQUIREMENT

Average daily fresh water consumption in existing is about 340 KL/Day. Average daily

fresh water consumption in proposed is about 354 KL/Day. Unit will also use recovered

water of 147.2 KL/Day. So, total water consumption will be 694 KL/Day (546.8 Fresh +

147.2 Recovered) after proposed expansion.

2.3 ENERGY REQUIREMENT

The existing connected load is 1225 KVA. The proposed connected load will be 300

KVA. So, the total load will be 1525 KVA. It has met through Daxin Gujarat Vij

Company Limited.

2.4 UTILITIES

For the proposed expansion project the utilities to be installed will be Cooling tower, Air

compressor.

2.5 WASTE WATER MANAGEMENT

Existing effluent generation is 52 KL/Day (Domestic + Industrial). After proposed

expansion, total effluent generation will be 148 KL/Day (Existing: 52 KL/Day +

Proposed: 96 KL/Day).

Existing and proposed effluent will be treated in unit’s own ETP & STP.

15 KL/Day of sewage waste water treated in Sewage treatment plant and 133 KL/Day of

effluent will be treated in ETP. Treated effluent will be subjected to R.O. followed by

MEE to achieve zero liquid discharge. Hence, unit will adopt ‘Zero’ Liquid Discharge.

2.6 GASEOUS EMISSION

The sources of flue gas emission are two Boiler & two D.G. sets (emergency use only).

There will be one additional one Boiler and one D.G. stack due to proposed expansion.

2.7 HAZARDOUS WASTE GENERATION

The following type of hazardous waste will be generated from the operational activities.

The collection, treatment and disposal of hazardous waste will be as per Hazardous waste

(Management and Handling) Rules 2016, and hence no adverse impact on land

environment is envisaged.


M/s. JYOTI OM CHEMICAL RESEARCH CENTRE PVT. LIMITED, ANKLESHWAR. III

3. BASELINE ENVIRONMENT STATUS

3.1 STUDY AREA INCLUDED IN ENVIRONMENTAL SETTING

Studies were carried out in about 10 km radius area from the project site with respect to

meteorology, flora, fauna, land and socio-economies of the area. Further sampling and

analysis of air quality, water quality, noise level and soil quality were carried out. The

base line data were monitored for study period of October, 2016 to December, 2016. The

study team conducted site surveys and field experiments to gathering the information on

air quality, water quality, noise quality and soil quality.

3.2 CLIMATE OF THE STUDY AREA

Relative Humidity

The maximum relative humidity reported around 94% and minimum relative humidity is

reported around 23% during period of October, 2016 to December, 2016.

Temperature

The maximum temperature is reported 5oC and the minimum temperature is reported

17oC during period of October, 2016 to December, 2016.

Wind

As per the metrological data, it was observed that wind is blowing mainly towards the

SW direction from NE. average wind speed was 2.38 m/s with calm winds recorded to be

10.6%.

3.3 AMBIENT AIR QUALITY

The basic objective of collection of base line data for air environment is to identify

project specific air pollutants being released into atmosphere, which will have

significant impact on air environment of immediate locality of the proposed project site.

For assessment of the baseline data it is important to specify the study area in respect of

the location of the proposed project. It was decided to the study ambient air quality at

nine locations in the different direction in probable impact zone including the project

site.

3.4 WATER QUALITY

Based on data obtained, it could be started that the value of magnesium content found

which more than the permissible limit in the ground water samples and surface water

samples. Hence, other parameter was found within the permissible limit.


M/s. JYOTI OM CHEMICAL RESEARCH CENTRE PVT. LIMITED, ANKLESHWAR. IV

3.5 NOISE ENVIRONMENT

Noise level monitoring was carried out at nine locations. The noise levels during day time

and night time within the permissible limits as per Noise rules 2000 or CPCB.

3.6 SOIL

On data obtained, it is ensured that the soil quality at around site is appropriate and no

abnormality in terms of soil contaminants is reported.

3.7 LAND USE OF THE STUDY AREA

As per satellite imagery, major land use of study area of 10 km is covered by 155.9

sq.m of open land, 57.9 sq.m of Agricultural land, 37.13 sq.m of open/degraded

vegetation, 19.74 sq.m of Fallow land, 9.6 sq.m of plantation, 8.81 sq.m of settlement

& habitation, 8.71 sq.m of industrial area, 7.97 sq.m of River & canal.

3.8 BIOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT

The entire zone of Valsad district that comprises of maritime coastal environment and

also the upland forest in the North-East has been classified as Tropical Moist Deciduous

Forest. There are patches of reserved forest and protected forests within 10 Kms radial

periphery of the study area.

4. IDENTIFICATION & ASSESSMENT OF IMPACT

4.1 WATER ENVIRONMENT





4.2 AIR ENVIRONMENT

For Boiler, there are provisions of Bag Filter, Multi Cyclone Separator and Dust

Collector to control emission of PM, SO2 & NOX. The proposed boilers will be kept as

standby boilers. Thus the emissions from these boilers will become nil. The unit is using

Diesel as fuel in DG set with acoustic encloser with adequate stack height is provided.

There is provision of water scrubber followed by dilute sulphuric/hydrochloric acid

scrubber to control emission of ammonia gas from stack attached to Autoclave Reactor,

ONA day tank and Ammonia Recovery Plant.


M/s. JYOTI OM CHEMICAL RESEARCH CENTRE PVT. LIMITED, ANKLESHWAR. V


Adequate noise control measures such as mufflers, silencers at the air inlet/outlet, anti-

vibration pad for equipment with high vibration etc. is already provided. Housing/casing

will be provided for all noise generating machines. Job rotation will reduce exposure to

some extent. More ever, PPE like earmuff and ear plugs is provided to the

operators/worker exposed to high noise. The green belt is further helpful in reducing the

ambient noise level.

5. ENVIRONMENT MONITORING PROGRAM

D.G set are stand by facility. Their monitoring will be done by external monitoring

agency whenever it will be in running condition.

The unit will carry out three month monitoring of ambient air, process emission and

fugitive emission. Noise monitoring will be done at the interval of three month. Waste

water will be monitored daily. Hazardous waste will be monitored at every one year.

6. RISK ASSESSMENT AND DISASTER MANAGEMENT PLAN

Fire, explosion, toxic release or combinations of them are the hazards associated with

industrial plants using hazardous chemicals. The risk assessment study including

identification of hazard, consequence analysis, recommendation based on consequence

analysis etc are covered in chapter-6.

Disaster management plan: The unit has developed the emergency management system

to tackle the emergency situation. The detail of disaster management system is discussed

in the section 6.6.

Details of occupational health and safety are covered in topic 6.7. It covers planning at

construction & erection stage and operation & maintenance stage. Also, other details like

hospital facilities, OHC, Ambulance van, First aid box, periodical medical examination,

and work place monitoring plan, safety plan, safety organization, safety circle and safety

training.

Health & Safety: There will be provision of PPE, antidotes, periodic inspection &

testing of pressure vessels, equipment, machineries, pre-employment medical checkup,

periodic health checkup, training of firefighting, work permits system, first aid, safe

handling of hazardous chemicals and integrating safety. Hazardous processes will be

operated by trained workers and will be looked after by qualified & experienced

supervisors.


M/s. JYOTI OM CHEMICAL RESEARCH CENTRE PVT. LIMITED, ANKLESHWAR. VI

7. PROJECT BENEFITS

The unit has planned to spend 5% of the total cost of the proposed project (Rs.1500

Lakhs) over a period of five years towards CSR activity. So, as per the project cost Rs. 75

Lakhs used for five year in the CSR activities.

8. ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

M/s. Aarti Industries Ltd. (Amine Division) has assigned responsibility to officers from

various disciplines to co-ordinate the activities concerned with management and

implementation of environmental control measures. The unit has already developed

system of reporting of non-compliances / violations of environmental norms to the Board

of Directors of the company.

Minor construction work like vessel & pump foundation will be carried out. So, there will

be negligible or no impact on environment during construction phase.

During operation phase, the flue gas emission are SPM, SOX, NOX to control measures is

Bag filter, Multi Cyclone; Dust Collector & ESP followed by adequate stack height. The

process emission is ammonia to control measures is water scrubbers followed by sulfuric

acid scrubber. Greenbelt around the project site will be developed.

ENERGY CONSERVATION PROGRAMME

Energy conservation measures are often the easiest, quickest and cheapest way to reduce

costs and be environmentally pro-active.

9. PUBLIC HEARING

Public Hearing has been exempted for the industrial project within Vapi GIDC Area.

10. CONCLUSION

The project proponent will follow all the statutory norms and guidelines as per

Environmental Protection Agency, 1986 to safeguard environment.

The unit will use recovered water from STP, R.O. system and MEE plant. Hence, unit

will adopt ‘Zero’ Liquid Discharge. None of the routine activities will cause any

noticeable impact on any component of the environment, including the socio-economic

component. Provision of green belt and energy conservation has further facilitated in

overall scenario management of Environment.


M/s. JYOTI OM CHEMICAL RESEARCH CENTRE PVT. LIMITED, ANKLESHWAR. 1. 1

CHAPTER - 1 INTRODUCTION

1.1 PURPOSE OF THE REPORT

M/s. Aarti Industries Ltd. (Amine Division) is located at Plot no. 285,286/1,A1-322/23,








Organic Chemicals. Since the project is established in industrial estate, Vapi, and it is


(Daman and Dadar & Nagar haveli) so it is classified as Category “A” project. Public

hearing is not applicable to this expansion project as the unit is located in GIDC notified

area. Environment Clearance will be evaluated by the Industrial committee of MoEF &

CC, New Delhi. TOR letter issued by the MoEF & CC, Delhi as received vide ref no. J-

11011/162/2016-IA II (I) dated: - 25th October, 2016 has been sent duly addressed. The

copy of TOR is attached as annexure – I-A.

Unit has obtained Environment Clearance from Ministry of Environment & Forests (IA

Division) File No. J-11011/471/2008/-IA II (I) on dated 14th November, 2008. As the

Vapi industrial estate was declared as critical polluted zone so that this EC was not

converted to CCA. The above mentioned EC got lapsed. Copy of EC is attached as

annexure-II-G.

The purpose of this report is to:

• Establish a pre-project baseline with respect to environmental indicators.

• Identify environment related impacts

• Evaluate safety related risk factors associated with project

• Propose appropriate mitigation measures for minimizing the adverse impacts to the extent possible

• Suggest Environment Management Plan



• Recommend Risk Management Plan

This report is also made in the overall frame work of the Environmental Impact

Assessment (EIA) Notification dated 14th September 2006 (and subsequent amendments

to the same) issued by the Ministry of Environment, Forest and Climate Change (MoEF

& CC), by providing required information with regards to the project as mentioned in the

Terms of Reference issued by the Industrial committee-2 of MoEF & CC, New Delhi.

This Report is prepared based on ‘General Structure of EIA’ given in Appendix III and

IIIA of mentioned EIA Notification.

1.2 IDENTIFICATION OF THE PROJECT & PROJECT PROPONENT

1.2.1 PROPOSED PROJECT

M/s. Aarti Industries Ltd. (Amine Division) is manufacturing organic products at plot

no.: 285,286/1, A-1-322/23, Phase-II, GIDC Estate, Vapi-396195, and Dist.: Valsad,

Gujarat.

As per CCA No: AWH-62543 or existing production capacity is 555 MT/Month. Now,

the unit has proposed production capacity will be 1500 MT/Month. The expected cost of

proposed expansion will be Rs. 1500 Lacs. The total plot area of the unit is 15078 sq. m.

The green belt area is approx. 2262 sq. m.

The lists of the products and byproducts details are provided in Table 1.1.

TABLE: 1.1

LIST OF PRODUCTS AS PER EXISTING & PROPOSED SCENARIO

Sr. No.

List of Products Existing As per CCA No. AWH-62543 in MT/Month

Proposed Expansion in MT/Month

Total Quantity after expansion in MT/Month

I Amination Products 555 945 1500 1. 4-Nitro Aniline (PNA) and/or 50 2. 2-Nitro Aniline(ONA) and/or 270 3. 2-Chloro 4 Nitro Aniline

(OCPNA) and/or 20

4. Para Chloro Ortho Nitro Aniline (PCONA) and /or

75

5. Di Chloro Ortho Nitro Aniline (DCONA) and /or

130



1.2.2 PROJECT PROPONENT

The project proponent is Aarti Group.

M/s. Aarti Industries Ltd. (Amine Division) is one of company of Aarti Group. Aarti had

started its operations in the year 1975 in the name of Alchemie labs in a small of way

with a single product namely Dimethyl sulphate. Today Aarti is one of the leading

suppliers to global manufacturers of Dyes, Pigments, Agrochemicals, Pharmaceuticals &

rubber chemicals. Aarti has acquired world-class expertise in the development &

manufacture of these chemicals. Aarti is amongst the largest producers of Benzene based

basic and intermediate chemicals in India. It has corporate office in Mumbai &

representatives in U.S.A and Europe.

• Aarti has 16 manufacturing units spread across Gujarat & Maharashtra and a

strong Research & Development with sophisticated instruments and pool of

scientists.

• Aarti has customers spread across the globe in 60 countries with major presence in

USA, Europe, Japan & India.

• 80% of our products from this division are export to globally.

The group has developed strong environment management cell and possess in house

capabilities to undertake implementation of cleaner production technologies, green

chemistry, zero liquid discharge systems, etc. besides carrying out environment impact

assessments. The directors of the company have good experience in handling the

6. 6-Chloro Ortho Nitro Aniline and /or

10

7. 4,4-Diamino Diphenyl Sulfone(DADPS)

and/ or

0

Total 555 945 1500 8. Co-product-

Calcium chloride solution 767 1573 1573

9. Co-product -Ammonia solution -- 152 152 10. Co-product-

Ammonium Sulphate Solution / Ammonium Sulphate Solid

-- 114/40 114/40

11. Co Product-Sodium Chloride -- 709 709 12. Co Product-Copper Hydroxide /

Copper oxide -- 77 77

Total 767 1858/1784 2625/2551



production management, financial management and all the allied areas. Details regarding

Directors are given in Table 1.2.

TABLE: 1.2

LIST OF DIRECTORS

Sr. No.

Name of Director

Designation Address Telephone No.

1.

Shri. Rajendra V. Gogri

Chairman& Managing Director

1401, Antriksh. Murar road, Mulund (w), Mumbai - 400080

022-67976666

2.

Shri. Rashesh C. Gogri

Vice chairman& Managing Director

601,Antriksh Murar Road, Mulund (W) Mumbai - 400080

022-67976666

3. Shri. Parimal H. Desai

Whole-Time Director

A/1403 14TH Floor, Runwal Heights, L.S.B. Marg, Mulund (W) Mumbai - 400080

022-67976666

4. Shri. Manoj M. Chheda

Whole-Time Director

Dunhill Villa CO.OP. HSG. SOC. Ltd., Besant Road, Santa Cruz (W), Mumbai - 400054

022-67976666

5. Shri. Kirit R. Mehta

Whole-Time Director

10, Pushpendra Mension, Phiroj shah Mehta Road, Santa Cruz (W), Mumbai– 400054

0260-2400059 2400366

6. Smt. Hetal Gogri Gala

Whole - Time Director

558-B, Gopal Sadan, Block no. 801, 8TH Floor, Jamshed Road, Matunga (E), Mumbai– 400019

022 - 67976666

7. Shri. Renil R. Gogri

Whole - Time Director

1401, Antriksh. Murar Road Mulund (W) Mumbai-400080

022 - 67976666

DETAILS OF CONSENT

M/s. Aarti Industries Ltd. (Amine Division) was established in the year 1998.

The industry obtained first NOC/CTE issue on dated 17/03/1998 and CCA No: 26042,

issue on dated 13/12/2001. The industry obtained CCA vide order No.: AWH-62543,

issue on dated 29/05/2014 for manufacturing of Organic products. The copy of All CCA

order is attached as Annexure-II. Report on status of compliance of the conditions

stipulated in the CCA order no. AWH-62543 is attached as Annexure- III.

Recommendation letter form GPCB is attached as Annexure- IV.



1.3 KEY INFORMATION OF PROJECT

1.3.1 IMPORTANCE AND JUSTIFICATION OF PROJECT

The unit does contribute towards improving their quality of life since the end users of

products are industries ranging from agrochemicals and dyes to specialty chemicals and

pharmaceuticals - markets that are critical to long-term sustainability. By supplying high

quality and good value products to our customers, the unit indirectly helps people to have

access to better medicines, fertilizers and diverse items of daily use. In other words,

greening the supply chain management plays a significant role in the unit’s business

strategy. The products are highly influenced by the market demand and market rates.

Various products listed in Table 1 are used in manufacturing of:

Intermediates for Dyes industry & Pigments industry.

Pharmaceuticals industry

Pesticides industry.

Rubber chemicals industry.

The Golden corridor of Gujarat from Dahej to Vapi has presence of lots of industries

manufacturing Organic chemicals. Hence, local market is already available.

AARTI has privilege of catering to its export customers in countries such as USA, UK,

Germany, Spain, Italy, Switzerland, Belgium, Japan, Korea, China, Russia, etc.

1.3.2 SIZE AND COST OF THE PROJECT

The expansion will be carried out at existing plot located in GIDC. The expected cost of

proposed expansion will be Rs. 1500 Lacs. The total plot area of the unit is 15078 sq. m.

The green belt area is approx. 2262 sq. m. The cost break up is provided in Table 1.3.

TABLE: 1.3

CAPITAL COST OF PROJECT

Sr. No.

Purpose Existing (Rs. In Lacs)

Proposed (Rs. In Lacs)

Total (Rs. In Lacs)

1. Land 260 - 260 2. Building 150 50 200 3. Plant and Machinery 1050 1155 2205 4.

Env. Protection & Safety

• Effluent treatment Plant 250 250 500

• Safety Equipment 20 30 50

• Green belt development 15 15 30

Total 1745 1500 3245



1.3.3 SITE SELECTION

The project proponent did not consider any other alternative site for proposed expansion.

The unit has proposed expansion of existing plot because existing plot area is sufficient

for proposed expansion. Letter of existing plot allotment from GIDC of industrial plot no.

285, 286/1, A-1-322/23 is attached as Annexure - V-A, B & C.

1.3.4 LOCATION OF THE PROJECT

M/s. Aarti Industries Ltd. (Amine Division) is located at Vapi, Gujarat. It is

approximately 27.04 km distance from Dist.: Valsad. The geographical positioning of the

project site is at Latitude 20°21’20.50”N, Longitude 72°56’5.25” E. It has an average

elevation of 5 m.

Vapi is a very important industrial center having the advantage of close proximity to

Mumbai, the commercial capital of India. Due to NH-8 and Vapi railway station, GIDC

is well connected by road and rail to rest parts of the country. Communication facility

available in the area is good. Water is available from GIDC.

The site location map on Indian map of 1:10, 00,000 scale followed by 1:50,000/1:25,000

scale on A3/A2 sheet and Location map showing 10 km radial distance from project site is

attached as Annexure-VI. The existing plant layout and proposed plant layout are

attached as Annexure – VII-A&B. The photograph of existing plant area and proposed

plant area are attached as Annexure-VIII.

The location of the project site can be identified from the satellite image or Google earth

image shown in Figure 1. All four corners of the site Co-ordinates latitude and Longitude

are given in Table 1.4 and shown in Figure 2.

TABLE 1.4

DETAILS OF CORNERS CO-ORDINATE OF SITE

Direction Corners Latitude Longitude

North 1st - Gate 20° 21' 22.6"N 72° 56' 03.3"E

South 2nd 20° 21' 18.4"N 72° 56' 04.0"E

East 3rd - Gate 20° 21' 19.5"N 72° 56' 09.8"E

East 4th 20° 21' 20.6"N 72° 56' 09.6"E

North 5th 20° 21' 23.0"N 72° 56' 6.26"E



FIGURE 1.1

GOOGLE EARTH OR SATELLITE IMAGE OF PROJECT LOCATION



FIGURE 1.2

GOOGLE EARTH OR SATELLITE IMAGE OF ALL CORNERS OF THE SITE



1.4 SALIENT FEATURES

The plant is located in a well-developed industrial zone, which has all essential facilities

such as internal roads, arrangement for supply of water and power to industries, effluent

disposal facilities etc.

The vapi GIDC falls at Pardi Taluka of Gujarat. It is positioned on the bank of River

Daman Ganga. It is situated to east of Daman (Central Territory) and to the west of Dadra

and Nagar Haveli (Central Territory). Vapi is largely an industrial area dominated by

small scale industries, especially chemical plants.

Water is available from G.I.D.C. water supply. G.I.D.C. Vapi is large industrial estate

with a number of chemical plants, paper mill, textile processing plants and other allied

industries total to about more than 705 units. A letter from GIDC stating that the proposed

additional quantity of water will be provided is attached as Annexure - IX.

Vapi industrial association (VIA) has set up a disaster management cell to take care of

any disaster in the vicinity. A common effluent treatment plant (CETP) and Common

Hazardous Waste Storage Site are established and operated by M/s. Vapi Green Enviro

Ltd. The treated effluent from CETP is discharged in to sea. The present unit will utilize

TSDF facility.

Existing and proposed industrial effluent will be treated in unit’s own ETP. Total quantity

of effluent will be treated in ETP, R.O. followed by MEE to achieve zero liquid

discharge. Hence, unit will adopt ‘Zero’ Liquid Discharge.

The salient features of project site are given in Table 1.5.

TABLE: 1.5

SALIENT FEATURES OF THE PROJECT SITE

Particulars Details Distance from project site (Approximately kilometer )

Taluka/ Tehsil Pardi 16 km

District Valsad 27.04 km

Geographical positioning Latitude 20°21’20.50”N

Longitude 72°56’5.25” E

--

Nearest City Valsad 27.04 km

Nearest Town Vapi 4.55 km



Nearest Highway NH8 2 km

Nearest Railway line/ Railway station

Vapi 3.37 km

Nearest Domestic Airport/ Airbase

Surat

Daman

86.89 km

12.05 km

Nearest International Airport/ Airbase

Mumbai 139.2 km

Nearest water body Daman Ganga River 2.91 km

There are no metropolitan cities.

The industrial housing sector is located at 4.7 km distance from the site. There is

no defense installation.

There are no ecological sensitive areas such as tropical forests, biosphere reserve,

and important lakes or costal areas rich in coral formation.

There is no national park of wild life sanctuary.

There are no sensitive places of archaeological, historical, cultural and religious

or tourist importance.

There is reserved forest and protected forest within 10 km distance.

The lists of neighboring industries are given in Table 1.6.

TABLE 1.6

DETAILS OF NEIGHBORING INDUSTRIES AT PROJECT SITE

Name of Industry Direction w.r.t

project site

Address

Amarjyot Chemicals Pvt. Ltd. North Plot No 286/2, Phase II ,

GIDC, Vapi.

Ratna Paper Mill South Plot No. 322/22, Phase II,

GIDC, Vapi.

GIDC Road East GIDC Road.

GIDC Road West GIDC Road.



1.5 REGULATORY FRAMEWORK

Based on the scope of work and general guidelines, study area of 5 km around the site has

been taken as the spatial frame for the impact assessment. Temporal frame of assessment

has been chosen to reflect the impacts in two distinct phases of the project namely:

1) Construction phase 2) Operation phase



to the same) issued by the Ministry of Environment, Forest and Climate Change (MoEF

& CC). The project is located within 10 km radial distance from inter state boundary of

Gujarat & Daman and Gujarat & Dadar Nagar Haveli. The unit requires taking

Environmental clearance from Industrial Committee of MoEF & CC, Delhi.

1.6 SCOPE & OBJECTIVES OF THE EIA STUDY

This EIA Report is prepared to comply with the requirements of the Industrial

committee-2, MoEF & CC as per the guideline for the Clearance. The objectives of this

EIA are:

• To describe the Project and associated works together with the requirements for

carrying out the Project.

• To identify and describe the elements of the community and environment likely to be

affected by the Project, and / or likely to cause impacts upon the Project, including

both the natural and man-made environment;

• To identify and quantify emission sources and determine the severity of impacts on

sensitive receivers and potential affected uses;

• To recognize and quantify any environmental impacts associated with the Project and

recommend appropriate mitigation measures;

• To study existing landscape and visual quality in the Study Area so as to evaluate the

landscape and visual impacts of the Project;

• To propose mitigation measures to minimise pollution, environmental disturbance and

nuisance during construction and operation of the project;

• To identify, predict and evaluate the residual (that is, after practicable mitigation)

environmental impacts and cumulative effects expected to arise during the



construction and operation phases of the Project in relation to the sensitive receivers

and potential affected uses;

• To identify, assess and specify methods, measures and standards, to be included in the

detailed design, construction and operation of the project which are necessary to

mitigate these impacts and reduce them to allowable levels within established

standards / guidelines;

• To investigate the extent of side-effects of proposed mitigation measures that may lead

to other forms of impacts;

• To identify constraints associated with the mitigation measures recommended in this

EIA;

• To identify any additional studies necessary to fulfil the objectives to the requirements

of this EIA Study.

1.7 STRUCTURE OF EIA REPORT

The generic structure of the EIA report, as per the guideline provided by MoEF & CC is

illustrated in the following tabulated format.

TABLE: 1.7

STRUCTURE OF EIA REPORT

Sr. No. EIA Structure Contents 1. Introduction • Purpose of the report and regulatory frame work

• Identification of the project and project proponent • Key Information of project

• Regulatory Frame work • Scope & Objective of EIA study

• Structure of EIA report • Terms of reference & Its Compliance

2. Project Description • Condensed description of those aspects of the project (based on project feasibility study), likely to cause environmental effects. Description contains the details of the following:

• Type of project • Need for the project

• Location details showing general location, specific location, project boundary & project site layout



Sr. No. EIA Structure Contents • Technology and process description • Project description. Including drawings showing project layout, components of project etc. Schematic representations of the feasibility drawings which give information important for EIA purpose.

• Description of mitigation measures incorporated into the project to meet environmental standards, environment operating conditions, or other EIA requirements (as required by the scope)

3. Description of the Environment

• Study area, period, components & methodology

• Establishment of baseline for valued environmental components, as identified in the scope.

• Base maps of all environment components. 4. Anticipated

Environmental Impacts & Mitigation Measures

• Details of Investigated Environmental impacts due to project location, possible accidents, project design, project construction, regular operations, final decommissioning or rehabilitation of a completed project

• Measures for minimizing and / or offsetting adverse impacts identified. • Irreversible and Irretrievable commitments of environmental components.

• Assessment of significance of impacts (Criteria for determining significance, Assigning significance) • Mitigation measures

5. Environmental Monitoring Program

• Technical aspects of environmental monitoring for the effectiveness of mitigation measures (incl. Measurement methodologies, frequency, location, data analysis, reporting schedules, emergency procedures, budget & procurement schedules)

6. Additional Study: Risk Assessment & Disaster Management Plan

• Hazard Identification • Risk Assessment & control/prevention Measures

• Disaster Management Plan 7. Project Benefits • Improvements in the physical infrastructure

• Detail of the Socioeconomic • Employment potential – skilled; semi-skilled



Sr. No. EIA Structure Contents and unskilled

• Other tangible benefits of the project 8. Environment

Management Plan • Description of the administrative aspects of ensuring that mitigation measures are implemented and their effectiveness monitored, after approval of the EIA. The Chapter consist of:

• Mitigation measures for impacts

• Pollution Prevention Plan • Greenbelt Development Plan

• Mangrove Management Plan • Dredging management Plan • Waste management plan • Environment Management Cell

• Budgetary Provisions for EMS 9. Summary &

Conclusion • Description of brief of EIA report

10. Disclosure of Consultant Engaged

• Detail of the EIA Consultant

1.8 TERMS OF REFERENCE AND ITS COMPLIANCE

1.8.1 COMPLIANCE OF TOR APPROVED BY MoEF & CC, DELHI.

As per TOR letter issued by the MoEF, Delhi as received vide ref no. J-11011/162/2016-

IA II (I) dated: - 25th October, 2016 has been sent duly addressed. The copy of TOR is

attached as Annexure - I. Point wise summary of compliance is given below Table 1.8.

TABLE: 1.8

TOR GIVEN BY EXPERT APPRAISAL COMMITTEE OF MoEF & CC, DELHI Sr.

No.

TOR Points Compliance

(Reference in EIA report)

A. Specific TOR

1. Details on solvents to be used,

measures for solvent recovery and for

emissions control.

Details of solvent recovery system

are covered in topic 2.6 of chapter -

2 on page no. 2.20.

Details of emissions control are

covered under 8.6.5 of chapter - 8

on page no.8.15.



Sr.

No.



2. Details of process emissions from the

proposed unit and its arrangement to

control.

Process emission from the proposed

unit is covered under topic 2.9.2 in

table no.2.20 of chapter-2 on page

no.2.37 and

Arrangement to control is covered

under topic 8.6.1 in table no.8.1 of

chapter-8 on page no.8.7.

3. Ambient air quality data should include

VOC, etc.

Details are covered in table no. 3.4

of chapter - 3 from page no. 3.6 to

3.9.

4. Work zone monitoring arrangements

for hazardous chemicals.

Details are covered in 6.7.8 of

chapter - 6 on page no.6.56.

Work zone monitoring report (Form

No. 37) are attach as annexure –

XIX-B.

5. Detailed effluent treatment scheme

including segregation for units

adopting ‘Zero’ liquid discharge.

Details are covered in topic 2.8 of

chapter-2 from page no.2.31 to 2.35.

6. Action plan for odour control to be

submitted.

Details are covered in topic 8.7.4 of


7. A copy of the Memorandum of

Understanding signed with cement

manufacturers indicating clearly that

they co-process organic solid /

hazardous Waste generated.

Membership certificate from SEPPL

for accepting co-process organic

solid/hazardous waste generated is

attached as annexure- XIII.

8. Authorization/Membership for the

disposal of liquid effluent in CETP and

solid/hazardous waste in TSDF, if any.

For Liquid effluent, unit will adopt

“Zero” Liquid Discharge.

For solid/hazardous waste,

Membership certificate from

VWEMCL, BEIL & SEPPL are

attached as annexure-XIII.



Sr.

No.



9. Action plan for utilization of MEE /

Dryers salts.

Utilization of MEE salts is not

feasible. It will be dispose of land

fill site.

Membership certificate land fill site

is attached as annexure-XIII.

10. Material Safety Data Sheet for all the

Chemicals are being used / will be

used.

Material Safety Data Sheet is

provided in soft copy. Hard copy of

few MSDS is attached as annexure-

XXVIII.


disposal of solid/hazardous waste in

TSDF are being used/will be used.




disposal of solid/hazardous waste in

TSDF.



13. Risk assessment for storage and

handling of hazardous chemicals/

solvents.

Action plan for handling & safety

system to be incorporated.

Details are covered in topic 6.3.1 to

6.3.3 of chapter-6 from page no.6.6

to 6.29.

Action plan is covered in topic

6.7.10 of chapter - 6 from page no.

6.58 to 6.59.

14. Arrangements for ensuring health and

safety of workers engaged in handling

of toxic materials.

Details are covered in 6.7.12 of

chapter - 6 on page no.6.60 o 6.61.

B. Additional TOR

i. Public hearing is exempted as per Para

7 (i) III Stage (3) (i) (b) of EIA

Notification, 2006 for preparation of

EIA/EMP Report, being site is located

in the notified industrial area.

Noted.

Public hearing is exempted to this

expansion project as the unit is

located in GIDC notified area.

ii. Recommendation of SPCB to be Recommendation letter from GPCB



Sr.

No.



submitted for proposed activity. is attached as annexure –IV.

iii. Fresh water requirement to be reduced

by measures adopting recycle and

reuse.

Details are covered in topic 2.7.7 of


iv. Zero liquid discharge should be

adopted.

Unit will be adopting “Zero” Liquid

Discharge.

v. Products wise details should be given

in EIA report.

Details are covered in topic 2.4 of


1.8.2 COMPLIANCE OF GENERIC TOR IN RESPECT OF

INDUSTRY SECTOR (ANNEXURE - I).

The committee prescribed the Generic TOR provided at Annexure-I. Point wise summary

of compliance is given below Table 1.9.

TABLE: 1.9

GENERIC TOR IN RESPECT OF INDUSTRY SECTOR Sr.

No.



1. Executive summary (maximum 2-3 sheets

in A4 Size paper) of the project covering

project description, description of the

environment, anticipated environmental

impacts & its mitigation measures,

environmental management plan,

environmental monitoring programme,

public consultation, project benefits,

Social impacts including R&R.

Executive summery is enclosed

at the beginning of the EIA

report.

Refer page no. I to VI.

Also brief executive summery is

given in chapter 9.

2. SITE DETAILS

i Location of the project site covering

village, Taluka/Tehsil, district and state on

Indian map of 1:1000, 000 scale.

Location of the project site map

is attached as annexure-VI-A.

ii A Toposheet of the study area of radius of A Toposheet of the study area is



Sr.

No.



10 km and site location on

1:50000/1:25000 scale on an A3/A2 sheet.

attached as annexure-VI-B.

iii Co-ordinates (lat-long) of all four corners

of the site.

A co-ordinates show (lati-long)

of all four corners of the site is

cover in topic 1.3.4, table no.1.4,

and figure 1.2 of chapter-1 from

page no.1.6 to 1.8.

iv Google map-earth downloaded of the

project site.

Google map on Google earth

show the project site is figure 1.1

& 1.2 of chapter-1 from page

no.1.7 to 1.8.

v A map showing environmental sensitivity

[land use/land cover, water bodies,

reserved forests wildlife sanctuaries,

National parks, tiger reserve etc. ] and

from critically/severely polluted area (s)

and Eco-sensitive Area within 10 km

radius of the project site vis-a-vis shortest

(aerial) distance from the project. If the

project is located within 10 km of

CPA/severely polluted area, confirm

whether moratorium has been imposed on

the area.

Map is attached as annexure- VI-

A.

There is no Eco-sensitive area

within 10 km radius of the

project site.

Moratorium was imposed but has

been withdrawal.

vi Layout maps indicating existing unit as

well proposed unit indicating storage area,

plant area, green belt area, utilities etc. In

addition, if located within the industrial

area/estate/complex, layout of industrial

area and location of unit within the

industrial area/Estate/complex, layout of

industrial.

Layout map indicating all the

things is attached as annexure-

VII.



Sr.

No.



vii Photographs of the proposed and existing

(if applicable) plant site. If existing, In

addition to Side map, provide photographs

of plantation /greenbelt in Existing

project. If fresh EC application,

photographs.

Photographs are attached as

annexure-VIII.

3. Land use break-up of total land of the

project site (identified and acquired),

government/private - agricultural, forest,

wasteland, water bodies, settlements, etc

shall be included.

Details are covered under topic

3.7 of chapter-3 on page no.3.23.

4. A copy of the mutual agreement for land

of the acquisition singed with land

included.

Land possession document is

attached as annexure - V.

5. Proposed shall be submitted to the

ministry for environmental clearance only

after acquisition of land shall be included.

Existing unit. Full land acquired.

Land possession document is

attached as annexure-V.

6. Forest and wildlife related issues

(if applicable):

Not Applicable.

i. Permission and approval for the use of

forest land (forestry clearance), if any, and

recommendations of the State Forest

Department.

Not Applicable.

ii. Land use map based on High resolution

satellite imagery (GPS) of the proposed

site delineating the forestland (in case of

projects involving forest land more than

40 ha)

Not Applicable.

iii. Status of Application submitted for

obtaining the stage I forestry clearance

Not Applicable.



Sr.

No.



along with latest status shall be submitted.

iv. The projects to be located within 10 km of

the National Parks, Sanctuaries, Biosphere

Reserves, Migratory Corridors of Wild

Animals, the project

proponent shall submit the map duly

authenticated by Chief Wildlife Warden

showing these features vis-à-vis the

project location and the recommendations

or comments of the Chief Wildlife

Warden-thereon.

Not Applicable.

v. Wildlife Conservation Plan duly

authenticated by the Chief Wildlife

Warden of the State Government for

conservation of Schedule I fauna, if any

exists in the study area

Not Applicable.

vi. Copy of application submitted for

clearance under the Wildlife (Protection)

Act, 1972, to the Standing Committee of

the National Board for Wildlife

Not Applicable.

7. Expansion/modernization proposal

i. Copy of all the Environmental clearance

(s) including Amendments thereto

obtained for the project from

MOEF/SEIAA shall be attached as an

annexure .A certified copy of the latest

Monitoring report of the regional office of

the Ministry of environmental and forests

as per circular dated 30th may, 2012 on the

status of compliance of condition

stipulated in all the existing environmental

Copies of all CCA are attached

as annexure - II.

Compliance report of last CCA is

attached as annexure - III.

Unit has obtained EC in 2008 but

EC could not convert in to CTE&

CCA. So, Compliance report not

applicable.

Recommendation letter from

GPCB is attached as annexure –



Sr.

No.



clearance including amendments should

be provided. In addition, status of

compliance of consent to operate for the

on-going /existing operation of the project

from SPCB shall be attached with the

EIA-EMP reports.

IV.

ii In case the existing project has not

obtained environmental clearance, reasons

for not talking EC under the provisions of

the EIA notification 2006 shall be

provided copies of consent to establish

/No objection certificate and consent to

operate (in case of units operating prior to

EIA Notification 2006, CTE and CTO of

FY 2005-2006) obtained from the SPCB

Shall be submitted.

Unit was established before 2006

notification. As per earlier

notification of 1996, EC was not

applicable to dye intermediates

products. Unit has obtained CTE

(NOC) & CTO.

CTE (NOC) & CTO are attached

as annexure – II.

Details of industrial operations

8. A list of major industries with name and

type within study area (10km radius) shall

be incorporated.

Details are covered in table

no.3.1 of chapter - 3 from page

no.3.2 to 3.3.

9. Details of proposed raw material and

products along with production capacity.

If expansion project, details for existing

unit, separately for existing and new

(proposed) unit.


2.3 in table no.2.1 of chapter-2

from page no.2.1 to 2.3.

10. Details of manufacturing process, major

equipment and machinery. If expansion

project details of existing unit, separately

for existing and new (proposed) unit.

Details are covered in topic 2.4

of chapter-2 from page no.2.11 to

2.18.

Details of Equipment and

machinery are covered under

topic 2.7.6 in table no.2.14 of



Sr.

No.



chapter - 2 on page no. 2.25 to

2.28.

11. List of raw material required and its

sources along with mode of transportation

shall be included. All the trucks for raw

material and finished product

transportation must be “ environmentally

compliant”


2.3.3 in table no.2.7 of chapter -

2 from page no. 2.7 to 2.8.

12. Quantity of fuel required, its sources and

characteristic and documentary evidence

to substantiate confirmed fuel linkage

shall be furnished.


2.7.2 in table no. 2.9 of chapter -

2 on page no. 2.22.

MOU with supplier is attached as

annexure-XIV.

13. Project site layout plan to scale using

Auto CAD showing raw material, fly ash

and other storage plans bore well or water

storage, acquires dumping, waste disposal,

green areas water bodies, rivers/drainage

passing through the project site shall be

include.

Plant layout is attached as

annexure-VII.

14. Manufacturing process details of all the

plants including captive power plant if

any along process flow chart shall be

include.


2.4 of chapter - 2 from page no.

2.11 to 2.18.

15. Mass balance for the material and

products shall be included.


2.4 of chapter-2 from page no.

2.11 to 2.18.

16. Energy balance data for all the

compensates of the plant shall be

incorporated.

Electricity connected load given

in table no.2.10 of chapter -2, on

page no.2.24.

Environmental Status



Sr.

No.



17. Geological features and geo-hydrological

status of the study shall be included.

Geological features given under

topic 1.4 in table no. 1.5 & 1.6 of

chapter - 1 from page no.1.9 &

1.10.

Geo-hydrological is not

applicable.

18. Details of drainage of the project up to 5

km radius of study area. If the site within

1 km radius of any major river ,peak and

lean river discharge as well as flood

occurrence frequency based on peak

rainfall data of the past 30 years. Details

of RL of the project site and mRL of the

river should also be provided.

Not Applicable.

19. One season site-specific micro-

metrological data using temperature

relatively humanity, hour, wind speed and

direction and rainfall and AAQ data

(except monsoon) at 8 location for PM10,

PM2.5, SO2, NOX, CO and HC (methane &

non-methane) should be collected. The

monitoring stations should take into

account the pre-dominant wind direction,

population zone and sensitive receptors

including reserved forests.


3.2 & 3.3 in table no. 3.2, 3.3 &


3.3 to 3.9.

20.. Surface water supply quality of nearly

river (60m upstream and downstream) and

other surface drains at eight locations to

be provided.


3.4 in figure no. 3.5, table no. 3.8

& 3.9 of chapter-3 from page no.

3.15 & 3.17.

21. Ground water monitoring minimum at 8

locations shall be included.


3.4 in table no. 3.5 & 3.6 of



Sr.

No.



chapter-3 from page no. 3.9 &

3.14.

22. Noise level monitoring at 8 locations shall

be included.


3.5 in figure no.3.6 & table

no.3.10 of chapter-3 from page

no.3.18 to 3.19.

23. Traffic study of the area for the proposed

project the respect of the exist traffic ,type

of vehicles, frequency of vehicles for

transportation of material additional

traffic due to proposed project ,parking

arrangement etc.


3.12 in chapter - 3 on page

no.3.48 to 3.49.

24. Detailed description of flora and fauna

(terrestrial and aquatic) existing in the

study area shall be given with special

reference to rare, endemic and endangered

species.

If Schedule-I fauna are found within the

study area, a Wildlife Conservation Plan

shall be prepared and furnished.

Details are covered under 3.8 in

table no.3.15 & 3.16 of chapter -

3 from page no.3.24 to 3.28.

Not applicable.

25. Emission (g/sec) with and without the air

pollution control measures.

Details are covered in Table

no.2.22 of chapter-2 from page

no.2.37.

Monitoring report of emission

from Regional Office of GPCB is

attached as annexure – XII.

26. Cumulative impact of all sources of

emission on the AAQ of the area shall be

well assessed. Details of the model used

and input model used and input data used

for modeling shall also be provided. The


4.1 to 4.2 of chapter - 4 from

page no. 4.1 & 4.21.

Location map is shown in figure

no. 4.7 to 4.12 of chapter - 4 on



Sr.

No.



air quality contours should be plotted on

allocation map showing the location of

project site, habitation nearby, sensitive

receptors, if any.

page no. 4.13 to 4.21.

27. Impact of the transport of the raw

materials and end products on the

surrounding environment shall be

assessed and provided. On this regard,

options for transport of raw materials and

finished products and wastes (large

quantities) by rail or rail – cum road

transport or conveyor – cum – rail

transport shall be examined.


4.3 of chapter - 4 from page

no.4.24 to 4.27.

Details of transport of raw

materials and finished products

are covered under topic 2.3.3 of


28. Details of water requirement, water

balance chart for new unit or for existing

unit as well as proposed expansion (in

case of expansion)


2.7.7 of chapter - 2 from page

no.2.28 to 2.30.

29. Source of water supply and quantity and

permission of withdrawal of water

(surface/ground) from Competent

Authority.

Water supply permission letter

from GIDC-VAPI is attached as

annexure - IX.

30. Details regarding quantity of effluents

generated, recycled and reused and

discharged to be provided. Methods

adopted/to be adopted for the water

conservation shall be included. Zero

discharge effluent concepts to be adopted.


2.8 in Figure no. 2.5 & table 2.16

of chapter - 2 from page no. 2.30

& 2.35.

Unit will be adopting ‘Zero’

Liquid Discharge.

31. A note on treatment of wastewater from

different plant operations, extent recycled

and reused for different purposes shall be

included. Complete scheme of effluent


2.8 in table 2.16 of chapter - 2

from page no. 2.31 & 2.33.

Characteristics of untreated and



Sr.

No.



treatment. Characteristics of untreated and

treated effluent to meet the prescribed

standards of discharge under E (P) Rules.

treated effluent are given in table

no 2.19 of chapter – 2 on page

no. 2.33.

Treatability study is attached as

annexure – XX.

32. Action plan for control of ambient air

quality parameters as per NAAQES

Standards for PM10, PM2.5, SO2 and NOX,

etc as per GSR 826(E) dated 16th

November, 2009.


8.6.1 in table 8.1 of chapter - 8


33. An action plan to control and monitor

secondary fugitive emissions from all the

sources as per the latest permissible limits

issued by the ministry vide G.S.R. 414 (E)

dated 30th May, 2008.


8.6.1 in table 8.1 of chapter - 8


34. Action plan for solid/hazardous waste

generation, storage, utilization and

disposal. Copies of MOU regarding

utilization of solid waste shall also be

included. EMP shall include the concept

of waste - minimization, recycle / reuse /

recover techniques, Energy conservation

and natural resource conservation.



no.8.15 to 8.16.


SEPPL are attached as annexure -

XIII.

35. Proper utilization of fly ash shall be

ensured as per Fly Ash Notification, 1999

and subsequent amendment in 2003 and

2009. A detailed plan of action should be

provided.


2.7.2.2 of chapter - 2 on page

no.2.24.

MOU with end user is attached

as annexure - XVI.

36. Action plan for the green belt

development plan in 33% area i.e. land

with not less than 1500 trees per ha.


8.6.7 of chapter - 8 on page no.

8.16 to 8.19.



Sr.

No.



Giving details of species, with of

plantation, planning schedule etc. Shall be

included. The green belt shall be around

the project boundary and a scheme for

greening of the roads used for the project

shall also be incorporated. All

rooftops/terraces shall have some green

cover.

Green belt area has already

developed around the project

boundary and showing in the

Plan layout attached as annexure-

VII.

Unit will be use green cover on

the rooftops/terraces.

37. Action plan for rainwater harvesting

measures at plant site shall be submitted

to harvest rainwater from the roof tops

and storm water drains to recharge the

groundwater recharge structures may also

be constructed outside the plant premises

in consultation with local gram Panchayat

and village hand to augment the ground

water level, incorporation of water

harvesting plan for the project is

necessary, if source of water is bore well.

Not Applicable.

In GIDC estate, rain water

recharging is not recommended.

Source of water is GIDC water.

Unit will be planning of

rainwater harvesting in village.

However, has a CSR activity this

option will be explore.

38. Environment Management Plan (EMP) to

mitigate the adverse impacts due to the

project along with item wise cost of its

implementation. Total capital cost and

recurring cost/annum for environmental

pollution control measures shall be

included.


5.5 in table no. 5.3 of chapter - 5

on page no. 5.6.

39. Details of Rehabilitation & Resettlement

(R & R) involving the project. R & R

shall be as per policy of the state govt.

And a detailed action plan shall be

included.

Not Applicable.



Sr.

No.



40. Action plan for post – project

environmental monitoring shall be

submitted.



on page no. 5.6.

41. Disaster Preparedness and Emergency

Management Plan including Risk

Assessment and damage control needs to

be addressed and included.



6.37 to 6.52.

42. Occupational Health:

i Details of existing occupational & safety

hazardous. What are the levels of above

mentioned they are within permissible

Exposure level (PEL). If these are not

with in PEL so that health of the workers

can be preserved.


6.7.5 & 6.7.7 of chapter - 6 from

page no. 6.55 to 6.56.

Reports of medical and fitness

medical certificate are attached as

annexure - XXII.

ii Details of exposure specific health status

evaluation of worker. If the workers’

health is being evaluated by pre designed

format, chest x-rays, Audiometry,

Spirometry, Vision testing (Far & Near

vision, colour vision and any other ocular

defect) ECG, during pre-placement and

periodical examinations give the details of

the same.

Details regarding last month analysed data

of above mentioned parameters as per age,

sex, duration of exposure and department

wise.



6.57.



annexure - XXII.

iii Annual report of health status of workers

with special reference to occupational

health and safety.



annexure - XXII.

iv Action plan for the implementation of Details are covered under topic



Sr.

No.



OHS standard as per OSHAS/USEPA. 6.7.2 to 6.7.6 of chapter - 6 on

page no. 6.53 & 6.55.

v Plan and fund allocation to ensure the

occupational health & safety of all

contract and causal workers.


6.7.11 of chapter - 6 on page

no.6.59 & 6.60.

43. Corporate Environmental Policy

i Does the company have a well laid down

Environment Policy approved by its

Board of Directors? If so, it may be

detailed in the EIA report.

Environment policy approved by

its Board of Directors is attached

as annexure - XVIII.

ii Does the Environment Policy prescribe

for standard operating process /

procedures to bring into focus any

infringement / deviation / violation of the

environmental or forest norms /

conditions? If so, it may be detailed in the

EIA.


8.5 of chapter - 8 on page no. 8.5.

iii What is the hierarchical system or

Administrative order of the company to

deal with the environmental issues and for

ensuring compliance with the

environmental clearance conditions?

Details of this system may be given.


8.5 in figure no. 8.2 of chapter - 8

on page no. 85.

iv Does the company have system of

reporting of non-compliances / violations

of environmental norms to the Board of

Directors of the company and / or

Shareholders or stakeholders at large?

This reporting mechanism shall be

detailed in the EIA report.



on page no. 8.4.

44. Details regarding infrastructure facilities This is existing unit so all



Sr.

No.



such as sanitation, fuel, restroom etc. to be

provided to the labour force during

construction as well as to the casual

workers including truck drivers during

operation phase.

infrastructure facilities are

provided.

45. At least 5% of the total cost of the project

shall be earmarked towards the enterprise

social commitment based on public

hearing issue and item wise details along

with time bound action plan shall be

included. Social-economic development

activities need to be elaborated upon.


7.4 in table 7.1 of chapter - 7

from page no. 7.2.

46. Any litigation pending against the project

and/or any direction/order passed by any

Court of Law against the project, if so,

details thereof shall also be included. Has

the unit received any notice under the

Section 5 of Environment (Protection)

Act, 1986 or relevant Sections of Air and

Water Acts? If so, details thereof and

compliance/ATR to the notice(s) and

present status of the case.


8.9 of chapter - 8 on page no.

8.25.

47. The questionnaire for industry sector

(available on MoEF & CC Website) shall

be submitted as an annexure to the EIA-

EMP reports.

The questionnaire for industry

sector is attached as annexure -

XXVII.

48. ‘TORs’ prescribed by the expert appraisal Committee (industry) shall be considered for preparation of EIA-EMP reports for the project in addition to all the relevant information as per the ‘genetic structure of EIA’ is given is appendix IIIA in the EIA notification ,2006.where the documents provided are in language other

Instruction followed.



Sr.

No.



than English ,an English translation shall be provided. The draft EIA –EMP, report shall be submitted to the state pollution control board of the concerned state for the conduct public hearing. The SPCB shall conduct public hearing/public consultation, district wise, as per the provisions of EIA Notification, 2006.the issues raised in the public hearing and during the consultation process and the committee made by the project proponent the same shall include separately in EIA-EMP reports in the from tabular chart with financial budget (capital and revenue) along with time-schedule of implementation for complying with the commitments made. The final EIA reports shall submitted to the ministry for obtaining environmental clearance.

49. A tabular chart with index for point wise

compliance of above TORs.

Instruction followed.

50. The TORs prescribed shall be valid for a

period of three years for submission of the

EIA-EMP Reports. Along with public

hearing proceedings(whatever stipulated )

Noted.

ADDITIONAL TOR FOR SYNTHETIC ORGANIC CHEMICAL INDUSTRY

1. Manufacturing process details along with

the chemical reaction and process flow

chart.

Manufacturing process &

material balance are covered in

topic 2.4 of chapter-2 from page

no. 2.11 to 2.18.

2. Name of all solvent to be used in the

process and details of the solvent recovery

system.


2.6 of chapter - 2 on page no.

2.20.

3. Design details of ETP, incinerator, if any

along with boiler, scrubber/bag filters etc.

Design details of ETP are

covered under topic 2.8.2 in

chapter – 2 from page no. 2.31 to

2.35.



Sr.

No.



Incinerator not required.

ESP for boiler and scrubber

details is covered under topic

8.6.1 in chapter – 8 from page

no. 8.9 to 8.10.

4. The details of solid and hazardous waste

generation, storage, utilisation and

disposal particularly related to the

hazardous calorific value of hazardous

waste and detailed characteristic of the

hazardous waste. Action plan of the

disposal of fly ash generated from boiler

shall include.

Details of solid and hazardous

waste generation, storage are

covered under topic 2.10 in table

no.2.23 of chapter-2 on page

no.2.38.

Management plan details covered

under topic 8.6.6 in chapter – 8

from page no. 8.14 & 8.15.


SEPPL are attached as annexure-

XIII.

MOU with supplier is attached as

annexure - XVI.

5. Precaution to be taken during the storage

and transportation of hazardous chemical

shall be clearly mentioned and

incorporated.


6.4.2 in table no. 6.19 of chapter

- 6 on page no. 6.31 & 6.32.

6. Material safety data sheet for all the

chemicals are being used/will be used. AS

No. /RTECS No./DOT/UN ETC to be

mentioned against each chemicals.

Noted.

Material Safety Data Sheet is

provided in soft copy. Hard copy

of few MSDS is attached as

annexure-XXVIII.

7. Details of VOC monitoring in the working

zone environment, and other hazardous

emission such as chlorine, HCl, etc if any.



6.56.

8. Authorization/membership for disposal of Membership certificate from



Sr.

No.



the solid/hazardous waste in TSDF. SEPPL are attached as annexure-

XIII.

9. Risk assessment for the storage for

chemicals /solvents.

Action plan for the handing & safety

system.

Details are covered in topic 6.2

and 6.3 table no.6.1 to 6.8 of

chapter-6 from page no.6.2 to

6.29.

Action plan is covered in topic


no. 6.58 to 6.59.

10. Details of occupation health programme. Details are covered under topic

6.7 of chapter - 6 from page

no.6.53 to 6.63.

i To which chemical, workers are exposed

directly or indirectly.


6.3.1 in table no. 6.5, 6.6 & 6.7

of chapter - 6 from page no. 6.9

to 6.13.

ii Whether these chemical, are chemical

within threshold limit values (TLV) /

permissible exposure levels as per ACGIH

recommendation.

Details are covered in table no.

6.2 of chapter - 6 on page no. 6.5.

iii What measure company has taken to keep

these chemicals within PEL/TLV?


6.7.7 of chapter - 6 from page no.

6.55 to 6.56.

iv How the workers evaluated concerning

their exposure to chemical during pre-

placement and periodical medical

monitoring.


6.7.4 & 6.7.9 of chapter-6 on

page no. 6.54 to 6.57.

v Liver function test (LFT) during pre-

placement and periodical examination.


6.7.4 & 6.7.9 of chapter-6 on

page no. 6.56 to 6.59.

Copies of medical checkup are



Sr.

No.



attached as Annexure XXII.

11. A toxic management plan shall be

prepared.


6.7.13 of chapter - 6 in page no.

6.61.

12. A write up on “safe practice” followed for

handing, storage, transportation and

unloading of chemical to be submitted.


6.4.2 of chapter - 6 on page

no.6.30 & 6.33.

13. What are onsite and offsite emergency

plan during chemical disaster.


6.6 of chapter - 6 on page no.6.37

to 6.52.

14. A write up on “treatment of workers

affected by accidental spillage chemical”.



6.64.



CHAPTER – 2

PROJECT DESCRIPTION

2.1 TYPE OF PROJECT

M/s. Aarti Industries Ltd.(Amine Division) located at plot no. 285,286/1,A-1-322/23,

GIDC Estate, Phase - II, Pardi, Dist:-Valsad, Gujarat is manufacturing organic products.

The proponent has proposed expansion of existing organic manufacturing activity. The

expansion project falls under category 5(f) of the schedule, as per the EIA Notification,

September 2006.

The unit has valid CCA order No.: AWH-62543, issued on dated: 29/05/2014 for

manufacturing of Organic products like 4-Nitro Aniline, 2-Nitro Aniline, 2-Chloro 4

Nitro Aniline, Para Chloro Ortho Nitro Aniline, Di Chloro Ortho Nitro Aniline, 6-Chloro

Ortho Nitro Aniline, 4,4-Diamino Diphenyl Sulfone, other Amination product. The

existing production capacity is 555 MT/Month. After expansion total proposed

production capacity will be 1500 MT/Month. The production capacity of all products and

Co- products are given in Chapter 1, Table 1.2. The list of raw materials required for each

product is provided in Table 2.1.

2.2 NEED FOR THE PROJECT

Any investment decision is done based on techno economic viability of the project. The

project has to be technically feasible and financially viable in nature. The existing unit is

in export market for several years. They have range of products from various units and

catering to the need of industries. The demand for organic products used to be regular

feature from several countries as well as from India. The quality of their product is the

edge in the international market. To fulfill this requirement, the unit wants to go for

expansion.

2.3 PRODUCTS AND RAW MATERIAL DETAILS

The list of raw materials with consumption quantity in MT/Month for each product is

provided in below Table 2.1.



TABLE: 2.1

LIST OF PRODUCT WITH RAW MATERIAL CONSUMPTION

Sr. No.

Name of product Production quantity in MT/month

Name of Raw material

Raw material consumption in ton per ton

Raw Material consumption in MT/Month

1. 4- Nitro-Aniline (PNA) and/or

1500 Para Nitro Chloro Benzene

1.149 1724.14

Anhydrous Ammonia

0.144 216.552

Carbon 0.008 11.7241 Hydrochloric Acid

0.172 258.621

Lime (Purity 80%)

0.267 400

Total 1.741 2611.03 2.

2- Nitro Aniline (ONA) and/or

1500 Ortho Nitro Chloro Benzene

1.149 1724.14

Anhydrous Ammonia

0.144 216.552


0.172 258.621

Lime (Purity 80%)

0.267 400

Total 1.741 2611.03 3.

2- Chloro 4 Nitro Aniline (OCPNA) and/or

1500 3,4 Di Chloro Nitro Benzene

1.124 1685.39

Anhydrous Ammonia

0.118 176.404


0.14 210.674

Lime (Purity 80%)

0.18 269.663

Total 1.568 2351.69 4.

Para Chloro Ortho Nitro Aniline (PCONA) and/or

1500 2,5 Di Chloro Nitro Benzene

1.124 1685.39

Anhydrous Ammonia

0.118 176.404


0.14 210.674

Lime (Purity 80%)

0.18 269.663



Sr. No.

Name of product Production quantity in MT/month

Name of Raw material

Raw material consumption in ton per ton

Raw Material consumption in MT/Month

Total 1.568 2351.69 5.

Di Chloro Ortho Nitro Aniline (2,3 DCONA) and/or

1500 2, 3, 4 Tri Chloro Nitro Benzene

1.282 1923.08

Anhydrous Ammonia

0.177 266.026

Carbon 0.006 9.6153 Fresh Mono Chloro Benzene

0.0923 138.46

Hydrochloric Acid

0.145 217.949

Lime (Purity 80%)

0.171 256.41

Total 1.874 2811.54 6.

6-Chloro Ortho Nitro Aniline and/or

1500 2,3-Dichloro nitrobenzene

1.124 1685.39

Anhydrous Ammonia

0.118 176.404


0.14 210.674

Lime (Purity 80%)

0.18 269.663

Total 1.568 2351.69 7.

4,4-Diamino Diphenyl Sulfone (DADPS)

and/or

1500 Ammonia 3.414 5120.833 Recovered Ammonia

0.771 1156.944

4,4'-Dichlorodiphenyl Sulfone (DCDPS)

1.157 1736.111

Catalyst 0.046 69.444 Caustic Lye 0.671 1006.944 Total 6.06 9090.278

2.3.1 PRODUCT STORAGE & HANDLING

The monthly production is given in Table 2.3. Products are stored in HDPE woven bag

with PP liner because all products are off-white powder or solid pellet. They are odourless

and not volatile. The quality of products are checked properly and stored in the close shed

with due consideration of compatibility of chemicals.



The storage area are designed in such a way that the floor level is 150 mm above the

maximum floor level with 2.5 mm thickness of HDPE geo membrane and two layers of

RCC in storage is proposed.

Details of Product & Co- product Storage and handling are given in Table 2.2.

TABLE 2.2

DETAILS OF PRODUCT AND CO-PRODUCT STORAGE

Sr. No.

Name State Storage Mode

Capacity

Max. storage capacity at site (Existing) (MT/M)

Max. storage capacity at site (Proposed) (MT/M)

MOC

PRODUCT STORAGE 1. Para Nitro

Aniline and/or

Solid Bags 400Kgs/Bag/40 Kgs/bag

100MT 120 MT HDPE with PP liner

2. Ortho Nitro Aniline and/or

Liquid/Solid

Tanks/Bags

50 MT/400Kgs/Bag/40 Kgs/bag

120 MT/ 100MT

120 MT/ 100MT

SS Cladded/HDPE with PP liner

3. Ortho Chloro Para Nitro Aniline and/or

Solid Bags 600/400/250/25 Kgs/Bag

100MT 100 MT HDPE with PP liner

4. Para Chloro Ortho Nitro Aniline and /or

Solid Bags 600/400/250/25 Kgs/Bag

200 MT 200 MT HDPE with PP liner


Solid Bags 525/50 Kgs/Bag

50 MT 50 MT HDPE with PP liner

6. 6-Chloro Ortho Nitro Aniline and/or

Solid Bags 50 Kg/Bag

10 MT 50 MT HDPE with liner

7. 4,4-Diamino Diphenyl Sulfone (DADPS)

and/or

Solid Bags/ Drums

50 Kg/Bag

0 100 MT HDPE woven bag with PP liner



Sr. No.

Name State Storage Mode

Capacity

Max. storage capacity at site (Existing) (MT/M)

Max. storage capacity at site (Proposed) (MT/M)

MOC

CO-PRODUCT STORAGE 8. Calcium

chloride solution

Liquid Tanks 30MT 150 MT 150 MT SS/MSRL

9. Ammonia solution

Liquid Tanks 8 MT 6 MT 6 MT MS

10. Ammonium sulphate Solution / Ammonium Sulphate Solid

Liquid Tank 0 0 20 MT SS Cladded

Solid Bags 0 0 10 MT HDPE with PP liner

11. Sodium Chloride


12. Copper Hydroxide/ Copper oxide


2.3.2 RAW MATERIAL STORAGE AND HANDLING

The monthly raw material consumption is given in Table 2.3. Raw materials are stored in

M.S. Tanks, S.S. Tanks, HDPE Tanks, HDPE Carboys, HDPE bags, fibre drums. The

quality of raw material is checked properly and stored in the close shed storage area as

per characteristic of raw material.

The storage area are designed in such a way that the floor level is 150 mm above the

maximum flood level with 2.5 mm thickness of HDPE geo membrane and two layers of

RCC in storage is proposed.

Hazardous flammable substances are separately stored in (solvent) tank farm area within

premises. Chemicals like Mono Chloro Benzene, Liquor Ammonia are stored in SS/MS

tank with all pre-cautionary process instrumentation and safety appliances.

The maximum filling level of an anhydrous ammonia tank is 85%. Ammonia is a great

affinity for water, so special care must be taken to keep the ammonia dry.

All the liquid chemicals storage tanks are fitted with appropriate controls to avoid any

leakages and bund/dyke walls will be provided 1.5 times higher than storage tanks for



Hazardous chemicals. The provision of total tank farm area is 1777.91 sq.m. Close

handling system for chemicals are provided. Flame arrester cum breather valve and flame

proof fittings are provided at tank farm. Solvent transfer is done by pumps. Reactor and

solvent handling pumps have mechanical seal with flame proof electrical fitting. The

solvent storage area is restricted for unauthorized persons. Proper earthling is provided in

all electrical equipment whenever solvent handling is done. Also Jumpers & Flange

guards are provided in piping.

Details of quantity of Raw Material Storage are given in Table 2.3.

TABLE: 2.3

DETAILS OF RAW MATERIAL STORAGE

Sr. No.

Name of Raw Material

State StorageMode

Capacity

Max. storage capacity at site (Existing)

Max. storage capacity at site (Proposed)

MOC

1. PNCB/ONCB Liquid/Solid

Tanks/Bags

50 MT 50 MT 40 MT MS/

2. Anhydrous Ammonia

Gas Tanks 21 MT 21 MT 18 MT MS

3. Recovered Ammonia

Gas Tanks 8 MT 6 MT 6 MT MS

4. Carbon Solid Bags 2 MT 2 MT 2 MT HDPE with PP liner

5. Hydrochloric acid

Liquid Tanks 30 MT 30 MT 25 MT HDPE

6. Lime (Purity 80%)

Solid Bags 100 MT 100 MT 80 MT HDPE with PP liner

7. 2, 3,4 Trichloro nitro benzene (TCNB)

Liquid Tanks 30 MT 30 MT 25 MT SS Cladded

8. Mono Chloro Benzene (MCB)

Liquid Tanks 20 MT 20 MT 18 MT SS Cladded

9. 2,3 /3,4 Dichloro Nitro Benzene

Liquid Tanks 25 MT 25 MT 18 MT MS

10. 2, 5 Dichloro Liquid Tanks 25 MT 25 MT 18 MT SS



Sr. No.


State StorageMode

Capacity

Max. storage capacity at site (Existing)

Max. storage capacity at site (Proposed)

MOC

Nitro Benzene Cladded

11. 4,4'-Dichlorodiphenyl Sulfone (DCDPS)

Solid Bags 1 MT 0 10 MT HDPE with PP liner

12. Catalyst Solid Bags 50 kg/Bag

0 1 MT HDPE with PP liner

13. Caustic lye Liquid Tanks 20 MT 20 MT 18 MT MS 14. Sulphuric acid Liquid Tanks 20 MT 20 MT 20 MT MS 15. Sodium

Hypochlorite Liquid Tanks 20 MT 20 MT 20 MT HDPE

As per the Manufacture, Storage and Import of Hazardous Chemical Rules, 1989 issued

by the Ministry of Environment and Forests (MoEF), Govt. of India, Ammonia chemical

is falling in this schedule. So, as per the MSIHC Rule the Ammonia is under Schedule -2

and also group-2 toxic substances category. The threshold quantities of Ammonia as per

the MSIHC rules as given below Table 2.4.

TABLE 2.4

DETAILS OF CHEMICAL AS PER MSIHC RULE

Chemical Name

Threshold Quantities (tonnes) For application of rules 4,5,7 to 9 and 13 to 15

Threshold Quantities (tonnes) For application of rule 10 to 12

CAS Number

Quantities Storage in Unit

Ammonia 60 600 7664-41-7 21000 Kgs (Liquified Gas)

The unit have permission from PESO for storage of Ammonia gas (Liquefied) in pressure

vessel in 2 tanks, volume of tank 19.91 Kl/m2. So, total storing capacity in the plant

21,000 kgs (Liquified Gas). Maximum pressure in the tank is 15 kg/cm2. Permission

letter from PESO is attached as Annexure – X.

Physical & Chemical Property / Characteristics of Raw Materials:

The Characteristics of Raw material is given in Table 2.5.



TABLE: 2.5

CHARACTERISTICS OF PRODUCT AND RAW MATERIAL

PRODUCTS Sr. No.

Name Physical State

M.P OC

B.P OC

F.P OC

LEL UEL %

TLV ppm or mg/m3

LD50, mg/kg LC50, mg/l

Sp. Gravity (Water=1)

Vapour Density (Air =1)

1. 4-Nitro Aniline (PNA) and/or

Solid 146-149 260 213 NA NA 750 mg/kg [Rat]

1.42 4.77

2. 2-Nitro Aniline(ONA) and/or

Liquid/ Solid

70-73 284 167 NA NA 1.6 mg/kg [Rat]

NA NA

3. 2-Chloro 4 Nitro Aniline (OCPNA) and/or

Solid 105-108 NA 193 NA NA 6.430 mg/kg [Rat]

NA 5.9

4. Para Chloro Ortho Nitro Aniline (PCONA) and /or

Solid 117-119 NA 191 NA 2 ppm 400 mg/kg [Rat]

NA NA


Solid 190-192 NA NA NA NA NA NA NA

6. 6-Chloro Ortho Nitro Aniline and /or

Solid NA 284.3 NA NA NA NA NA NA

7. 4,4-Diamino Diphenyl Sulfone (DADPS) and/ or

Solid 175-177 NA NA NA NA 400 mg/kg [Rat]

NA NA

Co-product 8. Calcium chloride

solution Solid 772 1670 NA NA NA 1000 mg/kg

[Rat] 2.15 NA

9. Ammonia solution Liquid -69.2 36 - - - - - -



Sr. No.

Name Physical State

M.P OC

B.P OC

F.P OC

LEL UEL %

TLV ppm or mg/m3

LD50, mg/kg LC50, mg/l

Sp. Gravity (Water=1)

Vapour Density (Air =1)

10. Ammonium sulphate Solution/Ammonium Sulphate Solid

Solid 280 Na\A NA NA NA 2840 mg/kg [Rat]

1.77 NA

11. Sodium Chloride Solid 801 1413 NA NA NA 3000 mg/kg [Rat]

2.16 NA

12. Copper Hydroxide/Copper oxide

Solid 160 NA NA NA NA 1000 mg/kg [Rat]

3.37 NA

RAW MATERIALS 1. PNCB/ ONCB Liquid/

Solid 31-33 243 128 1.15/13.

1 NA 251 mg/kg

[Rat] 1.52 5.44

2. Anhydrous Ammonia Gas -77.7 -33.35 11 16/25 25 ppm 350 mg/kg

0.7710 g/cm3

0.62

3. Activated Carbon Solid NA NA NA NA 2 NA NA NA 4. Hydrochloric acid (30%) Liquid -46.2 83 NA NA 7 900 mg/kg

[Rabbit]. 1.1-1.19 1.267

5. Lime (Purity 80%) Solid NA NA NA NA 2 NA 2.3-2.4 NA 6. 2, 3, 4 Tri Chloro Nitro

Benzene (TCNB) Solid NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA

7. Mono Chloro Benzene Liquid -46 to -45 132 27.22 1.3/7.3 10 1110/ 2965 1.107 3.86 8. 2,3 Dichloro Nitro

Benzene Solid 41- 44 255-

256 123 NA NA 953/ 400 NA NA

9. 4,4'-Dichlorodiphenyl sulfone (DCDPS)

Solid 148-150 397 233 NA NA 3000 NA NA

10. Catalyst Solid NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 11. Caustic lye Liquid NA 140 NA NA 2 40 1.53 NA



2.3.3 TRANSPORTATION OF RAW MATERIALS AND FINISHED PRODUCTS

The raw materials and finished goods are transported through tankers and trucks. There is

well developed road structure in GIDC, Vapi as well as within premises also. No

additional road infrastructure will be required for transportation. All the trucks/tanker for

raw material and finished product transportation will be “environmentally compliant”.

Safety training is given to driver and cleaner regarding the safe driving, hazards of

chemicals, emergency handling and use of SCBA sets. TREM card, SCBA set & Fire

extinguishers are kept with TL. Trucks/tanker will not be use 10 year old. Trucks/tanker

will not be use overloading. The number of trucks per day for raw material and finished

product transportation will be approx. 12 to 15 taker/trucks. The raw material source will

be standard manufacturer or supplier. Indicative list along with mode of transportation is

included in Table 2.6.

TABLE: 2.6

DETAILS OF RAW MATERIAL SOURCE AND METHOD OF TRANSPORTATION

Sr. No.


State Source (Name of Seller Company)

Mode of transportation

1. PNCB/ ONCB Liquid/Solid

Aarti Industries Limited, Vapi.

Tanker

2. Anhydrous Ammonia Gas 1) Vadilal Chemicals Ltd., Vapi. 2) Jayson Chemicals, Vapi.

Tanker

3. Carbon Solid Harshil Carbon, Mumbai. Truck 4. Hydrochloric acid Liquid 1) Aarti Industries Limited,

Vapi. 2) Nascent Chemicals Pvt. Ltd.

Tanker

5. Lime (Purity 80%) Solid Tara Minerals & Chemicals Pvt. Ltd., Jodhpur.

Truck

6. 2,3, 4 Trichloro Nitro Benzene (TCNB)

Solid Aarti Industries Limited, Vapi.

Tanker

7. Mono Chloro Benzene (MCB)

Liquid Aarti Industries Limited, Vapi.

Tanker

8. 2,3-Dichloronitrobenzene (2,3 DCNB)

Solid Aarti Industries Limited, Jhagadia.

Tanker

9. 4, 4'-Dichloro Diphenyl Sulfone (DCDPS)

Solid Ganesh Polychem Limited, Vapi.

Truck

10. Catalyst Solid Kanta Chloride Pvt. Limited, Mumbai.

Truck

11. Caustic lye - 48% Liquid Gujarat Alkalies & Chemical Limited, Ranoli, Vadodara.

Tanker



2.4 PROCESS DESCRIPTION

2.4.1 MANUFACTURING PROCESS

1. 4-Nitro Aniline (PNA) and 2. 2-Nitro Aniline (ONA)

Process Description:

Para/Ortho Nitro Chloro Benzene, recycled liquor Ammonia & anhydrous Ammonia are

taken together in an autoclave for manufacturing of Para/Ortho Nitro Aniline. Desired

temperature and pressure maintain are 15 to 16 hours to complete then reaction.

Amination is carried out in an auto clave and products are isolated by layer separation.

When reaction is over & excess of Ammonia is blown off through vent valve and

scrubber in water to from 32% w/w Ammonia solution.

Chemical Reactions of PNA and ONA: PNA:

ONA:

Cl

NO2

+ 2 NH3

NH2

NO2

+ NH4Cl

Para Nitro Chloro Benzene(PNCB) M. W. 157.5

Para Nitro Aniline (PNA) M.W.138

Ortho Nitro Chloro Benzene ( ONCB) M.W157.5

Ortho Nitro Aniline(ONA) M.W 138

Cl NO2

+ 2 NH3

NH2

+ NH4Cl

NO2



Material Balance:

Input Kg Output Kg

ONCB/ PNCB 2500Anhydrous Ammonia 314 Ammonia solution 218932% Ammonia Solution 5660 Reaction Mass 6285Total 8474 Total 8474

Reaction Mass 6285 ONA/PNA -product 2175Aqueous Layer 4110

Total 6285 Total 6285

Ammonia solution 218914% Ammonia solution3471 32% Ammonia solution

(reuse in next batch) 5660


Carbon 17 Solid waste (To TSDF) 190HCl 375 Aqueous Layer 4110 Calcium Chloride solution

(23-25%) 3230

Lime(purity 80%) 580 Ammonia Gas to scrubbed 1662Total 5082 Total 5082

Water evaporated 950Calcium Chloride solution (23-25%)

3230 Calcium Chloride (Sales Co-Product)

2280


Ammonia Gas 1662 Excess Ammonia to Acid Scrubber

340

Water 2149 14% Ammonia solution (Reuse)

3471


Excess Ammonia gas 340 Ammonia sulfate solution 3780Sulphuric Acid 980 (Sales Co-Product)Water 2460Total 3780 Total 3780

Common Acid Scrubber

Autoclave

Layer Separation

Autoclave Scruber

Treatment and Filtration

Evaporation

Water Scrubber



3. 2-Chloro 4-Nitro Aniline (OCPNA) and 4. Para Chloro Ortho Nitro Aniline (PCONA) and 5. 6-Chloro Ortho Nitro aniline or 2-Chloro-6-nitroaniline


3:4 DCNB/2, 5 DCNB/2, 3 DCNB, recycled liquor Ammonia & anhydrous Ammonia are

taken together in an autoclave for manufacturing of Para/Ortho Nitro Aniline. Desired

temperature and pressure maintain are 15 to 16 hours to complete then reaction.

Amination is carried out in an auto clave and products are isolated by layer separation.

When reaction is over & excess of Ammonia is blown off through vent valve and

scrubber in water to from 32% w/w Ammonia solution.

Chemical Reaction: 3)

4)

5)

3, 4 Di Chloro Nitro Benzene (3:4DCNB) M.W 192

Ortho Chloro Para Nitro Aniline (OCPNA) M.W-172.5

NO2

Cl

+ 2 NH3

NH2

NO2

+ NH4Cl

Cl

Cl

+

NO2

2 NH3 Cl

Cl

NH2

Cl

+ NH4Cl

2,5 Di Chloro Nitro Benzene ( 2,5 DCNB ) M.W 192

Para Chloro Ortho Nitro Aniline ( PCONA) M.W-172.5

NO2



Material Balance:

Input Kg Output Kg

3:4 DCNB / 2,5 DCNB /2,3 DCNB

3000

Anhydrous Ammonia 314 Ammonia solution 218932% Ammonia Solution 5660 Reaction Mass 6785Total 8974 Total 8974

Reaction Mass 6785 OCPNA/PCONA -Product 2670

Aqueous Layer 4115Total 6785 Total 6785

Ammonia solution 2189 14% Ammonia solution 3471 32% Ammonia solution

(Reuse in next batch) 5660


Carbon 17 Solid waste(To TSDF) 160Hydrochloric Acid 375 Aqueous Layer 4115 Calcium Chloride solution

(23-25%)3230

Lime(purity 80%) 480 Ammonia Gas 1597Total 4987 Total 4987

Loss 950Calcium Chloride solution(23-25%)


2280


Ammonia Gas 1597 Excess Ammonia to Acid Scrubber

340

Water 2214 14% Ammonia solution (Reuse )

3471


Excess Ammonia gas 340 Ammonia sulfate solution 3780Sulphuric Acid 980 (Sales Co-Product)Water 2460 Total 3780 Total 3780

Common Acid Scrubber

Autoclave

Layer Separation

Autoclave Scrubber


Evaporation

Water Scrubber



6. Di Chloro Ortho Nitro Aniline (DCONA)


The product DCPNA is manufactured by Ammonolysis of DCPNA.

We charge TCNB, Anhydrous Ammonia, MCB and use recovered Ammonia in an

Autoclave. This reaction mixture is then heated up to elevated temperature and pressure.

This temperature and pressure are maintained for 20-24 hrs. After completion of the

reaction the reaction mass is cooled to room temperature.

The cooled mass is then filtered and the Mother liquor is taken for MCB & Ammonia

recovery.

This Filter cake is then charged in SS reactor for purification with water as solvent. The

purified DCONA is crystallised and centrifuged as wet cake. The solvent is reused for the

next batch.

The wet cake is the dried in a Vacuum dryer and weighed and packed.

Chemical Reaction:

2, 3, 4 Tri Chloro Nitro Benzene (TCNB) M. W. 226.5

2,3 Di Chloro Ortho Nitro Aniline (DCONA) M.W.207

NO2

+ 2 NH3

NH2

+ NH4Cl

Cl

Cl Cl

Cl

Cl

NO2



Material Balance:

Input Kg Output Kg

3000 Crude DCONA 3048Anhydrous Ammonia 415 Rec. Ammonia 1200Rec. Ammonia 1200MCB 216Rec. MCB 6984 Organic layer 7567Total 11815 Total 11815

Crude DCONA 3048 DCONA 2340Water 2000 Aq solution 2708Total 5048 Total 5048

Carbon 15 Solid waste (To TSDF)133Hydrochloric Acid 340Aq. solution 2708 Calcium Chloride

solution (23-25%) 3194

Water 100 Ammonia Solution sale 236Lime (purity 80%) 400 (Sales Co-Product) Total 3563 Total 3563

Loss 1154Calcium Chloride solution (23-25%)


2040


Organic layer 7567 Rec. MCB to Recycle 6984Loss 185Residue 398


Autoclave

Washing


Evaporation

Distillation

Trichloro Nitro Benzene



7. 4,4-’ ’Di amino Di phenyl Sulfone (DADPS)


The product 4, 4’ Di Amino Di Phenyl Sulphone is manufactured by Ammonolysis of 4,

4’ Di Chloro Di Phenyl Sulphone.

We charge DCDPS and liquor Ammonia in an Autoclave. This reaction mixture is then

heated up to elevated temperature and pressure. This temperature and pressure are

maintained for 20-24 hrs. Complete reaction after reaction mass is cooled to room

temperature.

The cooled mass is then filtered and the Mother liquor is taken for Ammonia recovery.

The wet cake is the dried in a Vacuum dryer and weighed and packed.

Chemical Reaction:



Material Balance:

Input Kg Kg Output

Liquor Ammonia 3687 46 Vapour lossRecovered liquor ammonia

833

DCDPS 1250 5774 Reaction massCatalyst 50Total 5820 5820 Total

Reaction mass 5774 5774 Reaction massTotal 5774 5774 Total

Reaction mass 5774 1080 DADPSWater 400 5094 ML Total 6174 6174 Total

833 Liquor AmmoniaML 5094 55 Copper hydroxide

& copper oxideCaustic lye 725 4931 Sodium chloride solution

Total 5819 5819 Total

4421 Water evaporatedSodium chloride solution

4931 510 Sodium chloride (Sales Co- Product)

Total 4931 4931 Total

Ammonolysis

Filtration

Ammonia recovery

Evaporation

Cooling



2.5 MANAGEMENT PLAN FOR CO-PRODUCTS

The details of co-products are given in Chapter 1, Table 1.2 on page no.1.4.

2.5.1 MANAGEMENT PLAN FOR SODIUM CHLORIDE (NaCl)

Sodium chloride solution is generated as co-product from DADPS plant. Sodium chloride

solution converted in to sodium chloride solid use of evaporator in house. The quantity

generated is 0.472 ton/ton. So; the total quantity generated is 709 MT/Month and sold to

actual users. MOU with end users are attached as Annexure – XI-A.

2.5.2 MANAGEMENT PLAN FOR CUPROUS OXIDE / HYDROXIDE

(CuO/Cu (OH) 2)

Cuprous Oxide/Hydroxide is generated as co-product from DADPS product. Cuprous

Oxide/Hydroxide is separate from ammonia recovery system. The quantity generated is

0.051 ton/ton. So, the total quantity generated is 77 MT/Month and sold to actual users.

MOU with end users are attached as Annexure – XI-B.

2.5.3 MANAGEMENT PLAN FOR CALCIUM CHLORIDE (CaCl2)

Calcium chloride is generated as co-product from PNA/ONA/OCPNA/PCONA/6-chloro

ortho nitro aniline/DCONA products. Calcium chloride is maximum generated from

PNA/ONA product. Hence, the quantity generated is 1.048 ton/ton. The total quantity

generated is 1573 MT/Month and sold to actual users. MOU with end users are attached

as Annexure – XI-C.

2.5.4 MANAGEMENT PLAN FOR AMMONIA SOLUTION (Liquid NH3)

Ammonia solution is generated as co-product from DCONA product. The technology

has been change in the manufacturing DCONA. Hence, the recovery has been carried out

with the help of MCB. Perversely it was reaction done in water. The quantity generated

is 0.101ton/ton. So, the total quantity generated is 152 MT/Month and sold to actual

users. MOU with end users are attached as Annexure – XI-D.

2.5.5 MANAGEMENT PLAN FOR AMMONIUM SULPHATE SOLUTION/

AMMONIUM SULPHATE SOLID ((NH4) 2 SO4))

Ammonium sulphate solution is generated as co- product from acid Scrubber. As per

GPCB instruction, use dilute sulphuric acid instead of dilute hydrochloric acid.

Excess Ammonia gas from water scrubber through common vent scrubbed with dilute

sulfuric acid in acid scrubber which results into generation of ammonium sulfate solution.



The total quantity generated is 114/40 MT/Month and ammonium sulphate solution/

ammonium sulphate solid sold to actual users. MOU with end users are attached as

Annexure – XI-E.

2.6 DETAILS OF SOLVENT RECOVERY SYSTEM

A solvent like Mono Chloro Benzene is used in the process.

2.6.1 SOLVENT MONO CHLORO BENZENE RECOVERY

Mono Chloro Benzene (MCB) is the solvent to be used in the DCONA process.

MCB solvent is charged from storage tank to autoclave at starting of batch. After the

reaction is complete, crude product along with MCB solvent is passed through Agitated

Nutche Filter for separating MCB. Separated MCB is distilled.

There are two H.E. in series to cool down the MCB vapours. Hence, recovery of MCB

above 97% and remaining 3% going with residue. Stream ejector is used for creating

vaccum & all the volatile vapours if any is getting condense with the water. Over a period

of tie solvent is condensed and reuse. Thus, no VOC escape is from the solvent recovery.

Diagram for MCB recovery system is shown in Figure 2.1.

FIGURE: 2.1

FLOW DIAGRAM OF MCB RECOVERY SYSTEM

MCB Storage Tank

MCB Day Tank

Vessel Autoclve-16/17

ANF-05/06

Vessel (Recycle)

Vessel (Mixed)

MCB Receiver

Distillation Vessel (DH-01)

Residue + MCB Loss



2.7 RESOURCE REQUIREMENT

2.7.1 INFRASTRUCTURE FACILITIES (LAND)

Expansion will be carried out at existing plot no. 285, 286/1, A-1-322/23, Phase-II, GIDC

Estate, Vapi-396195, Dist.: Valsad, Gujarat. Letter of plot allotment from GIDC of

industrial plot no. 285, 286/1, A-1-322/23 is attached as Annexure – V-A, B & C. The

total plot area of the unit is 15,078 sq. m. The green belt area is 2262 sq.m. The existing

& proposed plant layouts are attached as Annexure - VII. The photographs of existing

plant area are attached as Annexure - VIII. Details of breakup of plot area are covered

under following Table 2.7.

TABLE: 2.7

LAND USE BREAK UP OF TOTAL PLOT AREA

Sr.

No.

Particular Land Area in

sq.m.

Land Area

in %

1

ONA, PNA & OCPNA plant 729.53 4.84

Tank form 87 0.6

Shed 34.94 0.23

2

Proposed Plant 182.70 1.21

DCONA, PCONA Plant 571.48 3.80

Storage Tank 134.75 0.90

3 Ammonia Recovery plant 879 5.83

Office 426.25 2.83

4 CACL2 Plant 331.40 2.20

Proposed RO + MEE Plant 300 2.0

5 Engineering Store, Mechanical & Electrical room

300 2.0

Solid waste storage yard 120 0.80

6 Godown-I 1045.5 6.93

7 Ware House Godown-II 490.49 3.25

8 ETP Area 50 0.33

9 Coal storage shed 678.96 4.50

Boiler house 670.35 4.45

10 Utility shed 73.87 0.50



Sr.

No.

Particular Land Area in

sq.m.

Land Area

in %

Electrical Room 36 0.24

11 Ammonia Liquid St. Tank 1166.16 7.73

12 Green Belt* 2262 15.0

13 Open Area 4507.62 29.9

Total 15,078 sq.m. 100 %

Note: Green belt will be developed outside the boundary or other place with coordination

with GIDC office.

2.7.2 DETAILS OF FUEL AND ELECTRICITY CONSUMPTION

The energy requirement in terms of power and fuel for proposed unit is shown in

following Table 2.8.

TABLE: 2.8

FUEL CONSUMPTION & ELECTICITY CONSUMPTION

Sr.

No.

Name Requirement Source

Existing Scenarioas per CCA -AWH 62543

Proposed Total

FUEL CONSUMPTION

1. Diesel* 120 Lit/Hr 110 Lit/Hr 330 Lit/Hr Local Market

2. Coal 1.5 MT/Hr 3.1 MT/Hr 4.6 MT/Hr Imported coal

ELECTRICITY CONSUMPTION

1. Electricity –

connected load

1225 KVA 300 KVA 1525 KVA DGVCL

Note: Diesel for DG Sets.

2.7.2.1 COAL ANALYSIS DETAILS

The unit will be using the imported coal in boiler. The Coal/fuel analysis, Flue gas

analysis and Ash analysis report are given in below Table 2.9.

A confirmed coal linkage along with the supportive documents (Copy of the firm MOU

signed between the coal supplier and the project proponent) of long term supply of coal

for the project requirements is provided as Annexure – XIV.



TABLE: 2.9

COAL/FUEL ANALYSIS, FLUEGAS ANALYSIS AND ASH ANALYSIS REPORT

Since the unit is going to use coal as a fuel. Thus, unit will follow the coal handling

guidelines issue from Gujarat Pollution Control Board. Compliance of guidelines is

attached as Annexure – XV.

Website: http://www.gpcb.gov.in/pdf/coal-handling-guidelines.pdf



2.7.2.2 Fly Ash Storage, Handling and Disposal:

The fly ash generated from Boiler (10 TPH & 13 TPH) will be collected by bag filter,

Multi cyclone, Dust collector and E.S.P. Fly ash conveyed to vertical column and is

stored. To suppress the fly ash, 5 KL/day water is sprinkled which is of high TDS. Copies

of MOU / agreements done with actual consumers regarding utilization of fly ash &

bottom ash etc. is attached as Annexure – XVI.

2.7.3 DETAILS OF ENERGY DISTRIBUTION/UTILISATION

Details of energy distribution are given in below Table 2.10.

TABLE: 2.10

ENERGY REQUIREMENT

Sr. No.

Name of Equipment

Existing Connected Energy in KVA

Proposed Connected Energy in KVA

Total Connected Energy in KVA

1. Reactor 315 150 465 2. Cooling Tower 26.5 15 41.5 3. Boiler 194.5 - 194.5 4. Dryer 19 5 24 5. Nutch Filter 61.3 20 81.3 6. Centrifuge 18.6 10 28.6 7. Pumps & Motors 436.3 75 511.3 8. Compressor 128.8 25 153.8 9. Blender 25 - 25

Total 1225 300 1525

2.7.4 UTILITIES

The utilities to be installed will be Cooling tower, Compressor. Details of utilities are

given in below Table 2.11.

TABLE: 2.11

DETAILS OF UTILITIES

EXISTING UTILITIES

Sr. No. Name of The Utilities Capacity MOC Nos. 1.

Cooling Tower

750 TR. FRP 1 2. 400 TR. FRP 2 3. 150 TR. FRP 1 4. 450 TR. FRP 1 5. Compressor 6 CFM CI 1 6. Compressor 22 CFM CI 2



7. Compressor 44 CFM CI 2 8. Compressor 58 CFM CI 1 9. Compressor 100 CFM CI 1 10. Compressor 158 CFM CI 1 11. Compressor 175 CFM CI 1 12. Compressor 223 CFM CI 1 PROPOSED UTILITIES

1. Cooling Tower

400 TR. FRP 2 2. 175 TR. FRP 1 3. 100 TR. FRP 1 4.

Compressor 175 CFM CI 1

5. 223 CFM CI 2

2.7.5 MANPOWER The manpower required for the proposed project as well as during the construction/

commissioning activities will be employed from the local area. Details of existing and

proposed man power requirement are given in below Table 2.12.

TABLE: 2.12

MAN POWER REQUIREMENT

Phase of project

Type of Worker

No. of workers (Existing)

No. of workers (Proposed Scenario)

No. of workers (Total)

During construction

Contractual -- -- --

During commissioning

Contractual -- -- --

During operations

Managerial 10 5 15 Skilled 115 15 130 Un-skilled 160 25 185

Total 285 45 330

2.7.6 EQUIPMENTS/MACHINERIES

Details of existing equipments and machineries are given in below Table 2.13. The list is

quite comprehensive and provide overall image of the processing area.



TABLE: 2.13

DETAILS OF EQUIPMENTS AND MACHINERIES

Sr. No.

Name of the Equipment

Capacity in KL/m2

MOC Existing Quantity in Nos.

Additional Quantity in Nos.

TOTAL Quantity in Nos.

1 Autoclave 12 MS 8 16 24

2 Autoclave 12 MS-SS cladded

1 2 3

3 Reactor 8 MS-SS cladded

1 1 2


7 14 21


3 7 10


2 4 6

7 Reactor 21 HDPE 3 7 10

8 Distillation Reactor

5 MS-SS cladded

1 2 3


6 MS-SS cladded

1 1 2


8 MS-SS cladded

1 1 2

11 Ammonia Recovery Tank

7 MS 7 15 22

12 Ammonia Recovery Tank

10 MS 2 4 6

13 Agitated Nutch Filter

1.6 MS-SS cladded

1 2 3


6 MS-SS cladded

2 4 6


10 MS-SS cladded

1 1 2

16 Storage Tank 10 SS 1 1 2



19 Storage Tank 20 MS 1 3 4

20 Storage Tank 22 HDPE 1 2 3


22 Storage Tank 10 SS Cladded 1 1 2



Sr. No.


Capacity in KL/m2




23 Anh. NH3 storage tank

19.91 MS 2 1 3

24 Day Tank 3 MS 4 8 12

25 Day Tank 7 SS Cladded 1 1 2

26 Day Tank 7 MS 3 7 10

27 Storage Tank 2 PP-FRP 4 8 12



30 Storage Tank 18 SS Cladded 1 2 3



33 Storage Tank 3.5 FRP 1 1 2

34 Storage Tank 40 MS 1 2 3

35 Centrifuge 36 MSRL 1 3 4

36 Blender 2500 Ltr SS 1 2 3

37 Flaker 3 m2 SS-316 2 4 6

38 RVD 4.5 SS 1 2 3

39 Condensor 70 m2 MS 4 9 13




43 SFD 200 Lit SS 1 1 2

44 Verticle Air Receiver

600 Ltr MS 1 2 2


1450 Ltr MS 1 1 2


4000 Ltr MS 1 1 2

47 Horizontal Air Receiver

205 Ltr MS 1 1 2

48 Horizontal Air Receiver

237 Ltr MS 1 3 4

49 Horizontal Air 285 Ltr MS 2 4 6



Sr. No.


Capacity in KL/m2




Receiver 50 Horizontal Air

Receiver 5000 Ltr MS 1 1 2

51 Dm Water Storage Tank

50 FRP 1 1 2

52 Raw Water Storage Tank

25 HDPE 1 1 2

53 Deareation Tank 18 MS 1 1 2 54 H2SO4 Scrubber

Column 3 m2 PP-FRP 1 3 4

55 Filter Press 30 Inch PP 1 1 2



58 ETP Underground Tank

60 RCC Mist 1 2 3

59 Carbon Column 1.5 m3 MS 1 1 2

60 Sand Filter 1.5 m3 MS 1 1 2

2.7.7 WATER REQUIREMENT

Water is used primarily for processing, washing, boiler, cooling, gardening and domestic

purpose. The existing fresh water requirement for domestic and industrial purpose is met

through GIDC water supply. GIDC has its own water reservoir and distribution network

throughout the GIDC Estate. The unit will also use recovered water from R.O. system

and MEE plant. As per CCA order no.: AWH-62543, average daily fresh water

consumption of the unit is about 340 KL/day.

Now, proposed average daily fresh water consumption of the unit will be 364 KL/day and

recovered water consumption will be 147.2 KL/day. So, total water consumption will be

694 KL/day (546.8 KL/day of fresh water + 147.2 KL/day of recycled water) after

proposed expansion. Stream wise bifurcation of water consumption is given in Table 2.14

and stream wise bifurcation of existing and proposed water consumption are given in

Figure 2.4 & 2.5.



TABLE: 2.14

DETAILS OF WATER CONSUMPTION

Note: - Unit will adopt ‘Zero’ Liquid Discharge. FIGURE: 2.2

EXISTING WATER BALANCE DIAGRAM

Sr. No.

Purpose

Water Consumption in KL/Day Existing As Per CCA No.: AWH-62543

As Per Proposed Expansion

Total

1. Domestic 2 13 15 2. Industrial 2.1 Process 20 31 51 2.2 Washing 15 15 30 2.3 Boiler 85 203 288 2.4 Cooling 210 85 295 ( 162.8 Fresh +

132.2 Recovered) 2.5 Gardening 8 7 15

(Recovered from STP) Total (Industrial) 338 341 679 ( 531.8 Fresh +

147.2 Recovered) Total (Domestic+Industrial)

340 354 694 ( 546.8 Fresh + 147.2 Recovered)

GIDC supply 340 KL/Day

Process 20 KL/Day

Effluent From washing

15 KL/Day

Cooling tower Blow down 20 KL/Day

Sewage 2 KL/Day

ETP 50 KL/Day

Domestic 2 KL/Day

Gardening 8 KL/Day

Cooling tower210 KL/Day

Washing 15 KL/Day

Treated effluent is sent to CETP 50 KL/Day

Boiler 85 KL/Day

Boiler blow down

15 KL/Day

Loss 70 KL/Day

Loss 190 KL/Day

Soak Pit/ Septic Tank2 KL/Day



FIGURE: 2.3

PROPOSED WATER BALANCE DIAGRAM

Gardening 15 KL/Day

DM Plant 288 KL/Day

Regeneration40 KL/Day

Total Water Consumption 694 KL/Day [546.8 Fresh water + 147.2 Recovered water]

Process 51 KL/Day

Effluent From washing

30 KL/Day

Cooling tower Blow down 38 KL/Day

ETP 133 KL/Day [Existing 50 KL/Day + Proposed 83 KL/Day]

Domestic 15 KL/Day

Going with CaCl2 solution 29.16 KL/Day

Cooling tower 295 KL/Day

(162.8 Fresh+ 132.2 Recovered)

Washing 30 KL/Day

Boiler 248 KL/Day

Boiler blow down

25 KL/Day

R.O. Plant 133 KL/Day

R.O. Permeate 93 KL/Day

R.O. Reject 40 KL/Day

M.E.E. 40 KL/Day

M.E.E. Recovered 39.2 KL/Day

Total Recovered

147.2 KL/Day

Salt to TSDF 0.8 KL/Day

Note: - Unit will adopt ‘Zero’ Liquid Discharge.

STP 15 KL/Day

93 KL/Day

Loss 21.84 KL/Day

Recovered water 15 KL/Day

132.2 KL/Day



2.8 WASTE WATER MANAGEMENT

The details of existing plant and proposed plant waste water generation are given in

below Table 2.16.

2.8.1 WASTE WATER GENERATION DETAILS

As per CCA, the effluent generation is 52 KL/Day. After proposed expansion, total

effluent generation will be 148 KL/Day (Existing: 52 KL/Day + Proposed: 96 KL/Day).





The details of waste water generation are given in below Table 2.15.

TABLE: 2.15

DETAILS OF WASTE WATER GENERATION

Sr. No.

Section Waste Water Generation in KL/Day Existing As Per CCA No. : AWH-62543

As Per Proposed Expansion

Total

1. Domestic 2 13 15 2. Industrial 2.1 Washing 15 15 30 2.2 DM Plant 0 40 40 2.3 Boiler 15 10 25 2.4 Cooling 20 18 38 Total (Industrial)* 50 83 133 Total (Domestic + Industrial)

52 96 148

2.8.2 EXISTING EFFLUENT TREATMENT PLANT PROCESS

The effluent generated from the industry is received through oil and grease trap from the

Collection Pit in to the Neutralization cum Equalization tank where pH is adjusted. This

treated effluent is transfer to dosing tank, where Alum, Poly Electrolyte and Lime are

added so as to neutralize the effluent and to generate the easily settable sludge. It is then

taken to primary clarifier where the sludge is allowed to settle and is removed and fed to

Sludge Drying Bed. The overflow from primary clarifier is sent to secondary clarifier

tank. The secondary sludge removed is fed to the SDB where it is mixed with the primary

sludge and the overflow is passed through sand filter and carbon column and then taken



to collection tank and then the treated effluent is discharged to common effluent

treatment plant for further treatment through underground drainage system of G.I.D.C.

2.8.3 PROPOSED EFFLUENT TREATMENT PLANT PROCESS

The effluent from various sections will be collected in Neutralization cum equalization

tank where pH is adjusted after effluent is passed through filter press and Pre-Treatment

system before dosing into in the RO system.

Reverse Osmosis System

After treatment the effluent is sent to the reverse osmosis plant. R.O. system provided

140-150 m3 capacities. In reverse osmosis, when high pressure is applied, liquid moves

from high concentration to lower concentration. Reverse Osmosis (RO) is a method that

removes many types of particles from solutions by applying pressure to the solution when

it is on one side of a selective. The result is it is retained on the pressurized side of the

membrane and the pure is allowed to pass to the other side. The R.O. permeate will be

reused in industrial process or cooling tower and rejected water will be sent in to Multiple

Effect Evaporator.

Multiple Effect Evaporators

Reject water of the RO plant is feed to MEE. MEE is an apparatus for efficiently using

the heat from steam to evaporate water to concentrate dissolved salts in the water. In

Multiple effects Evaporator, water is boiled in sequence of vessels, each held at lower

pressure than the last. As boiling of water the distillate from evaporator will be recycled

in Industrial process/cooling tower and residue will be sent to approve TSDF site for final

disposal.

Details of Existing and Proposed ETP equipment are given in Table 2.16 & 2.17 and

characteristics of wastewater before treatment & after treatment are given in Table 2.18.

TABLE: 2.16

EXISTING EQUIPMENT LIST OF EFFLUENT TREATMENT PLANT

Sr. No.

Name of Units Total Capacity

1. Collection Pit 13 KL 2. Oil & Grease Trap 1.2 KL 3. Neutralization tank 60 KL 4. Dosing Tank 50 KL 5. Lime Dosing Tank 0.2 KL 6. Ferrous Sulphate Dosing Tank 0.2 KL 7. Poly Electrolyte Dosing Tank 0.2 KL 8. Primary Clarifier 40 KL



9. Secondary Settling Tank 40 KL 10. Sludge Drying bed 4 m3 11. Collection Tank 4 KL 12. Sand filter 1.2 m3 13. Carbon Filter. 1.2 m3

TABLE: 2.17

PROPOSED EQUIPMENT LIST OF EFFLUENT TREATMENT PLANT

Sr. No.

Name of Units Total Capacity

1. Neutralization tank 60 KL 2. Filter press 1 NO. 3. De silication system 4 m3/Hr 4. Reverse Osmosis plant 150 KLD 5. Multi Effect Evaporator 50 KLD

TABLE: 2.18

CHARACTERISTICS OF WASTEWATER BEFORE & AFTER TREATMENT

Sr. No.

Parameter Unit ETP Inlet After Neutralization

ETP Outlet

/RO inlet

1. pH pH scale 9-9.5 7-8 7-8

2. COD mg/l 500-700 500-700 250-400

3. TDS mg/l 3500-4000 4000-4500 4000-4500

4. TSS mg/l 100-200 90-100 90-100

5. Ammonical Nitrogen

mg/l 80-100 60-80 10-30

Note: Proposed effluent characteristic will be remaining same.

The detail Treatability study is attached as Annexure – XX.

The selection of RO system is done and offer is attached as Annexure – XXI-A. The

selection of MEE is done and offer is attached as Annexure – XXI-B.

2.8.4 SEWAGE GENERATION OR DOMESTIC WASTE WATER

As per CCA, sewage generation is 2 KL/Day. After expansion, sewage generation will be

15 KL/Day (2 KL/Day + 13 KL/Day). It will be sent to Sewage Treatment Plant. STP

treated water recycle in gardening purpose. The selection of STP is done and offer is

attached as Annexure – XXI-C.

Details of existing & proposed ETP flow diagram are given in Figure 2.6 & 2.7.



FIGURE 2.4

EXISTING FLOW DIAGRAM OF EFFLUENT TREATMENT PLANT



FIGURE 2.5

PROPOSED FLOW DIAGRAM OF EFFLUENT TREATMENT PLANT

Washing ML DM Plant

Regeneration Cooling Tower

Blow down Boiler

Blow down

Neutralization Tank

Filter Press Pre-Treatment System

Collection Tank

Filter System

R.O. Plant

Permeate Water

M.E.E. Plant Solid to TSDF site

Reject Water

Condensate Water

Treated Water to Recycle

Solid

Solid

Filtrate Water



2.9 GASEOUS EMISSION

The source of air pollution will be in a form of flue gas emission and process emission.

To control the emission of pollutants from these sources stacks are installed of

appropriate height and diameter.

2.9.1 FLUE GAS EMISSION

The sources of flue gas emission are two Boiler & one D.G. sets (emergency use only).

The unit will be installed additional One Boiler and one D.G. stack due to proposed

expansion.

Details of stack height, fuel consumption, air pollution control system etc. are shown in

below Table.2.19.

TABLE: 2.19

DETAILS OF FLUE GAS EMISSION

Sr. No.

Stack attached to

Stack Height in meter

APCM Fuel Probable Pollutants

Permissible Limit

Existing As Per CCA No. AWH-62543 1. Boiler

(13 TPH) 30 ESP Coal:

1.5 MT/HrPM SO2 NOX

150 mg/Nm3 100 ppm 50 ppm 2. Boiler

(10TPH) 30 Bag filter

& Multi Cyclone, Dust Collector

Coal: 1.5 MT/Hr

3. DG Set (1000 KVA) (Stand By)

11 -- Diesel


11 -- Diesel

As per Proposed Expansion 1. Boiler

(25TPH) (Stand By)

30 ESP Coal PM SO2 NOX

150 mg/Nm3 100 ppm 50 ppm


11 -- Diesel

Note:

1) DG sets will be run only in case of electricity failure.

2) After proposed expansion, coal fired boiler will be the main boiler and existing two boiler will

become stand by boilers.



2.9.2 PROCESS GAS EMISSION

The process gas emissions from the existing and proposed manufacturing activities are

given in the Table 2.20.

TABLE: 2.20

DETAILS OF PROCESS EMISSION

Sr.No.

Stack attached to

Stack Height in meter

APCM Probable Pollutant

Permissible Limit

Existing As Per CCA No. AWH-62543 1. Autoclave

Reactor & ONA day tank

11 Water Scrubbers followed by Dilute Sulphuric/Hydrochloric Acid Scrubber

NH3 175 mg/Nm3

2.

Ammonia Recovery

11 Water Scrubbers followed by Dilute Sulphuric/Hydrochloric Acid Scrubber

Note: There will be no new additional process stack due to proposed expansion.

TABLE: 2.21

DETAILS OF EMISSION ESTIMATE

Sr. No.

Gases Come out from process Vent

Before Quantity in m3/sec

APCM After Quantity with APCM in gm/sec

As per GPCB Analysis Report

1. Ammonia gas

0.095 Water Scrubbers followed by Dilute Sulphuric/Hydrochloric Acid Scrubber

0.0003 BDL *

* Monitoring report of process emission from Regional Office of Gujarat Pollution

Control Board is attached as Annexure – XII.

BDL: Below Detectable Limit

2.10 HAZARDOUS WASTE GENERATION The following type of hazardous waste will be generated from the operational activities.


(Management and Handling) Rules 2016, and hence no adverse impact on land




It will be stored separately in dry & covered place with RCC plat form. There will be

provision of separately storage area of 120 sq. mtr. Hazardous waste will be stored in

proper storage room and handed over to authorized vendor for final disposal. Details of

Hazardous Waste generation, storage and disposal facility are shown in Table 2.22.

TABLE: 2.22

DETAILS OF HAZARDOUS WASTE GENERATION

Sr. No.

Type of hazardous waste

Category number as per 2016 rule

Quantity Facility Existing As Per CCA in MT/Month

Proposed Expansion in MT/Month

Total in MT/ Month

1. ETP Waste 35.3 110 0 110 Collection, storage, transportation and disposal at TSDF site.

2. MEE Salt 0 15 15

3. Calcium sludge

0 135 135

4. Process waste containing organic complex

26.1 10 250 260 Collection, storage, transportation, disposal at CHWIF /Co- processing facility at RSPL.

5. Discarded containers /bags

33.1 What so ever generated

What so ever generated


Collection, Storage, Decontamination, Disposal by sold to authorized recyclers.

6. Used oil 5.1 50 Lit/Year 550 Lit/Year

600 Lit/ Year

Collection, Storage, Transportation, Disposal by selling to registered re-processors.

NON HAZARDOUS SOLID WASTE7. Fly Ash -- 00 180 180 Collection,

Storage, Transportation disposal by at fly ash handlers.

8. Insulation Waste

-- 00 What so ever generated


Collection, Storage, Transportation disposal by at TSDF Site.


M/s. JYOTI OM CHEMICAL RESEARCH CENTRE PVT. LIMITED, ANKLESHWAR. 3.1

CHAPTER – 3

BASELINE ENVIRONMENT STATUS

3.1 INTRODUCTION

It is essential to monitor the environment quality prevailing in the surrounding area

before implementation of the any project for assessing the environmental impacts. The

Environment status within the study area could be used for identification of significant

environmental issues to be addressed in the impact assessment study.

The impact from an existing industrial project on its surrounding environment are

mainly regulated by,

• The nature of the pollutants,

• Their quantities discharged to the environment,

• Existing environment quality

• Assimilative capacity of the surrounding environment and

• Topography and terrain of the project site.

In order to identify and establish the extent of likely impacts, it is necessary to gather

information on existing environmental quality relating to various components of the

environment.

Primary data were collected for baseline collection. Secondary data were also gathered

for remaining information like meteorological data, Socio-economic data, Ecological

data and Land use data. For the purpose of collection of primary data, study area was

selected within 10 km radius taking project site as a center which also included towns

and villages.

The main factor of local, sub-regional and regional meteorology that influence the air

quality in area of the proposed project are diurnal and seasonal wind pattern and wind

direction, humidity ,temperature etc.





Vapi is large industrial estate with a number of chemical plants, paper mills, textile

processing plants and other allied industries totaling to about more than 705 units.



At present there are several industries located in this area. Lists of major industries in the

Vapi are given in Table 3.1.

TABLE: 3.1

LIST OF MAJOR INDUSTRIES IN THE VAPI

Sr. No. Name Of The Company Type Of Industry

1. K.V. Arochem Limited Organic chemicals 2. Aegis Chemicals Limited Chemical 3. Amantech Chemicals Pvt. Limited Chemical 4. Arochem Industries Chemical 5. Bhageria Dye-Chem Limited Chemical 6. Brighton Inorganic Pvt. Limited Chemical 7. Manglam organics Limited Chemical 8. Phthalo colours & chemicals Pvt. Ltd. Pigment 9. Sarna Chemicals Pvt. Limited Dye intermediates 10. Hindustan inks & organics pigments Ltd. Chemicals 11. A- One Phthalo Colours Pvt. Ltd. (Unit II) Pigments 12. Mangalam drugs Limited Bulk drugs and intermediated 13. Dhiraj Intermediates Pvt. Limited (Unit II) Dyes Intermediates 14. Dhiraj Intermediates Pvt. Limited(Unit I) Pigments 15. Makwell Plasticizer Pvt. Limited Chemical 16. Makwell Organics Pvt. Limited Chemical 17. Mitsu Limited Agrochemicals 18. Nascent Chemicals Limited Chemical 19. Nath Industrial hem Limited Chemical 20. Numet Industries Chemical 21. Pidilite Industries Chemical 22. Rishiroop Organics Pvt. Limited Chemical 23. Supreet Chemicals Pvt. Limited Chemical 24. United Phosphorous Limited Agrochemicals 25. Vadilal Chemicals Chemical 26. Perstorp Aegis Limited Chemical 27. Amoli Organics Limited Bulk drugs 28. Essel Mining and industries Chemicals 29. Duphar interfran Limited Pharmaceutical 30. MM Labs Pharmaceutical 31. Sun Pharmaceuticals Ind. Ltd. Pharmaceutical 32. Umedica Laboratories Limited Pharmaceutical 33. Supreme Non wovens Limited Roof liners 34. Daman Ganga Boards Limited Paper 35. Nathani Paper Mills Limited Paper 36. NR Paper Mills Limited Paper



Sr. No. Name Of The Company Type Of Industry

37. Ruby Macons Limited Paper 38. Prayag tex prints Limited Textiles 39. Navin Chemicals Dyes 40. Techno Colour Corporation Dyes 41. Pramanik tex fab Pvt. Ltd. Textile 42. Gujarat Axles and forgins pvt. Ltd. Engineering 43. Gujarat Electromag Industries Pvt. Ltd. Engineering 44. Kabra Extru- Technics Limited Engineering 45. Pragati Engineering Engineering 46. Bilag Industries Agrochemicals 47. Micro Inks Inks & Organic Pigments 48. Themis Medicare Limited. Pharmaceutical 49. Ritcher Themis Ltd. Pharmaceutical 50. Perstrop Industries Ltd. Agrochemicals

M/s. Aarti Industries Ltd. (Amine Div.) is located in GIDC Estate, Vapi. The location

aspects of the site are provided in Table 1.6 in Chapter 1.

For Baseline Study, the monthly meteorological data for study period from Oct-2016 to

Dec-2016 is shown at below Table 3.2.

3.2 WINDROSE

Based on the meteorological data, wind rose have been prepared for the summer season

period between the Oct-2016 to Dec-2016. The wind rose diagram prepared from same

data is shown at Figure 3.1(A), Figure 3.1(B) Figure 3.2.

TABLE: 3.2

METEOROLOGICAL DATA

Month -- Temp. (°C) Relative Humidity (%)

Wind Speed km/hr

October-16 Min. 23 28 0

Max. 35 94 13

Average 29 61 6.5

November-16 Min. 20 24 0

Max. 34 51 10

Average 27 37.5 5

December-16 Min. 17 23 0

Max. 32 52 11

Average 24.5 37.5 5.5



FIGURE: 3.1(A)

WIND ROSE DIAGARM FOR PERIOD OF OCTOBER-2016 TO DECEMBER-2016



FIGURE: 3.1(B)

WIND ROSE DIAGARM ON SATELITE IMAGE

FIGURE: 3.2

WIND CLASS FREQUENCY DISRTIBUTION

It was observed that wind is blowing mainly towards the SW direction from NE. average

wind speed was 2.38 m/s with calm winds recorded to be 10.6%.



3.3. AIR ENVIRONMENT

3.3.1 AMBIENT AIR QUALITY (AAQ)





the location of the proposed project. It was decided to the study ambient air quality at 8

locations in the different direction in probable impact zone including the project site.

3.3.1.1 LOCATION OF AAQ MONITORING STATIONS

Ambient air quality stations were chosen considering the various factors like the most

prevailing wind direction, pockets of habitation, available infrastructure facilities like

power supply, accessibility etc. The location of AAQ monitoring stations are shown in

Figure 3.3 and Table 3.3.

FIGURE: 3.3

LOCATION OF AMBIENT AIR QUALITY MONITORING STATIONS



TABLE: 3.3

DETAILS OF SAMPLING LOCATION OF AMBIENT AIR QUALITY MONITORING

Sr. No.

Location Sample ID Distance & Direction w.r.t project site

District

1. Project Site A1 -- Valsad 2. Karvad A2 2.15 KM, E Valsad 3. Kocharva A3 3.66 KM, NEE Valsad 4. Chanod A4 1.14 KM, SWS Valsad 5. Dungrifalia A5 1.12 KM, SE Valsad 6. Chandor A6 3.51 KM,SWW Valsad 7. Rata A7 3.88 KM, NE Valsad 8. Balitha A8 4.20 KM, NNW Valsad 9. Valwada A9 4.58 KM, SW Valsad

3.3.1.2 BASE LINE DATA

The ambient air quality monitoring was carried out during period of Oct, 2016 to Dec,

2016. Monitoring details like location, monitoring date are attached as Annexure-XVII.

The frequency of monitoring was twice in a week for a period of 12 weeks to assess the

existing the sub regional air quality status. All the sampling locations were monitored

for PM2.5, PM10, SO2, NOX, CO, NH3, HCl, and VOC on 24 hr basis to enable the

comparison with ambient air quality standards prescribed by the CPCB.

Based on the data obtained through ambient air quality survey statement showing

maximum, minimum average concentration values of different monitoring location in

the study area have been computed and presented at Table 3.4.

TABLE: 3.4

AMBIENT AIR QUALITY STATUS OF STUDY AREA

Location Min. Value Max. Value Avg. Value PM10 (Permissible Limit (CPCB standard) : 100 µg/m3)

Project Site (A1) 90.8 97.2 94.00 Karvad (A2) 89.4 95.7 92.55 Khacharva (A3) 86.6 95.3 90.95 Chanod (A4) 88.4 97.1 92.75 Dungrifalia (A5) 75.5 94.6 85.05 Chandor (A6) 84.9 95.0 89.95 Rata (A7) 86.2 95.3 90.75 Balitha (A8) 87.2 94.1 90.65 Valwada (A9) 89.3 95.9 92.6

PM2.5 (Permissible Limit (CPCB standard) : 60 µg/m3) Project Site (A1) 42.0 52.6 47.3



Location Min. Value Max. Value Avg. Value Karvad (A2) 34.2 48.6 41.3 Khacharva (A3) 36.4 49.1 42.55 Chanod (A4) 32.1 52.4 42.25 Dungrifalia (A5) 42.6 50.2 46.35 Chandor (A6) 31.1 50.1 40.6 Rata (A7) 38.5 54.1 46.3 Balitha (A8) 38.2 52.2 45.2 Valwada (A9) 32.4 48.5 40.25

SO2 µg/m3(Permissible Limit (CPCB standard):80 µg/m3) (24 hr) Project Site (A1) 19.2 33.8 26.5 Karvad (A2) 13.2 32.4 22.8 Khacharva (A3) 15.8 34.6 25.2 Chanod (A4) 15.4 25.1 20.25 Dungrifalia (A5) 11.8 19.9 15.85 Chandor (A6) 14.2 20.6 17.4 Rata (A7) 11.4 20.1 15.75 Balitha (A8) 16.1 32.6 24.35 Valwada (A9) 15.6 30.6 23.1

NOX (Permissible Limit(CPCB standard): 80 µg/m3) (24 hr) Project Site (A1) 23.6 37.8 30.7 Karvad (A2) 21.6 38.7 30.1 Khacharva (A3) 19.7 34.5 27.1 Chanod (A4) 21.1 35.4 28.25 Dungrifalia (A5) 20.8 34.3 27.55 Chandor (A6) 20.5 32.6 29.05 Rata (A7) 18.2 31.4 24.8 Balitha (A8) 19.6 32.5 26.05 Valwada (A9) 20.8 33.1 26.9

HCl - µg/m3Project Site (A1) BDL BDL BDL Karvad (A2) BDL BDL BDL Khacharva (A3) BDL BDL BDL Chanod (A4) BDL BDL BDL Dungrifalia (A5) BDL BDL BDL Chandor (A6) BDL BDL BDL Rata (A7) BDL BDL BDL Balitha (A8) BDL BDL BDL Valwada (A9) BDL BDL BDL

VOC- µg/m3 Project Site (A1) 3.3 5.1 4.2 Karvad (A2) 2.1 3.8 2.95 Khacharva (A3) 0 5.4 2.7 Chanod (A4) 4.5 6.3 5.4 Dungrifalia (A5) 3.4 5.1 4.25 Chandor (A6) 2.9 6 4.45 Rata (A7) <1 <1 <1 Balitha (A8) 2.9 6.1 4.5



Location Min. Value Max. Value Avg. Value Valwada (A9) 0 6 3

NH3 (Permissible Limit(CPCB standard): 400 µg/m3) (24 hr) Project Site (A1) 14.6 24.8 19.7 Karvad (A2) 10.2 20.2 15.2 Khacharva (A3) 10.5 21.6 16.0 Chanod (A4) 9.8 21.7 15.75 Dungrifalia (A5) 9.5 21.9 15.7 Chandor (A6) 13.5 23.1 18.65 Rata (A7) 10.8 22.8 16.8 Balitha (A8) 10.3 23.9 17.1 Valwada (A9) 9.9 22.4 16.15

CO (Permissible Limit (CPCB standard): 2 mg/m3) (8 hr) Project Site (A1) 0.81 0.99 0.90 Karvad (A2) 0.71 0.89 0.80 Khacharva (A3) 0.61 0.79 0.69 Chanod (A4) 0.71 0.87 0.79 Dungrifalia (A5) 0.75 0.86 0.81 Chandor (A6) 0.71 0.88 0.800 Rata (A7) 0.62 0.78 0.70 Balitha (A8) 0.61 0.79 0.69 Valwada (A9) 0.73 0.89 0.81

BDL: Below Detectable Limit

OBSERVATION:

Based on data obtained, it could be stated that, during the study period the values of PM10

at monitored locations is ranged between 75.5 - 97.2 μg/m3 while the values PM2.5

fluctuates in the range of 38.2 - 57.6 μg/m3. The values of SO2 and NOx were observed to

be in the range of 21.4-35.1 μg/m3 and 35.1-49.1 μg/m3 respectively. The values of VOC

were observed to be in the range of 0-6.3 μg/m3 respectively. The values of HCl were

found Below Detectable Limit. The values of CO & NH3 observed are within prescribed

limit at all locations.

The average concentration of PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOx, VOC, HCl, CO & NH3 are within

prescribed limit at all locations.

PM was carried out. It was found that, it is visibly due to transport activity in the study

area.

These concentrations at all AAQM locations were primarily caused by local phenomena

including vehicular movement and natural dusting due to human activities and wind

movement.

3.4 WATER ENVIRONMENT

There are two categories of water environment:



1) Ground water: - accumulation in deeper strata of ground and

2) Surface water: - river, drains, cannals, ponds etc.

Sampling Method

The samples were collected as per Indian standard IS: 3025 (part-1) for ground water

and surface water quality assessment.

Analysis Method

The analysis method followed for the measuring different parameters to evaluate water

quality is given in Table 3.5.

TABLE: 3.5

METHOD OF ANALYSIS

Sr. No.

Parameters Applicable Standard Method of Analysis

Detection Limit

1. Color in Pt. Co. Sc. APH (22nd Edition) Spectrophotometer (analogous to APHA 2120 C) (Platinum Cobalt Method)

1

2. pH APHA(22nd Edition) 4500 H+ B Electrometric Method

0.01

3. Total hardness (as CaCO3) in mg/l

APHA(22nd Edition) 2340 C: Page 2 – 37 EDTA Titrimetric Method

2

4. Chloride (as Cl) in mg/l

APHA(22nd Edition) 4500-Cl-B-Argentometric method

1

5. TDS in mg/l APHA (22nd Edition) 2540 C Total Dissolved Solid Dried at 180˚C

4

6. TSS in mg/l APHA (22nd Edition) 2540-D-Total Suspended Solids Dried at 103-1050C

4

7. Calcium (as Ca) in mg/l

APHA (22nd Edition) 3500- Ca : B Page 3 – 65 EDTA Titrimetric Method

2

8. Magnesium(as Mg) in mg/l

APHA(22nd Edition) – 3500 - Mg : B Page 3 – 84 Calculation Method

2

9. Sulphate (as SO4) in mg/l

APHA (22nd Edition) 4500–SO4-2 E: Page 4-188 Turbid metric Method/ IS 3025 (Part 24) 1986 (Reaffirmed 1986) Gravimetric Method

1

10. Alkalinity (as CaCO3) in mg/l

APHA (22nd Edition) – 2320 B: Page 2 – 27 Titration Method

2

11. COD in mg/l APHA(22nd Edition)– 5220 B Open Reflux Method

4

12. BOD in mg/l IS: 3025 (Part – 44) 1993 (Reaffirmed 1999)

1



Eight locations were selected for ground water sampling and six locations were selected

for surface water sampling. Collected samples were analyzed for drinking water quality

parameters like physic-chemical parameters and heavy metals. During study period, the

sampling was done for one time. The map viewing location for sampling points is

shown at Figure 3.4 and Figure 3.5. The analysis results are presented at Table 3.6 & 3.8.

FIGURE: 3.4

LOCATION OF GROUND WATER QUALITY MONITORING STATIONS

13. MPN Coliform Count

APHA -9221 C --

14. E.coli APHA- 9221 D (Presence Absence Test) -- 15. Nitrate in mg/l Spectrophotometer 1 16. Iron (as Fe) in mg/l By NOVA 60 spectrophotometer

(Triazine) 0.01

17. Fluoride (as F) in mg/l

By NOVA 60 spectrophotometer 0.1

18. Residual Free Chlorine in mg/l

Iodometric method 1

19. Sodium in mg/l Flame photo meter -- 20. Potassium in mg/l Flame photo meter -- 21. Ammonical

Nitrogen in mg/l APHA-4500 N ORGBnC macro and semi-micro KJELDHAL

2.8



TABLE: 3.6

DETAILS OF GROUND WATER MONITORING LOCATIONS

Sr.

No.

Sampling locations Sample

ID

Distance &

Direction w.r.t

project site

Type of Area

1. GIDC water supply

(Project Site)

GW1 -- GIDC, Industrial

2. Kocharva GW2 3.66 Km, NEE Residential Area

3. Chanod GW3 1.14 Km, SSW Residential Area

4. Rata GW4 3.88 Km, NE Residential Area

5. Balitha GW5 4.20 Km, NNW Residential Area

6. Sulpade GW6 0.85 Km, WS Residential Area

7. Chanod Colony GW7 3.01 Km, SSE Residential Area

8. Shanthi Nagar GW8 3.86 Km, NW Residential Area



TABLE: 3.7

WATER QUALITY PARAMETERS (GROUND WATER SOURCES)

Parameter Unit IS 10500 : 2012 Sampling Location Desirable Limit

Permissible Limit

Project site (GW1)

Kocharva(GW2)

Chanod (GW3)

Rata (GW4)

Balitha (GW5)

Sulpad (GW6)

Chandon Colony (GW7)

Shanthi Nagar (GW8)

pH --- 6.5 – 8.5 6.5 –8.5 7.83 7.25 7.81 7.17 6.83 7.07 7.25 7.04

Color Hazen 5 25 <5 <5 <5 <5 <5 <5 <5 <5

Turbidity (in NTU)

mg/L -- -- <4 <4 <4 <4 <4 <4 <4 <4

TDS mg/L 500 2000 142 798 144 975 300 550 910 737 TSS mg/L 250 2 15 2 2 3 2 4 2 Total hardness

mg/L 300 600 112 257 112 637 232 382 416 352

Chloride mg/L 250 1000 17 865 21 206 49 52 202 122

Calcium mg/L 75 200 63 136 67 161 142 239 115 145

Magnesium mg/L 30 100 49 120 45 476 90 143 301 207

Iron mg/L 0.3 1 0.55 0.50 0.5 <1 0.21 0.24 0.20 <1

Fluoride mg/L 1 1.5 0.45 0.72 0.85 0.2 0.34 0.71 0.51 0.2

Sodium mg/L -- -- 35.1 64 34.9 68.7 35 47.5 130 60

Potassium mg/L -- -- 10.7 37 10.7 11 11.1 10.6 10.7 10.5

Sulphate mg/L 200 400 65 57 ND 60 25 45 60 55

Nitrate mg/L 45 45 0.3 3.8 1.4 3.1 2.4 0.8 1.9 3.1

Alkalinity mg/L 200 600 110 271 110 418 132 197 352 374



Parameter Unit IS 10500 : 2012 Sampling Location Desirable Limit

Permissible Limit

Project site (GW1)

Kocharva(GW2)

Chanod (GW3)

Rata (GW4)

Balitha (GW5)

Sulpad (GW6)

Chandon Colony (GW7)

Shanthi Nagar (GW8)

COD mg/L 4 -- ND <4 12 <4 20 <4 <4 <4

BOD mg/L 1 -- ND <4 <4 <2 <4 <2 <4 <2

Free Residual Chloride

mg/L -- -- ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND

MPN Colifrom

mg/L 1 10 ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND

*ND-Not Detected

Detectable limit for Free Residual Chlorine- 1 mg/l

Observation: Quality of Ground Water

It was observed from the analysis report that:

• Though the area is found to be of rocky terrain but the TDS content of the sample is observed to be maximum up to 975 mg/l in

Shanthi nagar (GW8).

• Magnesium content of the sample is observed to be in 120, 240, 140, 382 and 710 mg/l in Kocharva (GW2), Rata (GW4), Balitha

(GW5), Sulpad (GW6) and Shanthi nagar (GW8) respectively which is more than the permissible limit.

• Sulphate content of the sample is observed to be maximum up to 65 mg/l in project site which is under the acceptable limit.

Analysis of collected samples reveals that rest of the parameters satisfy the permissible limits as per IS 10500:2012 specified for drinking

water and hence are suitable for drinking, however it is suggested that the water may disinfected by boiling or by use of chlorine tablets

before use.



FIGURE: 3.5

LOCATION OF SURFACE WATER QUALITY MONITORING STATIONS

TABLE: 3.8

DETAILS OF SURFACE WATER MONITORING LOCATIONS

Sr.

No.

Sampling locations Sample ID Distance &

Direction w.r.t

project site

Type of Area

1. Kocharva SW1 3.66, NNE Pond

2. Rata SW2 3.88 Km, NE Pond

3. Karvad SW3 2.15 Km, E Pond

4. Balitha SW4 4.20 Km, NNW Pond

5. Daman Ganga River SW5 2.90 Km. SSW River

6. Namdha SW6 4.68 Km, W Pond



TABLE: 3.9

WATER QUALITY PARAMETERS (SURFACE WATER SOURCES)

Parameter Unit IS 10500: 2012 Sampling location Desirable Limit

PermissibleLimit

SW1 Kocharva

SW2 Rata

SW3 Karvad

SW4 Balitha

SW5 Daman

Ganga River

SW6 Namdha

pH --- 6.5 – 8.5 6.5 –8.5 7.56 7.4 7.9 7.64 7.69 7.35

Color Hazen 5 15 2 5 5 3 <5 <5

Odour -- Unobjectionable

-- Unobjectionable

Unobjectionable

Unobjectionable

Unobjectionable

Unobjectionable

Unobjectionable

Turbidity NTU 3 5 4 2 <4 <4 2 <4Total hardness

mg/L 300 600 117 386 144 155 117 174

Chloride as Cl

mg/L 250 1000 11.65 214 35 50 19 75

TDS mg/L 500 2000 141 780 185 98 165 154 TSS mg/L -- -- 2 ND ND 13 4 76 Calcium as Ca

mg/L 75 200 81 252 81 41 67 57.5

Magnesium as Mg

mg/L 30 100 36 134 63 10 50 7.3

Iron as Fe mg/L 0.3 1 0.54 0.5 0.5 0.30 0.71 0.28 Fluoride mg/L 1 1.5 0.9 0.9 0.8 0.05 0.58 0.75 Sodium mg/L -- -- 38.6 136 34.4 18 34.9 21 Potassium mg/L -- -- 9.6 5.4 8.1 6 10.5 7 Sulphate as SO4

mg/L 200 400 15 80 5 5 5 12.5

Nitrate mg/L 45 45 1.7 1.6 1.89 1.55 1.82 1.64 Alkalinity mg/L 200 600 132 220 88 150 154 102 COD mg/L -- -- 20 8 20 15 20 <4 BOD mg/L -- -- <2 <2 4.2 5.8 <2 <2



Observation: Quality of Surface Water

It was observed from the analysis report that:

• Though the area is found to be of rocky terrain but the TDS content of the sample is observed to be maximum up to 780 mg/l in Rata

(SW2).

• Calcium & Magnesium content of the sample is observed to be maximum in 252 & 134 mg/l in Rata (SW2) which is over the

permissible limit.

Analysis of collected samples reveals that rest of the parameters satisfy the permissible limits as per IS 10500:2012 specified for drinking water

and hence are suitable for drinking, however it is suggested that the water may disinfected by boiling or by use of chlorine tablets before use.

E.Coil (MPN/100 ml)

-- -- Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent

FaecalConlifrom

(MPN/100 ml)

-- -- Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent

Phenol mg/l 0.002 0.002 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001

Pesticides (P/A) -- -- Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent

Dissolved Oxygen

Mg/l -- -- 4.1 4.0 4.4 4.2 4.3 4.2




Noise can be defined as an unwanted sound. It interferes with speech and hearing. If

intense enough, it can damage hearing, or is otherwise irritating. Noise can also disturb

natural wildlife and ecological system.

3.5.1 RECONNAISSANCE

In order to measure the existing noise sources and to identify the background noise

levels, the noise pollution survey around the proposed site was carried out.

3.5.2 METHODOLOGY FOR NOISE MONITORING

Noise standards have been designated as per the Noise Pollution (Regulation & Control)

Rules, 2000 Notified by Ministry of Environment and Forests, New Delhi, February 14,

2000. The ambient noise standards are presented in Equivalent noise levels (Leq). The

measurements were carried out at each monitoring location during day time and night time.

Noise survey was conducted using Sound Level Meter.

3.5.3 NOISE MONITORING LOCATIONS

A total of nine locations were identified for ambient noise monitoring in the study area.

The noise monitoring locations are shown in Figure 3.6 and listed in Table 3.10.

FIGURE: 3.6

LOCATION OF NOISE MONITORING STATIONS



TABLE: 3.10

NOISE LEVEL DATA

Sr. No.

Location Sample ID

Area Category

LEQ (dB (A)) Day Time Night Time

1. Project Site N1 Industrial 53-72 40-52 2. Karvad N2 Residential 52-63 40-49 3. Kocharva N3 Residential 51-60 43-51 4. Chanod N4 Residential 49-59 38-46 5. Dungrifalia N5 Residential 49-56 41-49 6. Chandor N6 Residential 51-60 46-51 7. Rata N7 Residential 48-55 42-50 8. Balitha N8 Residential 46-53 40-45 9 Valwada N9 Residential 45-52 39-48

TABLE: 3.11

CPCB RECOMMENDATIONS FOR COMMUNITY NOISE EXPOSURE

Area Code Category of area Leq. (dBA) (Daytime) (06:00 to 21:00hrs.)

Leq. (dBA) (Night time) (21:00 to 06:00hrs.)

A Industrial area 75 70

B Commercial Area 65 55

C Residential Area 55 45

D Silence Zone 50 40

Note : 1 Silence zone is defined as areas up to 10 meters around such premises as

hospitals, education, institutions and courts. The silence zones are to be declared by the

Component Authority.

Note : 2 Mixed categories of areas should be declared as one of the four above-mentioned

categories by the Component Authority and the corresponding standard has apply.

(Source: The Noise Pollution (Regulation & Control) Rules, 2000)

OBSERVATION & DISCUSSION

The noise levels during daytime varied from 45-52 dB (A) Leq to 53-72 dB (A) Leq in

the study area. The noise level in the study area is within the permissible Limits as per

Noise rules 2000.

The night time noise level in the study area is in the range of 38-46 dB (A) Leq to 46-51

dB (A) Leq. The night time noise was also within stipulated standards of CPCB.



3.6 SOIL ENVIRONMENT

3.6.1 BASELINE DATA

Description of soil environment has become vital particularly when the treated effluent

is to be discharge on land for disposal or treatment. The soil environment is usually

described by determining the physical and chemical characteristics of soil samples

collected from site with the help of auger/spade. The composite soil sample was

collected from project site and the villages Within 5 km radius. The samples were

collected to determine physical and chemical characteristic of soil. The selected soil

sampling locations are given in Table 3.12 and shown in Figure 3.7. TABLE: 3.12

SOIL QUALITY MONITORING WITH RESPECT TO THE PROJECT SITE

Sr. No.

Location Sample ID Direction from the site Distance in Km District

1. Project Site S1 -- -- Valsad 2. Vapi S2 WNW 3.84 Valsad 3. Chirri S3 NNE 2.90 Valsad

4. Karwad S4 E 2.15 Valsad

5. Dungri falia S5 SE 1.12 Valsad

6. Chandor S6 SWW 3.49 Valsad FIGURE: 3.7

LOCATION OF SOIL MONITORING STATIONS



TABLE: 3.13

SOIL QUALITY PARAMETERS

Sr. No.

Parameters

Unit Sampling Locations Project site (S1)

Vapi(S2)

Chirri(S3)

Karwad (S4)

Dungri falia (S5)

Chandor (S6)

1. pH -- 7.85 8 8.10 8.75 7.62 8.15

2. EC Us 428 528 392 565 250 262

3. Sodium ppm 284 265 325 328 292 250

4. Potassium ppm 345 347 288 248 190 200

5. Nitrogen mg/100gm

1.58 1.82 1.65 1.50 1.33 1.45

3.7 LAND USE PATTERNS

The land use pattern of the study area has been studied by satellite imaginary picture of

National Remote Sensing Centre, Govt. of India. Details are covered in Table 3.14.

TABLE: 3.14

LAND USE STATISTICS OF THE STUDY AREA

Sr. No.

Class Name Area (Hectares) Area(Sq. m) Area (%)

1. Water Body 102.963 1.03 0.33 2. Open/Barren Land 15589.9 155.90 49.58 3. Agriculture Land 5789.85 57.90 18.41 4. Fallow Land 1973.51 19.74 6.28 5. Open/Degraded vegetation 3713.25 37.13 11.81 6. Vegetation Medium Density 150.393 1.50 0.48 7. Vegetation High density 14.6075 0.15 0.05 8. Plantation/orchards 959.952 9.60 3.05 9. Grass Land 0.9675 0.01 0.00 10. Scrubs 0 0.00 0.00 11. Ravenous/Gullied Land 0 0.00 0.00 12. River & Canal 797.23 7.97 2.54 13. Marshy Land 252.507 2.53 0.80 14. Salt affected Land 0 0.00 0.00 15. Settlement & Habitation 880.655 8.81 2.80 16. Mud flat 24.05 0.24 0.08 17. Sand/Beach 47.185 0.47 0.15 18. Jetty 0 0.00 0.00 19. Salt pans 4.28 0.04 0.01 20. Mangrove (Sparse) 10.1325 0.10 0.03 21. Mangrove (Dense) 0 0.00 0.00



Sr. No.

Class Name Area (Hectares) Area(Sq. m) Area (%)

22. Marshy Vegetation 6.9975 0.07 0.02 23 Mines 44.8375 0.45 0.14 24 Stony waste/Rocky Area 0 0.00 0.00 25 Industrial Area 870.558 8.71 2.77 26 Miscellaneous 0 0.00 0.00 27 Sea 30.0825 0.30 0.10 28 Snow 0 0.00 0.00 29 River Bed 115.473 1.15 0.37 30 Seasonal Water Body 66.625 0.67 0.21 Total 314446.01 314.46 100



FIGURE: 3.8

LAND COVER MAP WITH VILLAGE LOCATION



3.8 BIOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT & SOCIO –ECONOMIC

ENVIRONMENT

3.8.1 ECOLOGICAL INFORMATION

The study of the environmental components like flora and fauna is required to assess the

biological diversity of the region. Flora and fauna can be used for biological surveillance

in assessing the environmental status. The ecological interpretation of study area is based

on secondary sources of information.

Water is the basic and essential resource for the survival of flora and fauna. The flora

being the primary producer influences the fauna of the region. The characteristic flora

existing in a region depends upon the existing conditions such as intensity of sunlight,

type of soil, quality of air, including the quality and quantity of water available, etc.

3.8.2 FOREST

There are patches of reserved forest and protected forests within 10 Kms radial periphery

of the study area. The map of reserved forest is shown in Figure 3.8.



Forest.

The reserved forest is having also maritime climate and the habitat serves as an

ecological niche several plant species of terrestrial realm, and form important nature

conservation sites.

3.8.3 FLORA

The list of flora found during field survey is given in Table 3.15.

TABLE: 3.15

LIST OF FLORA

Sr. No.

Scientific Name Common Name

1. Psilostachya seriea --- 2. Lannea coromandelica Wodier 3. Mangifera indica Aam 4. Calotropis procera Ak 5. Nerium indicum Kaner 6. Rauvolfia tetrafylla Bara Chand 7. Tabernaemontana coronaria Tagar 8. Vernonia anthelmintica Kaliziri 9. Millingtonia hortensis Akashneem



Sr. No.


10. Bombax ceiba Silk cotton 11. Casuarina equisetifolia Saru 12. Garcinia xanthochymus Bottle brush 13. Anogeissus latifolia Axle wood 14. Terminalia arjuna Arjun 15. Terminalia bellerica Behda 16. Terminalia catappa Desshibadam 17. Terminalia tomentosa --- 18. Terminalia paniculata Flowering murdah 19. Cyperus esculentus Yellow nustsedge 20. Diospyros chloroxylon Ninai 21. Diospyros melanoxylum Tendu 22. Ricinus communis Eranda 23. Acacia auriculiformis Australian acacia 24. Acacia catechu Khair 25. Acacia nilotica Babul 26. Alibizia lebbeck Shirish 27. Bauhinita tomentosa Kachnar 28. Cassia fistula Amaltash 29. Cassia siamea Karamala 30. Dalbergia latifolia Pahari sheesham 31. Dalbergia sissoo Sheesham 32. Delonix elata Gamhar 33. Desmodium heterocarpum --- 34. Ougeinia dalbergioides Tiwas 35. Pithecellobium Saman Raintree 36. Pongamia pinnata Kanji 37. Prosopis juliflora Vilayati babul 38. Pterocarpus marsupium Indian Kino tree 39. Saraca indica Asoka 40. Tamarindus indica Imli 41. Vitex nequndo Shivarii 42. Parkinsonia aculeata Keerar 43. Lagerstroemia parviflora Dhuara 44. Hibiscus sabdariffa Lalambadi 45. Hibiscus schizopetalus Jaswand 46. Thespesia populnea Jaswand 47. Azadirachta indica Neem 48. Mimosa hamata --- 49. Pithacellobium duice Jangli Jilebi 50. Artocarpus heterophyllus Jacktree 51. Ficus bengalensis Bargad 52. Ficus religiosa Peepal 53. Moringa oleifera Shevga 54. Eucalyptus Nilgiri 55. Syzygium cumini Jamun



Sr. No.


56. Boerhavia diffusa Lalsata 57. Bougainvillea glabra Bougainvillea 58. Oxalis corniculata Nalvari 59. Emblica officinalis Amla 60. Bambusa arundinaceae Bamboo 61. Dendro calamus strictus Bans 62. Zizyphus mauritiana Ber 63. Adina cordifolia Haldu 64. Mitragyna parvifolia Phaldu 65. Madhuca indica Mahua 66. Lindernia hyssopioides --- 67. Ailanthus excels Ajan 68. Physalis longifolia --- 69. Tamarix trupii Jhavnujhada 70. Typha angustata Patera 71. Gmelina arborea Shivan 72. Tectona grandis Sagwan 73. Borassus sp. Tad/Asian Palmyra palm 74. Phoenix sp. Khajoori/Date Palm

Ref: www.vapionline.in/city-guide/geography-of-vapi

3.8.4 FAUNA

Some of the fauna found in study area is listed in Table 3.16.

TABLE: 3.16

LIST OF FAUNA

Sr. No.

Common Name Scientific Name Family

Reptiles 1. Common cobra Naja naja Elapidae 2. Common Krait Bungarus caeruleus Elapidae 3. Land monitor Varanus albigularis Varanidae 4. Python Python molrus bivittatus Pythonidae 5. Russell s viper Daboia russelii Viperidae 6. Saw scaled viper Echis carinatus Viperidae 7. Garden lizard Catotes versicolor Agamidae 8. Rat snake Zamenis longissimus Colubridae 9. Indian chameleon Chameleon zeylanicus Chamaeleonidae 10. House qecko Hemidactylus frenatus Gekkonidae Aves 11. Cattle egret Bubulcus ibis Ardeidae 12. Common crane Gruidae Gruiformes --- 13. Common peafowl Pavo cristatus Phasianidae 14. Crow pheasant Centropus sinensis Cuculidae 15. House Sparrow Passer domesticus Passeridae 16. Gold backed Brachypternus aurantius Picidae



Sr. No.

Common Name Scientific Name Family

woodpecker 17. Green pigeon Treron phoenicoptera Columbidae 18. Grey partridge Perdix perdix Phasianhdae 19. Hoopoo Upupa epops Upupidae 20. Inian myna Acridotheres tristis Sturnidae 21. Jungle bush quail Perdicula asiatica Phasianidae 22. Jungle crow Corvus macrohynchos Corvidae 23. Red vented bulbul Red wattled lapwing Pycnonotidae 24. Red wattled

lapwing Vanellus Indicus Charadriidae

25. Small Green Bee- eater

Merops orientalis Meropidae

26. Spotted dove Streptopelia chinensis Corvidae 27. Spotted owlet Athene brama Strigidae 28. Jungle owlet Glaucidium radiatum Strigidae 29. Large egret Ardea Alba Ardeidae 30. Little egret Egretta garzetta Ardeidae 31. Pond heron Ardeola grayii Ardeidae 32. Whitenecked stork Cicinia episcopus Ciconiidae 33. Black ibis Pseudibis papillosa Threskiornithidae 34. Common barbbler Turdoides caudata Timaliidae 35. Marsh harrier Circus aeruginosus Acciptridae 36. Pied crested cuckoo Clamator jacobinus Cuculidae 37. Sugari/Tailor Bird Ortotomus sutorius Sylviidae 38. Vulture Diurnilis Neophron Accipitridae 39. Samadi Milvus migrans Accipitridae 40. Duck Anatidae Anseriformes Anatidae 41. Barking deer Muntiacus Cervidae 42. Langur Semnopithecus entellus Cercopithecidae 43. Jackal Canis aures Canidae 44. Panther Panthera Pardus Felidae 45. Porcupine Hystrix indicus Hystricidae 46. Sambar Rusa unicolor Cervidae 47. Wild Boar Sus scrofa Suidae 48. Wild dog Lycaon pictus Canidae 49. Fox Vulpes vulpes Canidae 50. Bonnet macaque Macaca radiata Cercopithecidae 51. Common

Mongoose Herpestes edwardsii Herpestinae

52. Squirrel Rodentia Sciurus Sciuridae 53. Rat Rattus Muridae 54. Indian hare Lepus nigricollis Leporidae 55. Indian bush rat Golunda ellioti Muridae 56. Indian field mouse Mus booduga Muridae

Ref: www.vapionline.in/city-guide/geography-of-vapi



3.9 SOCIO-ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT

As assessment of socio-economic environment forms an integral part of an EIA study,

baseline information for the same was collected during the study period. The baseline

socio-economic data collected for the study region, before the proposed expansion is

operational, has been identified for the four major indicators viz. demography ,civic

amenities, economy and social culture. The baseline status of the above indicators is

compiled in forthcoming sections.

SETTLEMENTS AND DEMOGRAPHIC PATTERN

3.9.1 DEMOGRAPHIC DATA WITHIN THE REGION OF INTEREST

Demography covers the information related to population density sex ratio and literacy

level of the public in the study area. Table no.3.14 provides the data on inhabitations of

the Pardi Taluka.

TABLE: 3.17

DEMOGRAPHIC DATA

Sr.No.

Rural /Urban Area

Name of area of Pardi Taluka

No. of Households

Total Population

Total Male

Total Female

1. Rural Pardi (M) 120933 518814 282572

236242

2. Rural Umarsadi 3566 16454 8296 8158 3. Rural Balda 868 3621 1888 1733 4. Rural Kumbhariya 313 1406 728 678 5. Rural Sondhalwada 577 2566 1274 1292 6. Rural Parvasa 630 2902 1459 1443 7. Rural Kachwal 314 1415 710 705 8. Rural Mota

Waghchhipa 666 2841 1448 1393

9. Rural Nana Waghchhipa

442 2061 1018 1043

10. Rural Sukhesh 1120 5019 2577 1120 11. Rural Borlai 193 821 429 193 12. Rural Sukhlav 532 2416 1190 532 13. Rural Velparva 351 1659 822 351 14. Rural Khadki 718 3126 1611 718 15. Rural Motiwada 886 3871 2076 886 16. Rural Palsana 800 3350 1666 800 17. Rural Kalsar 521 2153 1071 521 18. Rural Udwada 1447 6303 3191 1447 19.. Rural Kolak 1013 4646 2281 2365



Sr.No.

Rural /Urban Area


No. of Households

Total Population

Total Male

Total Female

20. Rural Kikarla 526 2332 1203 1129 21. Rural Rentlav 1029 4590 2257 2333 22. Rural Dungri 1128 4967 2563 2404 23. Rural Dashwada 121 462 241 221 24. Rural Amli 473 2253 1123 1130 25. Rural Sonwada 592 2517 1274 1243 26. Rural Varai 148 631 315 316 27. Rural Nimkhal 192 837 424 413 28. Rural Panchlai 715 3312 1661 1651 29. Rural Lakhmapor 91 432 217 215 30. Rural Nevri 390 1831 885 946 31. Rural Rabdi 350 1566 777 789 32. Rural Asma 398 1715 862 853 33. Rural Tarmaliya 488 2096 1025 1071 34. Rural Khuntej 351 1536 761 775 35. Rural Sarodhi 425 1766 887 879 36. Rural Tarakpardi 177 701 431 270 37. Rural Saran 338 1579 782 797 38. Rural Vatar 788 3230 1748 1482 39. Rural Kunta 1036 4019 2346 1673 40. Rural Morai 547 2192 1486 706 41. Rural Bagwada 251 1152 587 565 42. Rural Tighara 526 2254 1104 1150 43. Rural Paria 1750 7596 3853 3743 44. Rural Rohina 1274 5833 2940 2893 45. Rural Samarpada 421 1987 1028 959 46. Rural Dhagadmal 346 1601 791 810 47. Rural Daheli 551 2755 1352 1403 48. Rural Chival 786 3806 1912 1894 49. Rural Arnala 418 2015 1026 989 50. Rural Pati 233 1119 542 577 51. Rural Goima 1629 7484 3786 3698 52. Rural Barai 345 1612 831 781 53. Rural Dumalav 797 3808 1929 1879 54. Rural Tukwada 1308 5430 2873 2557 55. Rural Ambach 1558 7236 3705 3531 56. Rural Kherlav 350 1596 779 817 57. Rural Pandor 458 2091 1091 1000 58. Rural Rata 1295 5399 3078 2321 59. Rural Chharwada 2170 8806 5146 3660



Sr.No.

Rural /Urban Area


No. of Households

Total Population

Total Male

Total Female

60. Rural Chandor 538 2389 1215 1174 61. Rural Kocharva 540 2247 1205 1042 62. Rural Vankachh 110 523 273 250 63. Rural Koparli 932 4450 2272 2178 64. Rural Kaval 262 1293 643 650 65. Rural Karaya 749 3497 1750 1747 66. Rural Nani Tambadi 823 3790 1943 1847 67. Rural Degam 419 1968 962 1006 68. Rural Moti Tambadi 1051 5028 2508 2520 69. Rural Karamkhal 831 3525 2093 1432 70. Rural Chibhad Kachchh 398 1919 971 948 71. Urban Pardi (M) 6278 28495 14648 13847 72. Urban Pardi (M) ward

no.-0001 1059 4660 2358 2302

73. Urban Pardi (M) WARD NO.-0002

1174 5536 2838 2698


840 4043 2180 1863


712 3165 1584 1581

76. Urban Pardi (M) ward no.-0005

551 2235 1167 1068


1076 5006 2519 2487


866 3850 2002 1848

79. Urban Vapi (M) 39575 163630 94105 69525 80. Urban Vapi (M) WARD

NO.-0001 2891 11382 6513 4869

81. Urban Vapi (M) WARD NO.-0002

3547 14192 7711 6481


3691 15571 8228 7343


2220 10783 5651 5132


2847 11821 7252 4569


2026 7587 4463 3124


2693 12727 7568 5159


2420 9828 5957 3871

88. Urban Vapi (M) WARD 2301 10426 5507 4919



Sr.No.

Rural /Urban Area


No. of Households

Total Population

Total Male

Total Female

NO.-0009 89. Urban Vapi (M) WARD

NO.-0010 2784 11786 6539 5247


2251 9609 5270 4339


3445 11904 7889 4015

92. Urban Vapi (M) ward no.-0013

2751 11731 6587 5144

93. Urban Vapi (M) ward no.-0014

3708 14283 8970 5313

94. Urban Vapi (INA) 7809 34162 18151 16011 95. Urban Vapi (INA)

WARD NO.-00017809 34162 18151 16011

96. Urban Orvad (CT) 1237 5420 2909 2511 97. Urban Orvad (CT)

WARD NO.-00011237 5420 2909 2511

98. Urban Balitha (CT) 3098 12380 7077 5303 99. Urban Balitha (CT)

WARD NO.-00013098 12380 7077 5303

100. Urban Salvav (CT) 1191 5486 2933 2553 101. Urban Salvav (CT)

WARD NO.-00011191 5486 2933 2553

102. Urban Chhiri (CT) 4757 18829 11702 7127 103. Urban Chhiri (CT)

WARD NO.-00014757 18829 11702 7127

104. Urban Chanod (CT) 4738 18776 10800 7976 105. Urban Chanod (CT)

WARD NO.-00014738 18776 10800 7976

106. Urban Karvad (CT) 1229 5746 3023 2723 107. Urban Karvad (CT)

WARD NO.-00011229 5746 3023 2723

108. Urban Lavachha (CT) 2186 8549 4997 3552 109. Urban Lavachha (CT)

WARD NO.-00012186 8549 4997 3552

(Source: Census-2011 for Valsad District)



3.9.2 LITERACY RATE

The literacy rate is a major factor, which influences the socio-cultural condition of a

particular place. Details of literacy rate in percentage in district Valsad and Taluka Pardi

are given in Table no. 3.18.

TABLE: 3.18

LITERACY RATE WITHIN 10 KM RADIAL DISTANCE OF STUDY AREA

Sr. No.

Village Name CD Block Name

Total Population

Population < 06 Years

Population Literate

Literacy (%)

1. Umarsadi Pardi 16454 1449 13436 89.54 2. Balda Pardi 3621 319 2922 88.49 3. Kumbhariya Pardi 1406 121 1203 93.61 4. Sondhalwaa Pardi 2566 269 1936 84.28 5. Parvasa Pardi 2902 282 2215 84.54 6. Kachwal Pardi 1415 163 1008 80.51 7. Mota

Waghchhipa Pardi 2841 253 2287 88.36

8. Nana Waghchhipa

Pardi 2061 189 1553 82.95

9. Sukhesh Pardi 5019 487 3889 85.81 10. Borlai Pardi 821 59 684 89.76 11. Sukhlav Pardi 2416 243 1784 82.09 12. Velparva Pardi 1659 152 1322 87.72 13. Khadki Pardi 3126 329 2436 87.09 14. Motiwada Pardi 3871 400 2904 83.66 15. Palsana Pardi 3350 285 2406 78.49 16. Kalsar Pardi 2153 232 1636 85.16 17. Udwada Pardi 6303 549 5084 88.35 18. Kolak Pardi 4646 330 4014 93.00 19. Kikarla Pardi 2332 222 1876 88.91 20. Rentlav Pardi 4590 428 3832 92.07 21. Dungri Pardi 4967 484 3861 86.12 22. Dashwada Pardi 462 45 356 85.37 23. Amli Pardi 2253 258 1794 89.92 24. Sonwada Pardi 2517 264 1926 85.48 25. Varai Pardi 631 64 504 88.88 26. Nimkhal Pardi 837 74 651 85.32 27. Panchlai Pardi 3312 360 2549 86.34 28. Lakhmapor Pardi 432 48 320 83.33 29. Nevri Pardi 1831 222 1310 81.41 30. Rabdi Pardi 1566 145 1183 83.25 31. Asma Pardi 1715 193 1307 85.87 32. Tarmaliya Pardi 2096 167 1691 87.66



Sr. No.


Total Population


Population Literate

Literacy (%)

33. Khuntej Pardi 1536 150 1252 90.33 34. Sarodhi Pardi 1766 196 1318 83.94 35. Saran Pardi 1579 146 1245 86.88 36. Tarakpardi Pardi 701 73 578 92.03 37. Vatar Pardi 3230 301 2625 89.62 38. Kunta Pardi 4019 526 3186 91.21 39. Morai Pardi 2192 192 1756 87.8 40. Bagwada Pardi 1152 165 924 93.61 41. Tighara Pardi 2254 214 1607 78.77 42. Paria Pardi 7596 748 5578 81.45 43. Rohina Pardi 5833 603 4436 84.81 44. Samarpada Pardi 1987 199 1528 85.45 45. Dhagadmal Pardi 1601 212 1064 76.60 46. Daheli Pardi 2755 346 1990 82.60 47. Chival Pardi 3806 478 2531 76.05 48. Arnala Pardi 2015 263 1527 87.15 49. Pati Pardi 1119 128 856 86.37 50. Goima Pardi 7484 843 5391 81.17 51. Barai Pardi 1612 152 1267 86.78 52. Dumalav Pardi 3808 394 2956 86.58 53. Tukwada Pardi 5430 649 3986 83.37 54. Ambach Pardi 7236 762 5210 80.47 55. Kherlav Pardi 1596 183 1269 89.80 56. Pandor Pardi 2091 211 1538 81.80 57. Rata Pardi 5399 798 3666 79.67 58. Chharwada Pardi 8806 1221 6947 91.58 59. Namdha Pardi 1938 208 1495 86.41 60. Chandor Pardi 2389 253 1735 81.22 61. Kocharva Pardi 2247 222 1789 88.34 62. Vankachh Pardi 523 58 418 89.89 63. Koparli Pardi 4450 462 3132 78.53 64. Kaval Pardi 1293 158 847 74.62 65. Karaya Pardi 3497 421 2272 73.86 66. Nani Tambadi Pardi 3790 405 2792 82.48 67. Degam Pardi 1968 209 1337 76.00 68. Moti Tambadi Pardi 5028 678 3175 72.98 69. Karamkhal Pardi 3525 440 2669 86.51 70. Chibhad

Kachchh Pardi 1919 219 1280 75.29

71. Pardi (M) Pardi 28495 2704 22463 87.09 72. Pardi (M)

WARD NO.-Pardi 4660 425 3794

89.58



Sr. No.


Total Population


Population Literate

Literacy (%)

0001 73. Pardi (M)

WARD NO.-0002

Pardi 5536 560 4447 89.36

74. Pardi (M) WARD NO.-0003

Pardi 4043 394 2910 79.74


Pardi 3165 235 2679 91.43


Pardi 2235 166 2003 96.81


Pardi 5006 532 3686 82.38


Pardi 3850 392 2944 85.13

79. Vapi (M) Pardi 163630 21235 126726 88.99 80. Vapi (M)

WARD NO.-0001

Pardi 11382 1170 9403 92.07

81. Vapi (M) WARD NO.-0002

Pardi 14192 1745 11620 93.35


Pardi 15571 1688 13102 94.37


Pardi 10783 1340 8940 94.67


Pardi 11821 1789 8305 82.78


Pardi 7587 1116 5446 84.16


Pardi 12727 2037 9160 85.68


Pardi 9828 1297 7569 88.72

88. Vapi (M) WARD NO.-

Pardi 10426 1211 8547 92.53



Sr. No.


Total Population


Population Literate

Literacy (%)

0009 89. Vapi (M)

WARD NO.-0010

Pardi

11786 1516 8776 85.45


Pardi 9609 1118 7425 87.44


Pardi 11904 1582 8813 85.38


Pardi 11731 1696 8577 85.47


Pardi 14283 1930 11043 89.39

94. Vapi (INA) Pardi 34162 3981 28695 95.07 95. Vapi (INA)

WARD NO.-0001

Pardi 34162 3981 28695 95.07

96. Orvad (CT) Pardi 5420 629 4252 88.74 97. Orvad (CT)

WARD NO.-0001

Pardi 5420 629 4252 88.74

98. Balitha (CT) Pardi 12380 1802 9117 86.18 99. Balitha (CT)

WARD NO.-0001

Pardi 12380 1802 9117 86.18

100.

Salvav (CT) Pardi 5486 616 4229 86.83

101.

Salvav (CT) WARD NO.-0001

Pardi 5486 616 4229 86.83

102.

Chhiri (CT) Pardi 18829 2981 13988 88.26

103.

Chhiri (CT) WARD NO.-0001

Pardi 18829 2981 13988 88.26

104 Chanod (CT) Pardi 18776 2819 14665 91.90 105.

Chanod (CT) WARD NO.-0001

Pardi 18776 2819 14665 91.90

106 Karvad (CT) Pardi 5746 769 4431 89.02




3.9.3 OCCUPATIONAL STRUCTURE

In economic development of the region its geographical location, natural resources,

business and employment, industries and manpower play vital role. Table 3.19 provides

the occupational patterns in all villages of Pardi Taluka.

TABLE: 3.19

OCCUPATIONAL STRUCTURE

Sr. No.

Name of Area

Total Population

Worker Population Total Non worker population

Employment Ratio%

Total Worker

Main Worker

Marginal Worker

1. Pardi Taluka 518814 224618 194641 29977 294196 43.29 2. Umarsadi 1645 7059 6286 773 9395 42.90 3. Balda 3621 1643 1338 305 1978 45.37 4. Kumbhariya 1406 928 500 428 478 66.00 5. Sondhalwada 2566 1076 961 115 1490 41.93 6. Parvasa 2902 1589 1198 391 1313 54.76 7. Kachwal 1415 705 457 248 710 49.82 8. Mota

Waghchhipa 2841

1256

1138

118

1585

44.21

9. Nana Waghchhipa

2061

776

685

91

1285

37.65

10. Sukhesh 5019 2013 1763 250 3006 40.11 11. Borlai 821 344 338 6 477 41.90 12. Sukhlav 2416 1300 760 540 1116 53.81 13. Velparva 1659 616 516 100 1043 37.13 14. Khadki 3126 1425 1308 117 1701 45.59 15. Motiwada 3871 1967 1537 430 1904 50.81 16. Palsana 3350 1714 1694 20 1636 51.16 17. Kalsar 2153 831 708 123 1322 38.60 18. Udwada 6303 2331 2096 235 3972 36.98 19. Kolak 4646 1827 1649 178 2819 39.32 20. Kikarla 2332 915 889 26 1417 39.24 21. Rentlav 4590 1673 1582 91 2917 36.45 22. Dungri 4967 2010 1883 127 2957 40.47 23. Dashwada 462 281 253 28 181 60.82 24. Amli 2253 1350 664 686 903 59.92 25. Sonwada 2517 1014 877 137 1503 40.29 26. Varai 631 347 316 31 284 54.99 27. Nimkhal 837 413 248 165 424 49.34 28. Panchlai 3312 1492 1034 458 1820 45.05



29. Lakhmapor 432 276 130 146 156 63.89 30. Nevri 1831 1219 752 467 612 66.58 31. Rabdi 1566 842 702 140 724 53.77 32. Asma 1715 1096 958 138 619 63.91 33. Tarmaliya 2096 942 871 71 1154 44.94 34. Khuntej 1536 908 827 81 628 59.11 35. Sarodhi 1766 798 737 61 968 45.19 36. Saran 1579 661 618 43 918 41.86 37. Tarakpardi 701 408 402 6 293 58.20 38. Vatar 3230 1573 1279 294 1657 48.70 39. Kunta 4019 2026 1968 58 1993 50.41 40. Morai 2192 1275 1267 8 917 58.17 41. Bagwada 1152 441 403 38 711 38.28 42. Tighara 2254 998 811 187 1256 44.28 43. Paria 7596 4045 3066 979 3551 53.25 44. Rohina 5833 2722 1731 991 3111 46.67 45. Samarpada 1987 1205 458 747 782 60.64 46. Dhagadmal 1601 880 632 248 721 54.97 47. Daheli 2755 1116 742 374 1639 40.51 48. Chival 3806 2271 1557 714 1535 59.67 49. Arnala 2015 1066 947 119 949 52.90 50. Pati 1119 487 458 29 632 43.52 51. Goima 7484 4029 2624 1405 3455 53.83 52. Barai 1612 978 669 309 634 60.67 53. Dumalav 3808 2005 1013 992 1803 52.65 54. Tukwada 5430 2669 2446 223 2761 49.15 55. Ambach 7236 3319 2619 700 3917 45.87 56. Kherlav 1596 963 490 473 633 60.34 57. Pandor 2091 1002 844 158 1089 47.92 58. Rata 5399 2369 2292 77 3030 43.88 59. Chharwada 8806 3628 3302 326 5178 41.20 60. Namdha 1938 911 738 173 1027 47.01 61. Chandor 2389 973 888 85 1416 40.73 62. Kocharva 2247 936 853 83 1311 41.66 63. Vankachh 523 175 167 8 348 33.46 64. Koparli 4450 1699 1485 214 2751 38.18 65. Kaval 1293 734 343 391 559 56.77 66. Karaya 3497 1284 1237 47 2213 36.72 67. Nani

Tambadi 3790 1492 960 532 2298 39.37

68. Degam 1968 1061 1010 51 907 53.91



69. Moti Tambadi

5028

2886 1790 1096 2142 57.40

70. Karamkhal 3525 1748 1521 227 1777 49.59 71. Chibhad

Kachchh 1919

848 632 216 1071 44.19

72. Pardi (M) 28495 12145 10030 2115 16350 42.62 73. Pardi (M)

WARD NO.-0001

4660

1941 1684 257 2719 41.65


5536

2305 1855 450 3231 41.64


4043 1691 1590 101 2352 41.83


3165

1394 1149 245 1771 44.04


2235

853 778 75 1382 38.17


5006

2297 1403 894 2709 45.88


3850

1664 1571 93 2186 43.22

80. Vapi (M) 163630 67289 62379 4910 96341 41.12 81. Vapi (M)

WARD NO.-0001

11382

5219 4719 500 6163 45.85


14192

5410 4880 530 8782 38.12


15571

5588 5297 291 9983 35.89

84. Pardi (M) ward no.-0006

10783

3473 3196 277 7310 32.21

85. Pardi (M) ward no.-0007

11821 4911 4584 327 6910 41.54



86. Vapi (M) 163630 67289 62379 4910 96341 41.12 87. Vapi (M)

WARD NO.-0001

4660

1941 1684 257 2719 41.65


5536

2305 1855 450 3231 41.64


15571

5588 5297 291 9983 35.89


10783

3473 3196 277 7310 32.21


11821

4911 4584 327 6910 41.54


7587

3183 3058 125 4404 41.95


9828 4333 3941 392 5495 44.09


10426

3874 3681 193 6552 37.16


11786

5109 4620 489 6677 43.35


9609

3964 3783 181 5645 41.25


11904

6519 6228 291 5385 54.76


11731

4341 4019 322 7390 37.00

100.

Vapi (M) WARD NO.-0014

14283

6571 5827 744 7712 46.01

101.

Vapi (INA) 34162

11357 10436 921 22805 33.24




102.

Vapi (INA) WARD NO.-0001

34162

11357 10436 921 22805 33.24

103.

Orvad (CT) 5420 2076 2009 67 3344 38.30

104.

Orvad (CT) WARD NO.-0001

5420 2076 2009 67 3344 38.30

105.

Balitha (CT) 12380 5396 5158 238 6984 43.59

106.

Balitha (CT) WARD NO.-0001

12380 5396 5158 238 6984 43.59

107.

Salvav (CT) 5486 2270 2012 258 3216 41.38

108.

Salvav (CT) WARD NO.-0001

5486

2270 2012 258 3216 41.38

109.

Chhiri (CT) 18829 8564 8224 340 10265 45.48

110.

Chhiri (CT) WARD NO.-0001

18829

8564 8224 340 10265 45.48

111 Chanod (CT) 18776 7384 6952 432 11392 39.33 112.

Chanod (CT) WARD NO.-0001

18776

7384 6952 432 11392 39.33

113 Karvad (CT) 5746 2396 1754 642 3350 41.70 114.

Karvad (CT) WARD NO.-0001

5746

2396 1754 642 3350 41.70

115.

Lavachha (CT)

8549

3882 3770 112 4667 45.41

116.

Lavachha (CT) WARD NO.-0001

8549

3882 3770 112 4667 45.41

117

.

Kaprada 258888 120788 67871 52917 138100 46.66

118

.

Umbergaon 296964 119836 104942 14894 177128 40.35



Main worker: Who has worked last year for six month or more?

Marginal worker: Who has worked last year for less than six months?

Non-worker: Who did not work at all during the reference period of one year?

Distribution of main worker and marginal worker into further following four categories

are shown in Table 3.20.

• Cultivators

• Agricultural labors

• Household industry

• Others worker



TABLE: 3.20

DISTRIBUTION OF WORKERS Sr. No.

Area Name

Main worker Marginal worker Cultivators

Agricultural Labours

Household Industry

Others Cultivators Agricultural Labours

Household Industry

Others

Pardi Taluka 1 Pardi 19516 14929 2991 157205 4302 11084 1004 13587 2 Umarsadi 287 984 56 4959 43 210 12 508 3 Badla 85 266 19 968 25 131 10 139 4 Kumbhariya 176 56 80 188 162 199 32 35 5 Sondhalwada 298 196 17 450 16 71 1 27 6 Parvasa 352 298 32 516 34 290 18 49 7 Kachwal 147 16 2 292 31 185 0 32 8 Mota

Waghchhipa 302 362 19 455 31 23 1 63

9 Nana Waghchhipa

306 189 19 171 33 36 6 16

10 Sukhesh 546 442 25 750 60 147 3 40 11 Borlai 116 50 1 171 6 0 0 0 12 Sukhlav 196 126 7 431 125 309 4 102 13 Velparva 130 47 11 328 14 41 1 44 14 Khadki 82 52 2 1172 18 11 2 86 15 Motiwada 119 183 58 1177 26 198 8 198 16 Palsana 174 609 29 882 7 2 0 11 17 Kalsar 35 59 3 611 15 86 0 22 18 Udwada 95 192 9 1800 22 16 5 192 19 Kolak 65 34 8 1542 29 78 11 60



Sr. No.

Area Name



Household Industry


Household Industry

Others

20 Kilkara 94 121 2 672 4 1 1 20 21 Rentlav 57 20 22 1483 6 25 4 56 22 Dungri 356 529 10 988 11 80 1 35 23 Dashwada 23 72 0 158 0 6 1 21 24 Amli 138 111 1 414 342 306 0 38 25 Sonwada 381 150 3 343 9 123 0 5 26 Varai 44 103 1 168 2 24 1 4 27 Nimkhal 106 71 1 70 14 134 3 14 28 Panchlai 602 150 0 282 203 186 2 67 29 Lakhmapor 63 20 3 44 89 31 5 21 30 Nevri 298 281 41 132 38 357 26 46 31 Rabdi 275 230 2 195 82 47 0 11 32 Asma 527 165 55 211 16 107 1 14 33 Tarmaliya 256 325 4 286 9 19 1 42 34 Khuntej 323 196 12 296 8 36 0 37 35 Sarodhi 106 268 22 341 12 38 2 9 36 Saran 117 87 13 401 12 24 1 6 37 Tarakpardi 10 58 1 333 2 4 0 0 38 Vatar 80 89 30 1080 26 48 22 198 39 Kunta 22 3 14 1929 7 5 3 43 40 Morai 15 32 9 1211 0 1 0 7 41 Bagwada 17 3 1 382 3 9 0 26 42 Tighara 59 264 39 449 10 136 11 30 43 Paria 492 903 33 1638 108 502 10 359 44 Rohina 754 624

15 338 106 610 68 207



Sr. No.

Area Name



Household Industry


Household Industry

Others

45 Samarpada 305 18 0 135 332 350 3 62 46 Dhagadmal 178 274 8 172 69 130 10 39 47 Daheli 456 149 15 122 60 292 1 21 48 Chival 1085 224 6 242 49 608 44 13 49 Arnala 528 154 11 254 31 74 2 12 50 Pati 197 74 0 187 5 20 0 4 51 Goima 1498 563 11 552 376 856 13 160 52 Barai 354 157 13 145 49 231 2 27 53 Dumalav 364 51 13 585 170 504 105 213 54 Tukwada 267 335 6 1838 11 31 0 181 55 Ambach 1219 376 33 991 206 180 16 298 56 Kherlav 264 40 30 156 154 210 36 73 57 Pandor 88 263 11 482 2 146 0 10 58 Rata 166 97 213 1816 15 8 11 43 59 Chharwada 94 30 33 3145 23 163 17 123 60 Namdha 49 36 6 647 7 93 3 70 61 Chandor 70 111 5 702 17 42 1 25 62 Kocharva 164 25 0 664 10 32 0 41 63 Vankachh 72 1 0 94 2 0 0 6 65 Kaval 100 141 5 97 14 374 1 2 66 Karaya 213 503 3 518 17 27 0 3 67 Nani Tambadi 214 127 17 602 63 238 1 230 68 Degam 391 164 2 453 21 14 0 16 69 Moti Tambadi 530 199 15 1046 304 730 1 61 70 Karamkhal 96

112 23 1290 79 29 2 117



Sr. No.

Area Name



Household Industry


Household Industry

Others

71 Chibhad Kachchh

147 24 26 435 33 28 1 154

72 Pardi (M) 136 417 366 9111 78 409 1 1433 73 Pardi (M)

WARD NO.0001

22 17 11 1634 10 19 195 220

74 Pardi (M) WARD NO.-0002

9 12 52 1782 9 2 8 432


16 140 13 1421 2 2 7 91


12 3 41 1093 3 0 6 96


7 4 5 762 10 27 146 37


51 152 105 1095 40 352 17 485


19 89 139 1324 4 7 10 72

80 Vapi (M) 485 337 815 60742 135 154 187 4434 81 Vapi (M)

WARD NO.0001

24 43 71 4581 22 15 38 425




82 Vapi (M) WARD NO.-0002

39 13 20 4808 4 13 8 505


25 5 14 5253 16 1 10 264


12 5 61 3118 30 4 2 241


160 22 244 4158 21 9 35 262


9 10 61 2978 1 0 11 113

87 Vapi (M) Ward no.-0007

19 17 44 4466 0 0 2 246



3.10 EARTHQUAKE VULNERABILITY

Map of Earthquake vulnerability is shown in below Figure.3.10

FIGURE: 3.10

EARTHQUAKE VULNERABILITY MAP

3.11 WIND AND CYCLONE VULNERABILITY

Map of Wind and cyclone vulnerability is shown in below Figure.3.11

FIGURE: 3.11

WIND AND CYCLONE VULNERABILITY MAP



3.12 TRAFFIC SURVEY

3.12.1 RECONNAISSANCE

The traffic survey, to ascertain the traffic density in the study area was conducted on the

road near the project site. The composition of Traffic includes Two Wheelers, Three

Wheelers (Goods & Passenger Autos, Four Wheeler (Passenger Cars) and Four Wheeler

Heavy Vehicles like Trucks, Lorries, Busses etc.

3.12.2 TRAFFIC SURVEY OF THE STUDY AREA

Data was collected by physically counting the number of vehicles playing in both

directions of NH-8: Delhi to Mumbai Highway. The hourly counts were carried out for

the different type/ category of vehicles. The variation in the traffic flow at the given road

along with the numbers of vehicles during peak hour & lean hour is presented in the table

below. While it’s graphical representation is done in figure below.

TABLE: 3.21

DELHI TO MUMBAI HIGHWAY (NH-8)

Sr. No.

Vehicle Type During Lean Hrs. (No. of Vehicles/Hr)

No. of Vehicles In PCU During Lean Hrs

During Peak Hrs (No. of Vehicles/Hr)

No. of Vehicles In PCU During Peak Hrs

1. Two Wheelers 46 23 76 57 2. Three Wheelers 26 32 37 74 3. Cars 303 607 321 642 4. Buses/ Mini Buses 211 778 242 528 5. Trucks/

Lorries 202 741 248 910

6. 2 Axle Truck 235 865 261 966 7. 3 Axle Truck 225 830 258 955

3.12.3 EXISTING TRAFFIC SCENARIO AND LEVEL OF SERVICES (UP)

The road from Delhi to Mumbai is four lane with divider.

Capacity of road as per IRC= 2500 PUC’s/ hr

Total volume during peak hours= 1443 Nos.

Existing volume / capacity ratio= 1443/2500=0.5772

The level of service is “C” that is good



TABLE: 3.22

LEVEL OF SERVICE

Sr. No. Existing volume/ Capacity Ratio Levels of Services

1. 0.0 to 0.2 “A” (Excellent)

2. 0.2 to 0.4 “B” (Very Good)

3. 0.4 to 0.6 “C” (Good)

4. 0.6 to 0.8 “D” (fair)

5. 0.8 to 1.0 “E” (Poor)

Location: From B to A (Down): From Mumbai to Delhi

TABLE: 3.23

MUMBAI TO DELHI HIGHWAY (NH-8)

Sr. No.

Vehicle Type During Lean Hrs. (No. of Vehicles/Hr)

No. of Vehicles In PCU During Lean Hrs

During Peak Hrs (No. of Vehicles/Hr)

No. of Vehicles In PCU During Peak Hrs

1. Two Wheelers 42 31 79 90 2. Three Wheelers 30 32 35 68 3. Cars 276 552 320 637 4. Buses/ Mini Buses 201 742 246 908 5. Trucks/ Lorries 190 699 209 770 6. 2 Axle Truck 215 792 253 932 7. 3 Axle Truck 214 788 242 892

3.12.4 Existing Traffic Scenario and Level of Services (Down)

Capacity of road as per IRC= 2500 PUC’s/ hr

Total volume during peak hours= 1384

Existing volume / capacity ratio= 1384/2500=0.55

The level of service is “C” that is good

Results:

The above traffic reveals the LOS (Levels of Service) as “C” Good for the NH-8 Road,

Which are 4 lane roads divider for proposed project scenario. Since adequate parking is

provided and increase in traffic due to proposed project has taken care by the 4 lane road.



CHAPTER - 4 IDENTIFICATION & ASSESSMENT OF IMPACT

INTRODUCTION

This chapter identifies and predicts the potential impacts on different environmental

components due to the construction and operation of the proposed project. It details all

the potential impacts on biophysical and socio-economic components of the local

environment due to the proposed activities and sub-activities.

Prediction of impacts is the most important component in the Environmental Impact

Assessment studies. Several qualitative and quantitative techniques and methodologies

are used to conduct analysis of the potential impacts likely to build up as a result of the

proposed development activities on physico-chemical, ecological and socio-economic

environments. Such predictions are superimposed over the baseline (pre-project) status of

the environmental quality to derive at the ultimate (post-project) scenario of

environmental conditions. The prediction and identification of impacts helps to minimize

the adverse impacts and maximize the beneficial impacts on environmental quality during

pre and post project execution.

The proposed project would create impacts on the environment in two distinct phases:

1) During the construction phase which may be regarded as temporary or short term.

2) During operation phase which would have long term effects.

4.1 IDENTIFICATION OF IMPACT

Identification of significant impacts for the proposed project is a prominent step in the

process of environmental impact assessment. This provides a way forward to other

elements of EIA study such as quantification and evaluation of site specific impacts

exclusively from proposed project. Although, variety of concerns/ issues are identified

while describing existing (baseline) environmental status, it is necessary to identify the

likely critical impacts on various components of environment due to proposed project.

For construction and operation phases of the proposed project the “Network Method” has

been adopted for identification of impacts, which involves understanding of cause-

condition effects relationships between an activity and the consequences/ impacts on

environmental and socio-economic parameters for identification of significant impacts

and has been found to be the most appealing tool.



The impact networks have been delineated for construction and operation phases of

proposed project. The type of identified potential impacts on various environmental

components i.e. Air, Noise, Water and Land are presented in below Figure 4.1 to 4.6.

It should be noted that in these illustration the lines are to be read as “might have an

effect on”.

4.1.1 IMPACT DURING CONSTRUCTION PHASE



4.1.2 IMPACT ON AIR ENVIRONMENT

The main source of is the movement of vehicles at site. The impact is reversible,

marginal and temporary in nature. The construction activities at site will be restricted to

civil and structural fabrication. The main sources of air pollution are:

• Fugitive dust emissions from digging, filling, material handling, transportation

and use of construction machinery etc.

• Increase in traffic volume resulting in additional vehicular emissions from

vehicles bringing construction material and labour onsite.

• The impact will be for short duration and will be confined to the project

boundary.

• However, use of tarpaulin for covering the material being transported in trucks,

sprinkling of water will control the dust generated and proper maintenance of

vehicle will be carried out.

Mitigation Measures:

Water sprinkling will be regularly carried in order to arrest the fugitive dust to the

maximum extent possible. Only “PUC” certified vehicles of contractor will be deployed

at site. The green belt will reduce fugitive emissions in the environment.



FIGURE: 4.1

IMPACT NETWORK ON AIR ENVIRONMENT

Activity

Primary Impact

Secondary Impact

Tertiary Impact

Project

Operational Phase

Release of Heat

Climatic Changes

Impact on Human, Flora and Fauna

Release of Air Pollutants

Change in Air Quality

Impact on Visibility

Aesthetic Impact

Particulates Deposition on Water, Land

Impact on Agricultural produce

Impact on Human, flora & fauna

Impact on Economic Output Impact on Socio –

Cultural Environment



FIGURE: 4.2

IMPACT NETWORK ON NOISE ENVIRONMENT

Noise Emission

Change in Ambient Noise Level

Health Risks

Impact on Work Output & Efficiency

Impact on fauna & population

Impact on Economic Output

Impact on Socio-cultural Environment

Operational Phase

Activity

Primary Impact

Secondary Impact

Tertiary Impact

Project



FIGURE: 4.3

IMPACT NETWORK ON WATER ENVIRONMENT

Activity Primary Impact Secondary Impact Tertiary Impact

Project

Operation Phase

Release of wastewater

Abstraction of Water

Impact on Hydraulics of Water Courses

Impact on Hydraulic Water Courses

Impact on Aquatic Life

Cost of Water Treatment

Impact on Amenity / Recreation


Impact on Socio-Cultural Environment

Environmental health



FIGURE: 4.4

IMPACT NETWORK ON GROUND WATER ENVIRONMENT


Release of wastewater on land

Project

Operation Phase

Disturbance of soil

Impact on Flora and Fauna

Impact on agricultural production



Abstraction of water

Change in Ground water Regime: Soil Moisture / water level/ Flow Pattern/ Salt water instruction

Impact on landscape

Impact on Soil i

Impact on livestock

Change in structure of Soil: Ground level

Addition /Removal of substances or Heat to /form the soil



FIGURE: 4.5

IMPACT NETWORK ON SOCIO-ECONOMIC AND CULTURAL ENVIRONMENT

Activity Primary Impact

Tertiary Impact

Secondary Impact

Effect on Human Health

Project

Operational Phase

Net Income output

Air, Water, Land, Noise pollution

Change in Economic Base of the

region

Effect on visual Environment

Economic input Capital/O&M Cost

Economic output

Product Cost

Development of Ancillary Industries

Better product

availability

Employment opportunity

Aesthetic Risk

Effect on Agriculture & fisheries

Effect on Buildings Materials Monuments

Saving foreign Exchange



FIGURE: 4.6

IMPACT NETWORK ON LAND ENVIRONMENT


Disposal of waste water & Sludge on Land

Toxic Substances on Land, Particulate Deposition on Land

Impact on flora & fauna

Impact on Agricultural Produce

Impact on Landscape



Project

Operational Phase

Disturbance of land

Abstraction of water

Change in ground Water Regime /Salt Water intrusion

Change in soil Texture & Permeability

Soil Salinity

Impact on Live stock



4.2 PREDICTION AND ASSESSMENT OF IMPACT

The predication and assessment of impact on the environmental parameters have been

carried out. For assessing the impact, the baseline data of environmental status were

considered. The change in the environmental parameters due to manufacturing activities

of the industry has been superimposed on the status data.

4.2.1 IMPACT DURING OPERATIONAL PHASE

4.2.1.1 WATER ENVIRONMENT

The average daily water requirements after proposed expansion will be 694 KL/Day. The

unit will use 546.8 KL/day of fresh water and 147.2 KL/day of recovered water. Fresh

water will be met by GIDC water supply scheme. There will be no extraction of ground

water, so that no direct impact is found on ground water availability.

Existing effluent generation is 50 KL/day. After proposed expansion, total effluent

generation will be 133 KL/day from different sources i.e. process, washing, boiler,

cooling, DM plant and domestic at full production capacity. The details of waste water

generation are providing in chapter 2, Table 2.18.

Mitigative measures

Existing and proposed effluent will be treated in unit’s own ETP. Total quantity 133

KL/Day (Existing: 50 KL/Day + Proposed: 83 KL/Day) of effluent will be treated in

R.O. followed by MEE to achieve zero liquid discharge. Hence, unit will adopt ‘Zero’

Liquid Discharge. Sewage water of 15 KL will be sent to Sewage Treatment Plant. STP

treated water recycle in gardening purpose.

4.2.1.2 AIR ENVIRONMENT

There are already flue gas emissions from two steam boiler & two D.G. set. There will be

one additional boiler and one D.G. sets due to proposed expansion. Coal is used as fuel in

two existing boiler and diesel is used as fuel in both existing D.G. set. For proposed one

Boiler is coal fire based and for one D.G. set, diesel will be used as fuel.

There are process emissions two stacks of auto clave reactor and ONA day tank and

ammonia Recovery.

There will be no any additional stack of process emission stack.



Mitigative measure





There is provision of water scrubber followed by sulphuric acid scrubber to control

emission of ammonia gas from stack attached to Autoclave Reactor, ONA day tank and

Ammonia Recovery Plant.

The air quality impacts of source are evaluated by use of model. The model stimulates the

relationship between air pollutants emission, meteorology and air chemistry, all of which

are determined by formulating impact scenario.

MODELING DETAILS

The dispersion of pollutants in the atmosphere is a function of several meteorological

parameters like temperature, wind speed and direction, mixing depths, inversion level etc.

The air quality impacts of source or collection of sources is evaluated by use of models.

The model stimulates the relationship between air pollutants emission, meteorology and

air chemistry, all of which are determined by formulating impact scenario. Estimation of

emissions from the plant has been made by Industrial Source Complex – Short Term

(ISC-ST3) model developed by United States Environment Protection Agency (USEPA).

ISC-ST is based on a modified steady state Gaussian Plume equation, and it has been

recommended for use in EIA studies by MoEF & CC in EIA manual.

Maximum GPCB permissible limits were used for carrying out atmospheric dispersion

modeling studies. Based on the modeling results, the concentration of NOX, SO2 & PM

summarized in the Table 4.3 and concentration of ammonia is summarized in the Table

4.4.



DISPERSION MODEL

TABLE: 4.1

DETAILS OF EXISTING STACKS AS PER CONSENT

Sources of gaseous emissions

Boiler (10 TPH)

Boiler (13 TPH)

DG Set (1000 KVA) (Standby)

DG Set (625 KVA) (Standby)

Autoclave Reactor & ONA day tank

Ammonia Recovery

Fuel used Coal Coal Diesel Diesel -- -- Quantity of fuel 1.5 MT/Hr 1.5 MT/Hr 120 Liter/Hr 120 Liter/Hr -- -- Type of emissions PM

SO2 NOX

PM SO2 NOX

PM SO2 NOX

PM SO2 NOX

NH3 NH3

Stack height (m) 30 30 11 11 11 11 Stack diameter at the top (mm)

800 1200 300 300 150 150

Stack gas exit temperature (oC)

150 150 40 40 40 40

Stack gas exit velocity (m/s)

8 to 9 6 to 7 -- -- 5 to 6 5 to 6

APCM Bag filter & Multi Cyclone, Dust Collector

ESP -- -- Water Scrubbers followed by Sulphuric Acid Scrubber

Water Scrubbers followed by Sulphuric Acid Scrubber

Emissions: PM Concentration 150 mg/Nm3 150 mg/Nm3 150 mg/Nm3 150 mg/Nm3 -- -- SO2 Concentration 100 ppm 100 ppm 100 ppm 100 ppm -- -- NOX Concentration 50 ppm 50 ppm 50 ppm 50 ppm -- -- NH3 Concentration -- -- -- -- 175 mg/Nm3 175 mg/Nm3



TABLE: 4.2

CONCENTRATION OF NOX , SO2 & PM

Highest Values

Incremental increase in Concentration (µg/m3)

X Co-ord (mts)

Y Co-ord (mts)

NOX SO2 PM 1 2.84 3.79 4.74 0 1000 2 2.47 3.3 4.13 0 1000 3 2.47 3.3 4.13 0 1000 4 2.25 3.01 3.76 0 1000 5 1.86 2.49 3.11 1000 -1000 6 1.82 2.44 3.05 1000 0 7 1.79 2.4 2.99 0 1000 8 1.72 2.3 2.88 1000 1000 9 1.71 2.28 2.85 0 2000 10 1.7 2.27 2.83 0 2000

PM: Impact study is carried out at considering maximum permissible value 150 mg/Nm3

However in actual practice the unit releases PM in the range of 107 to 128 mg/Nm3 boiler

analysis report. Report from Third party monitoring report is attached as Annexure – XII-

B.

TABLE: 4.3

CONCENTRATION OF AMMONIA

Highest Values

Incremental increase in Concentration

(µg/m3)

X Co-ord (mts) Y Co-ord (mts)

NH3 1 0.85 0 0 2 0.69 -1000 0 3 0.59 -1000 0 4 0.58 0 1000 5 0.56 0 1000 6 0.49 -2000 0 7 0.48 0 1000 8 0.47 -1000 0 9 0.47 0 1000 10 0.47 1000 0

Based on the modeling results, isopleths for SO2, NOX , PM and NH3 were drawn and

were superimposed on an aerial view of the site using maps from Google Earth which is

as shown in the figures given below.



FIGURE: 4.7

ISOPLETHS OF NOX (SITE COORDINATES 0, 0)

N



FIGURE: 4.8

ISOPLETHS OF SO2 (SITE COORDINATES 0, 0)

N



FIGURE: 4.9

ISOPLETHS OF PM (SITE COORDINATES 0, 0)

N



FIGURE: 4.10

ISOPLETHS OF NH3 (SITE COORDINATES 0, 0)

Observations from dispersion modeling studies:

From the dispersion modeling studies conducted, it was observed that the maximum

ground level concentration occurs in the North direction. The maximum incremental

increase in concentration for NOx, SO2 and PM is 2.84 µg/m3, 3.79 µg/m3 and 4.74

µg/m3 respectively at a distance of about 1 km in the North direction.

Whereas, the maximum incremental increase in concentration for NH3 is 0.85 µg/m3 in

and around the site and 0.69 µg/m3 at a distance of about 1 km in the West direction.

N



TABLE: 4.4

DETAILS OF PROPOSED STACKS AS PER CONSENT

Sources of gaseous

emissions

Boiler (25 TPH)

(Stand by)

DG Set (625 KVA)

(Standby)

Fuel used Coal fired Diesel Quantity of fuel 120 MT/ Day 110 Liter/Hr Type of emissions Particulate Matter

SO2 NOX

Particulate Matter SO2 NOX

Stack height (m) 30 12 Stack diameter at the top (mm)

1200 300

Stack gas exit temperature (oC)

150 40

Stack gas exit velocity (m/s) 8 to 9 --

APCM ESP -- Emissions:

PM Concentration 150 mg/NM3 150 mg/NM3

SO2 Concentration 100 ppm 100 ppm

NOX Concentration 50 ppm 50 ppm

Note: There will be no new additional process stack due to proposed expansion.

TABLE: 4.5

CONCENTRATION OF NOX

Highest Values Incremental increase in Concentration (µg/m3) X Co-ord (mts) Y Co-ord (mts)

NOx 1 1.64 0 1000 2 1.46 1000 -1000 3 1.45 1000 0 4 1.41 0 1000 5 1.33 0 1000 6 1.27 0 1000 7 1.23 0 2000 8 1.13 0 2000 9 1.12 0 1000 10 1.11 1000 0



TABLE: 4.6

CONCENTRATION OF PM

Highest Values

Incremental increase in Concentration (µg/m3) X Co-ord

(mts) Y Co-ord (mts) PM

1 2.89 0 1000 2 2.64 1000 -1000 3 2.62 1000 0 4 2.5 0 1000 5 2.34 0 1000 6 2.23 0 1000 7 2.2 0 2000 8 2.03 0 2000 9 1.99 1000 0 10 1.99 0 1000

TABLE: 4.7

CONCENTRATION OF SO2

Highest Values

Incremental increase in Concentration (µg/m3) X Co-ord

(mts) Y Co-ord (mts) SO2

1 2.57 0 1000 2 2.35 1000 -1000 3 2.33 1000 0 4 2.22 0 1000 5 2.09 0 1000 6 1.99 0 1000 7 1.96 0 2000 8 1.81 0 2000 9 1.77 1000 0 10 1.77 0 1000



FIGURE: 4.11

ISOPLETHS OF NOX (SITE COORDINATES 0, 0)

N



FIGURE: 4.12

ISOPLETHS OF PM (SITE COORDINATES 0, 0)

N



FIGURE: 4.13

ISOPLETHS OF SO2 (SITE COORDINATES 0, 0)

Observations from dispersion modeling studies:

From the dispersion modeling studies conducted, it was observed that the maximum

ground level concentration occurs in the North & East direction. The maximum

incremental increase in concentration for NOx, SO2 and PM is 1.64 µg/m3, 2.57µg/m3

and 2.89 µg/m3 respectively at a distance of about 1 km in the North & East direction.

N



4.2.1.3 NOISE ENVIRONMENT

The sources of noise pollution will be D.G. sets and other noise generating units.

Vehicular movements during operation phase for loading/unloading of raw materials and

finished products and other transportation activity may also increase noise level.

Mitigative measures

Adequate noise control measures such as mufflers, silencers at the air inlet/outlet, anti


shall be provided for all noise generating machines. Job rotation will reduce exposure to




The above control measures will be continuously followed after proposed expansion.

4.2.1.4 LAND ENVIRONMENT

If the raw materials and hazardous wastes are not handled properly, it can pose danger of

land contamination and can affect land system adversely.

Transportation is one of the most important areas of concern associated with handling

and spillage of raw materials and hazardous waste because of the packaging and method

of transporting hazardous waste will prevent the likelihood that an accident or spill would

occur.

Mitigative measures

The unit has closed hazardous waste storage area with impervious flooring.

Transportation of hazardous waste to the TSDF site is governed as per the Hazardous

Waste (Management, Handling and Transboundary Movement) Rules.

Separate collection system is provided for collection of spillage material. Impervious

layer, RCC roads and flooring is provided to area, where the chemical storage and

handling activities will be involved.

Separate storm water collection system is provided to prevent contamination of soil

through contaminated water.

Hence, there will be no significant adverse impact on land environment due to handling

of hazardous solids waste. The unit is following Standard Operating Procedure (SOP) for

storing and handling of hazardous wastes.



4.2.1.5 ECOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT

The impact due to the proposed expansion on ecological parameters like natural

vegetation, cropping pattern, fisheries and aquatic life, forest land species diversity are

briefly summarized below:

The green belt will be developed by the unit outside the premises having different species

of flora, which will lead to beneficial impact on ecological environment. There is

necessary environmental protection measures which have been planned under air

pollution control system designed to take care of release of the gaseous pollutants like

PM, NOX, SO2, NH3. The waste water generated from the process and domestic activity

will be properly treated and reused in cooling tower.

Raw material and hazardous waste will be transported by road and will be stored in plant

premises.

Hence, no adverse impact on this account is anticipated.

4.2.1.6 INFRASTRUCTURE AND SERVICES

The plant is located in a GIDC, Vapi having all essential facilities such as water, power,

post, and telecommunication.

The GIDC Vapi has six lanes internal roads with separate parking areas at different

locations. At present there are no traffic issues in the project area. Due to proposed

expansion of 1500 MT/Month, there will be additional 12-15 truck / tanker moments will

be increase. This will not results in any traffic issues. Also, the unit has made parking

arrangement of 50 Vehicles within the premises. The parking for staff and worker’s

vehicle is also available within the premises. This will have almost negligible impact on

road network.

The power requirement of total project of 1525 KVA will be fulfilled from DGVCL.

DGVCL is having large amount of electricity production thus due to extra consumption

of electricity no adverse impact of electricity supply is predicted.

The unit is using water from GIDC water supply scheme. Also, the treated water will be

used for cooling tower to conserve fresh water. As a result of development of GIDC,

Vapi, the neighboring areas will be developed for commercial use. The infrastructure

services e.g. roads, post and telegraph, communication, medical facilities, education;

housing will get improved in surrounding area.



4.2.1.7 SOCIO-ECONOMIC IMPACT

During operation phase some additional jobs for operation and maintenance of project

and for operating and maintaining various facilities like water supply, power supply,

roads, gardens, transportation etc will be available. The migration of employees in

addition to the local ones will lead to a faster growth rate of economical and social status

of the local area.

Emission, if uncontrolled from process and utility stacks may cause discomfort to people

in the down wind direction. This may be caused due to the failure of control equipment /

process.

Mitigative measure

Provision of adequate APC and maintenance of APC will prevent any accidental

emission from stacks and reduce risk to the health of the people in the vicinity of the

project. As a result the project activities there will not be adverse impacts on sanitation,

communication and community health as sufficient measures have been proposed in

EMP.

4.3 IMPACT MATRIX

The parameter discussed are presented in the form of a matrix in Table no. 4.6.There will

be both construction and operation phases.

The quantification of impact is done using numerical scores 0 to 5 as per the following

criteria.

Score 0 1 2 3 4 5

Severity criteria

No Impact

No damage

Slight/short term effect

Occasional reversible effect

Irreversible /Long –term effect

Permanent damage



TABLE : 4.8

ENVIRONMENT IMPACT MATRIX (WITH MITIGATION MEASURES)

Activity Activities During

Construction

Phase

Air

Quality

Water

Quality

Noise

&

Odour

Land

Quality

Infra-

Structure

/Services

Ecological

Environment

Socio-

Economic

Status

Ope

rati

on P

hase

Material Storage/handling/

Transport

1 0 2 1 1 1 1

Utilities 2 0 1 1 1 1 1

Gaseous Emissions 2 1 1 1 1 1 1

Fugitive Emissions 2 0 1 0 0 0 1

Solid/hazardous Waste

Disposal

2 1 1 2 2 1 1

Spills & Leaks 2 1 2 1 1 1 1

Plant Operations 2 0 2 1 2 1 2

Equipment

Failures/ Shutdown/

Startup

2 0 2 1 2 1 2

Transport of workers/

Movement of vehicles

1 0 1 0 2 2 2

Cumulative score 16 3 13 8 12 9 12



TABLE: 4.9

CUMULATIVE IMPACT CHART

Environmental Parameter Total Cumulative Air Quality 16 Water Quality 3 Noise and Odour 13 Land Quality 8 Infrastructure/ Service 12 Ecological environment 9 Socio Economic Status 12

Conclusion:

Due to proposed expansion project, identified impacts are as under:

The source of water is GIDC water supply scheme; there is no extraction of ground

water. The unit is using recovered water for cooling tower. So, there will be no

deterioration of surface and ground water quality.

Even though after provision of APCM, there will be minor increase in ground level in

ambient air due to operational activities of proposed project.

The unit will take adequate measure for storage, handling and disposal of hazardous

waste. Hence, there will be no significant adverse impact on land environment.

Engineering control, use of PPE, restriction of construction activity during 9 p.m. to 6

a.m., and green belt will reduce impact of noise pollution due to construction work,

vehicular movement and noise generating equipment. There will be minor increase in

ambient noise level and impact is insignificant.

The unit is located in GIDC, Vapi. There will be not significant impact on crops &

vegetation as the proposed APCM will take care of flue gas emission and process

emission. No impact on fisheries and aquatic life. Hence, no adverse impact on this

account is anticipated.

This will be a beneficial impact on the local socio-economic environment as increase in

demand for essential utilities and employment during both construction and operational

phase.



This will be no impact on the local infrastructure services. e.g. roads post and telegraph,

communication, medical facilities, education, housing will be improved in surrounding

area.

There is a well laid down broad roads already existing in GIDC, Vapi. At the full

capacity of production, there will be 12-15 tanker/trucks per day for transportation of raw

material and finished good products.



CHAPTER – 5

ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM

5.1 INTRODUCTION

Environmental monitoring describes the processes and activities that need to take place

to characterize and monitor the quality of the environment. Environmental monitoring

is used in the preparation of environmental impact assessments, as well as in many

circumstances in which human activities carry a risk of harmful effects on the natural

environment. All monitoring strategies and programmed have reasons and justifications

which are often designed to establish the current status of an environment and

Prediction of the impact of future development and/or alteration in the operation and

design of existing installations. Environmental Monitoring Network is operation phase

of the project for monitoring of various environmental parameters like air, water, noise,

soil etc.

A well defined environmental monitoring programme would be employed with trained

and qualified staff of Environmental Management Cell of the proposed expansion

project to monitor the environmental attributes of the area with respect to EMP as well

as the guidelines of the GPCB/CPCB. Environment monitoring schedule proposed to be

adopted by the project.

5.2 OBJECTIVES OF ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PLAN

• To comply with the statutory requirements of monitoring for compliance with

conditions of NOC and CC&A.

• To comply with the provision of Factory Act & MSIHC Rules.

• To verify the results of the impact assessment study in particular with regards to

new development.

• Identification of any significant adverse transformation in environmental

condition to plan additional mitigation measures; if & as required.

• To check or assess the efficiency of the controlling measures.

• To ensure that new parameters, other than those identified in the impact

assessment study, do not become critical through the commissioning of new

project.

• To establish a data base for future Impact Assessment Studies for new project.



5.3 IMPLEMENTATION SCHEDULE OF MONITORING

MEASURES

Monitoring should be done as periodically to understand the environmental condition of

the site.

The mitigation measures suggested in the Chapter-4 should be implemented so as to

reduce the impact on environment due to the operations of the proposed project. In

order to facilitate easy implementation, mitigation measures are phased as per the

priority implementation. The priority of the implementation schedule is given in Table

5.1.

TABLE 5.1

IMPLEMENTATION POLLUTION CONTROL MEASURES

Sr.

No.

Required Measures Stage Remarks

1. Air pollution control

measures

During operation

stage.

Electrostatic precipitator and

Scrubber system.

2. Ground Water

Criteria and Drinking

Water parameter.

During operation

stage.

As per IS 10500 Standard

Quarterly monitor quality of

water.

3. Waste Water

Treatment

Operation phase of the

project.

Treated at ETP with RO &

MEE.

4. Greenbelt

development

During ooperation

stage.

Plantation will be done along

the boundary and specified

sites shown in master plan.

5. Solid waste disposal Operation phase of the

project.

Solid waste to be segregated

and disposal at TSDF-

VWEMCL, Vapi or SEPPL,

Kutch or BEIL, Ankleshwar.

6. Hazardous waste

disposal

Operation phase of the

project.

Collection /storage

/transportation /disposal at

TSDF-VWEMCL, Vapi or

SEPPL, Kutch or BEIL,

Ankleshwar.



5.4 POLLUTION MONITORING AND SURVEILLANCE SYSTEM

Regular monitoring of important parameters is of immense importance to assess the

status of environment during plant operation. With the knowledge of baseline

conditions, a properly planned monitoring program can serve as an indicator for

assessment of any deterioration in environment conditions. This will facilitate

undertaking suitable measures to mitigate adverse impact during the operation of the

plant and further help to protect the environment in the area. The main attributes for

which monitoring has carried out are:

• Ambient Air Quality

• Stack Emission

• Effluent water Quality

• Noise Level

The above mentioned sources will be monitored so as to meet the requirements of the

State Pollution Control Board.

5.4.1 AMBIENT AIR QUALITY MONITORING

The ambient air quality with respect to PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOX, NH3 & VOC has monitor

at ETP area, process area, storage area and one location in downwind direction. The

frequency of monitoring will be every three month by external approved monitoring

agency.

The log book has maintained at environment cell for evaluation of impact and to decide

required mitigatory measures.

5.4.2 STACK MONITORING

All the flue gas stacks in the proposed project has monitored with respect to

temperature, oxides of nitrogen (NOX), Suspended Particulate Matter (SPM) and

Sulphur dioxide (SO2) level. The process stacks has monitored for ammonia.

Automatic/online monitoring system will be installing for stack monitoring.

5.4.3 NOISE MONITORING

Monitoring of noise levels is essential to assess the effectiveness of Environmental

Management Plan implemented to reduce noise levels. A good quality sound level

meter and noise exposure meter may be procured for the same. Audiometric tests have

conducted periodically for the employees working close to the high noise sources. The



noise levels due to machines/equipments viz. compressor, motors, engines etc has

monitored regularly.

5.4.4 WATER AND WASTE WATER QUALITY MONITORING

Daily analysis of effluent stream is recommended. Sampling and analysis of the raw

effluent, collection tank, Primary Settling Tank, Pressure Sand Filter, Activated Carbon

Filter, Final Collection tank, Multiple Effective Evaporator will be conducted regularly.

The detailed monitoring plan is tabulated in Table 5.2.

TABLE 5.2

ENVIRONMENT MONITORING PLAN

Sr. No.

Description Location Parameter To Be Monitored

Frequency of Monitoring

1. Flue gas emission monitoring

Existing two Boiler stacks (Coal)

PM, SO2, NOX 1) At Boiler (Coal fired), Online meter for SPM will be installed with recording facility. 2) For SO2 & NOX, Every three month by external approved monitoring agency.

One proposed Boiler stacks (Coal fired) (Stand By)

PM, SO2, NOX

Two existing D.G. stack

PM, SO2, NOX

One proposed D.G. stacks

PM, SO2, NOX

2. Process gas emission monitoring plan

Existing Autoclave Reactor & ONA day tank

NH3 Every three month by external approved monitoring agency. Existing Ammonia

Recovery NH3

3. Ambient air monitoring plan

One location in upwind direction & one location in downwind direction.

PM10 PM2.5 SO2

NOX

Every three month by external approved monitoring agency.

4. Noise monitoring

Nine location within company premises

--- Every three month by external approved monitoring agency.

5. Water quality monitoring for EFLUENT TREATMENT PLANT 5.1 Effluent quality

before neutralisation

Collection tank For TDS, pH, COD,TSS, Ammonical nitrogen,

1) Every three month by external approved monitoring agency.



Sr. No.

Description Location Parameter To Be Monitored

Frequency of Monitoring

Chlorides, Sulfates

2) Every day by self analytical facility.

5.2 Effluent quality after neutralization

Neutralization Tank For TDS, pH, COD, TSS, Ammonical nitrogen.

1) Every three month by external approved monitoring agency. 2) Every day by self analytical facility.

5.3 Effluent quality after PSF & Activated Carbon Filter

At CETP inlet and R.O. System inlet

For TDS, pH, COD, Turbidity

1) Online meter is already installed with recording facility. 2) Every day by self analytical facility.

5.4 Effluent quality after R.O. treatment

R.O. permeate For TDS, pH, Conductivity

Every day by self analytical facility.

5.5 Effluent quality after Evaporator

At treated effluent collection tank

For TDS, pH, Conductivity

Every day by self analytical facility.

6. Water Quantity Monitoring 6.1 Inlet & Outlet ETP Quantity in KL Flow meter 6.2 Inlet Boiler Quantity in KL Flow meter 6.3 Inlet Cooling Tower Quantity in KL Flow meter 6.4 Inlet Process Quantity in KL Flow meter 6.5 Inlet Domestic Quantity in KL Flow meter 6.6 Recycled Water RO permeate outlet Quantity in KL Flow meter

6.7 Recycled Water MEE Condensate outlet

Quantity in KL Flow meter

7. Hazardous waste monitoring

Sludge drying bed pH, Chloride, Alkalinity, CV.

Comprehensive analysis every 2 year.

8. Electricity consumption monitoring 8.1 ETP Plant Low TDS effluent

treatment plant Electricity Separate electricity

meter and daily reading will be noted.

8.2 RO Reject/ MEE Inlet

High TDS effluent treatment plant

Electricity Separate electricity meter and daily reading will be noted.



Monitoring report of ETP outlet, flue gas emission, process gas emission from ENPRO &

Regional Office of Gujarat Pollution Control Board is attached as Annexure – XII.

5.4.5 MONITORING EQUIPMENT AND CONSUMABLES

A well-equipped laboratory with consumable items will be provided for monitoring of

important environmental parameter. Alternatively, monitoring can be outsourced from

NABL / MoEF & CC recognized laboratory.

5.5 COST PROVISION FOR ENVIRONMENTAL MEASURES

For environment protection, management and pollution control and treatment and

monitoring systems, appropriate budgetary provision would be made and provision for

recurring expenditure for environment management of the project would be made. The

details of budget allocation during construction phase and operation phase are given in

Table 5.3.

5.5.1 COST ESTIMATES

A Budget allocation for effective Environmental Management Plan (EMP) is proposed

during operation phase is given in Table 5.3.

TABLE 5.3

BUDGET ALLOCATION FOR ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING & MANAGEMENT

OPERATION PHASE

Sr. No.

Pollution Control Measures Approximate Recurring Cost Per Annum (Rs. In Lakhs)

Approximate Capital Cost (Rs. In Lakhs)

1. Air Pollution Control 10 120 2. Noise Pollution Control 10 20 3. Environment Monitoring

and Management 10 00

4. Occupational Health 10 20 5. Green Belt

(Premises and outside premises.) 5 15

6. Solid Waste Management 60 50 7. Waste water Treatment 75 250 8. Fire Safety & Equipment 5 35

TOTAL 195 Lakhs 510 Lakhs



CHAPTER – 6

RISK ASSESSMENT

ADDITIONAL STUDIES

In order to support the environment impact assessment and environment management

plan, following additional studies have been included in this report.

• Risk Assessment

• Onsite and Offsite Disaster (natural and manmade) Preparedness and Emergency

Management Plan

• Occupational Health Programme

6.1 SCOPE OF THIS STUDY:

The QRA study in this report has been conducted considering the Terms of References

(TORs) given by Expert Appraisal Committee of MoEF for Environment Clearance (EC).

The study has been carried out with a view to comply the following TOR points:

• Specific TOR No. 4: Work zone monitoring arrangements for hazardous chemicals.

• Specific TOR No. 13: Risk assessment for storage and handling of hazardous

chemicals /solvents. Action plan for handling & safety system to be incorporated.

• Specific TOR No. 14: Arrangements for ensuring health and safety of workers

engaged in handling of toxic materials.

• TOR No. 41. (Annexure 1): Disaster Preparedness and Emergency Management

Plan including Risk Assessment and damage control needs to be addressed and

included.

• TOR No. 42. (Annexure 1): Occupational Health:

a. Details of existing Occupational & Safety Hazards. What are the exposure levels

of above mentioned hazards and whether they are within Permissible Exposure

level (PEL) If these are not within PEL, what measures the company has

adopted to keep them within PEL so that health of the workers can be preserved.

b. Details of exposure specific health status evaluation of worker. If the workers'

health is being evaluated by pre designed format, chest X-rays, Audiometry,

Spirometry, Vision testing (Far & Near vision, color vision and any other

ocular defect) ECG, during pre placement and periodical examinations give



the details of the same. Details regarding last month analyzed data of above

mentioned parameters as per age, sex; duration of exposure and department

wise.

c. Annual report of health status of workers with special reference to Occupational

Health and Safety.

d. Action plan for the implementation of OHS standards as per OSHAS/USEPA.

e. Plan and fund allocation to ensure the occupational health & safety of all contract

and casual workers.

In Additional TOR FOR SYNTHETIC ORGANIC CHEMICAL INDUSTRY

• TOR No. 5: Precaution to be taken during the storage and transportation of hazardous

chemical shall be clearly mentioned an in corporate.

• TOR No. 10: Details of Occupational health programme.

• TOR No. 11: A toxic management plan shall be prepared.

• TOR No. 12: A write up on “Safe Practice” followed for handling, storage,

transportation and unloading of chemicals to be submitted.

• TOR No. 13: What are onsite and offsite emergency plan during chemical disaster.

• TOR No. 14: A write up on “treatment of workers affected by accidental spillage

chemical”.

6.2 METHODOLOGY OF RISK ASSESSMENT

M/s. Aarti Industries Ltd. (Amine Division) handles various chemicals, some of which

are hazardous in nature by virtue of their intrinsic chemical properties or their operating

temperatures or pressures or a combination of them. Fire, explosion, toxic release or

combinations of them are the hazards associated with industrial plants using hazardous

chemicals. More comprehensive, systematic and sophisticated methods of Safety

Engineering, such as, Hazard Identification and Qualitative/Quantitative Risk Assessment

have been developed to improve upon the integrity, reliability and safety of industrial

plants, the same has been discussed in detail under their respective headings.

6.2.1 OBJECTIVES OF RISK ASSESSMENT

Risk analysis follows an extensive hazard analysis. It involves the identification and

assessment of risks the neighboring populations are exposed to as a result of hazards

present. This requires a thorough knowledge of failure probability, credible accident

scenario, vulnerability of population etc. Much of this information is difficult to get or



generate. Consequently, the risk analysis is often confined to maximum credible accident

studies.

Risk assessment is carried out with the following objectives:

1. To identify hazard and risk resulting from the hazards

2. To study and foresee the effects of such risks on the workers, public, property and

environment and to find out necessary control measures to prevent or minimize risk.

3. To comply the legal requirement by various safety and environment laws of the

country like…

• The Factories Act, 1948

• The Gujarat Factories Act, 1963

• The Environment Protection Act and Rules, 1986

• Hazardous waste (Management & Handling) Rules, 1989

• Public Liability Insurance Act & Rules,1991

• Chemical Accident, (Emergency, planning, preparedness and response)

Rules,1996

4. To get the necessary information for Emergency planning and evacuation.

6.2.2 DETAILS OF STORAGE FACILITIES

The storage facilities for major hazardous chemicals have been marked on the company

layout given below:



FIGURE: 6.1

HAZARDOUS CHEMICAL LOCATION IN COMPANY LAYOUT

Ammonia Storage Tank

MCB Storage Tank

Fire/PP Station

UndergroundWater Storage

Tank



TABLE: 6.1

DETAILS OF HAZARDOUS RAW MATERIALS

Sr. No.


Max. Storage cap. at site

Mode of storage & MOC

Storage Location

Hazards

Control Measures Provided

1 Anhydrous Ammonia

21 MT (10.5 X 2 Nos.)

Tank (MS) Ammonia Yard 11 no.

Toxic release, exposure.

• Self contained breathing apparatus is used.

• Storage area is in well ventilated location.

• Refer point no. 6.5 for more details

2 Mono Chloro Benzene

20 MT Tank (SS Claded)

MCB Tank

Spill, Fire. • Proper storage area is provided.

• PPEs like Splash goggles, Full suit, Vapor respirator or self contained breathing apparatus, Boots, Gloves etc., are used while handling this chemical.

• Refer point no. 6.5 for more details TABLE 6.2

PROPERTIES OF HAZARDOUS RAW MATERIALS

Sr. No.

Chemical

Phy

sica

l St

ate

FP oC

BP oC SP. GR @

20oC

Vapour Density

(Air=1)

Vap. Pr. mm Hg @

25oC

LEL

%

UEL %

LD50 ORAL (Rat)

Odour Threshold

LC50 (Rat)

Permissible Exposure Limit:

STEL by OSHA

TLV (ACGIH)

1 Anhydrous Ammonia

Liquid 11 -33.3 0.77 0.59 7510 16 25 350 mg/kg

0.026 mg/m3

7,600 mg/m3(2 hr)

50 ppm 35 ppm 25 ppm

2 Mono Chloro Benzene

Liquid 29.2

130 1.10 3.9 11 1.8 9.6 2.29 g/kg

0.96 mg/m3

- 75 ppm - 10 ppm



6.3 RISK ASSESSMENT

Identification of hazards in the proposed project activity is of primary significance.

Hazard states the characteristics of system/plant/process that presents potential for an

accident. All the components of a system/plant/process needs to be thoroughly examined

to assess their potential for initiating or propagating an unplanned event/sequence of

events, which can be termed as an accident.

HAZARDS IDENTIFICATION AND DETAILS OF PROPOSED SAFETY

SYSTEMS

At M/s. Aarti Industries Limited (Amine Division) major risks have been identified for

the following areas:

• MCB Storage Area

• Ammonia Storage Area

As a conservative approach, we have analyzed the risk qualitatively and quantitatively

both, as mentioned below.

In this study, the Storage & Handling of MCB has been considered for Quantitative Risk

Assessment (Consequence Analysis). Their storage location has been shown in Figure-

6.1. Hazardous properties of these chemical have been summarized in Table 6.2.

And, Storage & Handling of Toxic Chemicals, Flammable Chemicals, and Acids has

been considered for Qualitative Risk Assessment.

6.3.1 QUALITATIVE RISK ASSESSMENT

Many a times Risk involved in various processes / process equipments cannot be

addressed completely by Consequence Analysis. As a conservative approach, these risks

have been considered separately under this topic. The approach is to identify hazards

associated in operation of equipments as well as in processes, assessing its impacts,

ranking the risk posed by it and finally to propose remedial actions/mitigation measures

such that the risk is minimized to tolerable level.

The Risk Matrix presented below should be referred in evaluating this assessment.

In Qualitative Risk Assessment, risk has been analyzed using methodology called HIRA-

Hazards Identification & Risk Assessment. In HIRA, major manual activities carried out

by plant personnel as well as contract labors have been considered.



For the following areas, Qualitative Risk Assessment has been carried out to identify the

risk, ranking them as per their severity & probability, identifying the existing mitigation

measures and finally to propose recommendations, if existing measures are not enough.

1. Storage & Handling of Solid Chemicals

2. Storage & Handling of Mono Chloro Benzene

3. Storage & Handling of Acid (Like Dilute H2SO4, HCl)

TABLE: 6.3

RISK MATRIX FOR QUALITATIVE RISK ASSESSMENT

LIKEHOOD/ PROBABILITY

SEVERITY

Catastrophic (Death/System Loss)

Major/ Critical

(Serious injury/Illness)

Moderate (Less Serious Injury/Illness)

Minor/Marginal

(Minor Injury/Illness)

Insignificant/Negligible (No injury/illness)

1 2 3 4 5

Almost Certain

E H H H M M

Likely D H H M M L

Possible C H M M M L

Unlikely

B M M M L L

Impossible

A M M L L L



TABLE: 6.4

RISK RANGE & ACCEPTABILITY CRITERIA

6.3.1.1 STORAGE AND HANDLING OF SOLID CHEMICAL

Risk Range Risk Acceptability

Criteria

Remarks

H Unacceptable / High Management’s Decision/Action Plan Required. Potential off‐site Impact.

M Medium Generally Minor Impact. Acceptable with Management’s Review. Specific monitoring or SOP to be followed.

L Low Acceptable without Review. Manage through Routine Procedure.



TABLE: 6.5

RISKS AND RECOMMENDATIONS FOR SOLID CHEMICALS

Sr.

No.

Process Or Activity

Associated

Hazards

Health & Safety Impact (Risk)

Initial Risk Existing Measures Residual Risk Additional Recommendations

Seve

rity

Lik

elih

ood

Ris

k

Seve

rity

Lik

elih

ood

Ris

k

1. Handling Chemical bags

• Chemical Exposure

• Skin/Eye irritation.

4 C M • Chemicals are stored in isolated storage rooms having provision for natural & forced ventilation.

• Certified Dust respirator is used.

• Suitable protective clothing and other PPEs are used.

4 B L 1. Operators/Workers to be trained for Safe Work Practices.

2. Chemical handling bags to be labeled and segregated properly.

2. Cleaning of Chemical Spillage.

• Fumes Inhalation.

• Dust Exposure.

• Severe irritation to eyes, skin.

• Inhalation.

2 C M • Certified Dust respirator is used.

• Suitable protective clothing, gloves, boots are used.

• Spillage is cleaned or neutralized with suitable media.

• Chemicals are stored in isolated storage rooms having provision for natural & forced ventilation.

4 B L 3. Same as above.



6.3.1.2 STORAGE AND HANDLING OF FLAMMABLE CHEMICALS (MCB)

TABLE: 6.6

RISKS AND RECOMMENDATIONS FOR MONO CHLORO BENZENE

Sr.

No.

Process Or Activity

Associated

Hazards


Initial Risk Existing Measures Residual Risk

Additional Recommendations

Seve

rity

Lik

elih

ood

Ris

k

Seve

rity

Lik

elih

ood

Ris

k

1. Unloading of Chemicals

• Spillage/ Leakage.

• Generation of static charge.

• Fire

• Explosion

• Burn injury.

• Fatality.

• Damage to equipments and facilities.

2 C M • Appropriate PPEs like Safety Goggles, Butyl or Nitrile rubber gloves, gumboot, plastic apron etc are used.

• No hot work is carried out nearby.

• Ignition sources are avoided in such areas.

• Foam type fire extinguisher is available in nearby location.

• Area is covered with fire hydrant network.

• Flange/Ferrule joints etc. are checked periodically.

4 B L 1. SOPs to be prepared and followed. 2. Fire monitor with provision of connection of foam is available. (We already have SOPs)

2. Transferring of solvent from storage area to process plant.

• Spillage/ Leakage.

• Generation of static charge.

• Burn injury.

• Fatality.

• Damage to

3 C M • Earthing is done for transfer pumps & transfer lines.

• Flange-to-flange bonding is done & flange guard is provided for transfer lines.

5 B L Refer pt. no.: 1 of this section.



• Fire

• Explosion

equipments and facilities.

• Storage Area is marked as “No Smoking”, “Hazardous Area”, “Hot work Restricted” etc.

• Only trained operators are allowed to work in this area.

• Operators are trained for the chemical hazards, preventive/Mitigative measures for chemicals, handling emergency situation, etc.

• Inspection (for pumps, flange joints etc) is carried out on regular basis.

• Fire fighting facilities is available.

• PPEs are used.

3. Storage Area • Leakage

• Fire

• Explosion

• Burn injury.

• Fatality.

• Damage to equipments and facilities.

2 C M • Storage area has provision of natural/forced ventilation.

• Routine inspection of the area is carried out by field operator.

• Storage Area is marked as “No Smoking”, “Hazardous Area”, “Hot work Restricted” etc.

• Spargers are available, wherever applicable.

• Other relevant measures are same as above.

4 B L 1. Proper entry & exit to be provided for MCB storage area. 2. Proper means of communication to be made available for MCB area. 3. LDR program to be implemented for MCB Storage area (on terrace). 4. Pump curb wall to be cleaned at regular interval.



6.3.1.3 STORAGE AND HANDLING OF ACID

TABLE: 6.7

RISKS AND RECOMMENDATIONS FOR ACID

Sr.

No.

Process Or Activity

Associated

Hazards


Initial Risk Existing Measures Residual Risk Additional Recommendations

Seve

rity

Lik

elih

ood

Ris

k

Seve

rity

Lik

elih

ood

Ris

k

1. Loading & Unloading.

• Exposure to HCl fumes due to leakage in pipe/Container/ valves etc.

• Spillage of acid.

• Skin/Eye irritation.

• Toxic Vapor inhalation etc.

4 C M • Dyke Wall is available.

• Loading & Unloading activity is carried out in well ventilated area.

• Periodic Inspection of flanges/ferrule joints is carried out.

• Neutralization media is made available in areas where HCl is stored/handled/used.

• PPEs are used.

5 B L --

2. Working in Storage Area.

• Exposure to acid fumes.


• Body burns.

4 C M • Storage area is well ventilated.

• Acid proof flooring is available.

• Neutralization is done immediately with soda ash/lime or spill is

5 B L --



absorbed in sand or by suitable adsorbent.

• PPEs like face mask, gloves etc. are worn by concerned person.

3. Tank overflow/leakage from joints etc.

• Exposure to acid fumes.


3 C M • Level Indicator is provided.

• Other relevant measures are same as above.

4 B L --



6.3.2 QUANTITATIVE RISK ASSESSMENT

Quantitative Risk Assessment (QRA) is a structured approach to identifying and

understanding the risks associated with Storage and Handling of flammable/toxic

chemicals. The assessment starts by taking into account an inventory of hazardous

chemicals stored, likelihood of leakage/spillage associated with it and selecting the worst

case scenario for consequence estimation.

Finally, suggesting the measures to minimize or mitigate risks to meet appropriate

acceptability criteria. The planning for emergency evacuation has borne in mind whilst

interpreting the results.

6.3.2.1 CONSEQUENCE ANALYSIS

In a plant handling hazardous chemicals, the main hazard arises due to storage and

handling of hazardous chemicals as mentioned above. If these chemicals are released into

the atmosphere, it may cause damage due to resulting fires or vapour clouds. Blast

Overpressures depend upon the reactivity class of material between two explosive limits.

6.3.2.2 DAMAGE CRITERIA

In Consequence Analysis studies, in principle three types of exposure to hazardous

effects are distinguished:

1. Heat radiation, from a jet, pool fire, a flash fire or a BLEVE.

2. Explosion

3. Toxic effects, from toxic materials or toxic combustion products.

In the next three paragraphs, the chosen damage criteria are given and explained as per

the Guidelines for QRA – Phast (Micro) Software (DNV) & Purple Book for QRA

released by Centre for Chemical Process Safety (CCPS).

Heat Radiation

The consequence caused by exposure to heat radiation is a function of:

• The radiation energy onto the human body [kW/m2];

• The exposure duration [sec];

• The protection of the skin tissue (clothed or naked body).

In this report following damage criteria has been considered for the effects due to

Fire/Explosion.



TABLE: 6.8

EFFECTS DUE TO INCIDENT RADIATION INTENSITY

INCIDENT RADIATION – kW/m2

TYPE OF DAMAGE

37.5 Immediate ignition of wood (without flame

Contact). 100 % fatal.

25 Minimum Energy required for igniting wood

(Without flame contact). 100 % fatal in 1

min. Significant injury in 10 sec.

12.5 Minimum heat required to ignite wood

(With flame contact). 1 % fatal in 1 min. First

degree burn in 10 sec.

4 Pain after 20 sec. Blistering unlikely.

2 No discomfort for long exposure.

Explosion

In case of vapour cloud explosion, two physical effects may occur:

* A flash fire over the whole length of the explosive gas cloud;

* A blast wave, with typical peak overpressures circular around ignition source.

As explained above, 100% lethality is assumed for all people who are present within the cloud proper.

The following damage criteria may be distinguished with respect to the peak overpressures resulting from a blast wave:

TABLE: 6.9

EFFECTS DUE TO PEAK OVER PRESSURE

PEAK OVERPRESSURE TYPE OF DAMAGE

0.40 bar Ear Drum Rupture to humans

50 % probability of fatality inside

15% probability of fatality in open

0.21 bar Structural Damage to buildings

20% probability of fatality to personnel inside

0% probability of fatality in the open

0.13 bar Minor Structural Damage to near by structures

10% probability of fatality to personnel inside

0% probability of fatality in the open

0.02 bar Glass Damage

0.01 bar Minor Damage



Intoxication

In this report, LC50 concentration and IDLH concentrations have been considered for

Consequence Analysis.

6.3.2.3 ASSUMPTIONS FOR CONSEQUENCE ANALYSIS

For Consequence Analysis, assumptions regarding Meteorological, Pasquil Stability

Classes, Wind velocity, Ambient Temperature, Relative Humidity, Inventory, Ground

Roughness, Model used etc. are very important. In this report, the following assumptions

have been considered.

i. Meteorological Paste other tables

• Atmospheric Conditions: No Inversion

• Ambient Temperature: 350C has been considered as MCA approach.

• Relative Humidity: As the site is not in rainy zone RH of 50% has been

considered.

ii. Pasquil Stability Classes

• Pasquil Stability category D/F is considered as conservative approach.

iii. Other assumptions:

• Ground Roughness: Ground Roughness has been considered as 0.3 M.

• Dispersion model of both Heavy Model and also Gaussian distribution have been

used as applicable/appropriate.

• Inventory: Release of 100% of the inventory has been considered. For this, failure

of the container has been considered from the bottom.

• Storage conditions: Storage conditions have been considered as they are

practically stored at site.

Following Weather data has been used for the study:

TABLE :6.10

WEATHER DATA USED FOR THE STUDY

WIND SPEED (M/S) PASQUILLSTABILITY

1.5 F

1.5 D

5 D

6.3.2.4 SOFTWARE USED FOR CALCULATIONS

1. PHAST MICRO



6.3.2.5 SCENARIOS CONSIDERED FOR CONSEQUENCE ANALYSIS

1. In this study, the scenarios for consequence analysis have been selected considering:

• The physical and chemical properties of hazardous materials,

• Storage conditions & Modes of Storage (Barrels & Carboys),

• Hazards ranking by NFPA,

• Guidelines by OSHA (29 CFR),

• Operating and storage conditions of handling and storage of hazardous chemical.

2. This report considers the worst case scenario which is possible during anyset of

operation variable and production methodologies. The objective of the study is

emergency planning, hence only holistic & conservative assumptions are used for

obvious reasons. Hence though the outcomes may look pessimistic, the planning for

emergency concept should be borne in mind whilst interpreting the results.

In this regard, the failure cases which may lead to release of hazardous chemicals are as

under:

• Failure of unloading arm of the ISO tanker during unloading of solvents,

• Leakage from Flange/Ferrule Joints,

3. In this study, results of consequence analysis has used for;

a. Emergency Planning

b. Deciding Evacuation Routes

c. Deciding Location of Assembly Points and ECC

d. Resource Allocation for mitigation

TABLE: 6.11

SCENARIOS IDENTIFIED FOR CONSEQUENCE ANALYSIS

Scenarios Description of Scenario

Storage Pressure & Temp. Scenarios considered

FIRE SCENARIOS

1 Release of MCB Ambient Flash Fire, UVCE, Late Pool Fire

TOXIC GAS RELEASE SCENARIOS

2 Release of Anhydrous Ammonia

Press.: 15 bar &

Temp.: 35 deg C

Dispersion



Considerations Made:

• In Case of MCB, we have considered the failure case of unloading line (50 mm pipe

dia.) during the unloading of this chemical from tanker till the complete inventory is

emptied out from compartment. As the solvents tankers are compartmentalized, the

maximum release quantity equals the storage quantity (5 m3) of a single compartment.

• In Case of Ammonia, we have considered the following scenarios:

Considering LC50 concentration – 2000 ppm & IDLH concentration – 300 ppm

Leak from 2 mm hole size.

Note: Release of above chemicals from process equipments like Reactor is not

possible as these chemicals will be in diluted/intermediate form in all process

equipments and not in pure form.

Selection Criteria of Scenarios:

o As per the relevant guidelines for consequence analysis, we have considered the

maximum credible scenarios for all the above mentioned chemicals, for a period

of 600 secs leakage duration, which is the representative of all kinds of

minor/major leakages.

o Modeling has been carried out for dispersion up to LC50 concentration and IDLH

concentration, in case of toxic chemical. Evacuation should be carried out in less

than 30 min from the area covered under IDLH in case of relevant leakage

scenario. The purpose is to avoid irreversible health effects to persons inside the

area of IDLH concentration.

• Based on the above considerations and the input parameters considered for worst

case scenarios, the risk contours are plotted on the plant layout map clearly showing

which of the facilities would be affected in case of an accident taking place. Based on

the same the safety measures/recommendations are proposed and On-Site & off-Site

emergency plan is prepared as mentioned under the section 6.6.



TABLE: 6.12

SCENARIO# – RELEASE OF MONO CHLORO BENZENE

Basis: Release/Leakage of Mono Chloro Benzene due to failure of : • Full Bore Rupture of Unloading Pipeline (2”)

Input Data:

Stored quantity in one compartment 5 m3

Leak Size Considered 2”

Release rate from 2 mm leak 3018 gms/sec

Leak Duration Considered 600 Sec

Pressure Ambient

Temperature 35 deg C

Weather Condition 1.5/F, 1.5/D, 5/D

LFL 13000 ppm

UFL 96000 ppm

CASE:1 FLASH FIRE (Dispersion)

Distances (m)

LFL &

50% LFL Category 1.5/F Category 1.5/D Category 5/D

Further Extent 6500 ppm 24.42 29.01 21.27

Further Extent 13000 ppm 18.31 21.17 13.01

CASE:2 VAPOR CLOUD EXPLOSION (UVCE – Overpressure Results)

CASE:3 POOL FIRE (Late Pool Fire - Effects of Radiation Level)



FIGURE: 6.2

RISK CONTOURS FOR FLASH FIRE (MCB)



FIGURE: 6.3

RISK CONTOURS FOR VAPOUR CLOUD EXPLOSION

(OVERPRESSURE RESULTS)



FIGURE: 6.4

RISK CONTOURS FOR LATE POOL FIRE:



TOXIC CHEMICAL RELEASE SCENARIO

TABLE: 6.13-A

SCENARIO#1 – RELEASE OF ANHYDROUS AMMONIA

Basis: Possible Release/Leakage due to: • Ferrule Joint • Flange Leakage

Input Data

Leak Size considered 2 mm

Gas release rate from 2 mm leak 89.67 gms/sec

Pressure 15 bar



LC50 (low) 2000 ppm

IDLH 300 ppm

TABLE: 6.13-B

RESULTS: ANHYDROUS AMMONIA

SR. No. Concentration

Downwind Distance (meters)

Category 1.5/F

Category 1.5/D Category 5/D

1 LC50 (2000 ppm) 31.02 39.21 7.42

2 IDLH(300 ppm) 133.08 99.61 35.01

• 134 meters in downwind direction is considered as evacuation area.



FIGURE: 6.5-A

RISK CONTOURS FOR AMMONIA (FOR LC50 CONCENTRATION: 2000 PPM)



FIGURE: 6.5-B

RISK CONTOURS FOR AMMONIA (FOR IDLH CONCENTRATION: 300 PPM)



TABLE: 6.14-A

SCENARIO#2 – RELEASE OF ANHYDROUS AMMONIA

Basis: Possible Release/Leakage from 50 mm Nozzle size

Input Data

Leak Size considered 50 mm

Gas release rate from 2 mm leak 56 kgs/sec

Pressure 15 bar



LC50 (low) 2000 ppm

IDLH 300 ppm

TABLE: 6.14-B

RESULTS: ANHYDROUS AMMONIA

SR. No. Concentration Downwind Distance (meters)

Category 1.5/F

Category 1.5/D

Category 5/D

1 LC50 (2000 ppm) 446.21 329.28 206.01

2 IDLH(300 ppm) 758.3 620.1 402.01

• 759 meters in downwind direction is considered as evacuation area.



FIGURE: 6.6-A

RISK CONTOURS FOR AMMONIA (FOR LC50 CONCENTRATION: 2000 PPM)



FIGURE: 6.6-B

RISK CONTOURS FOR AMMONIA (FOR IDLH CONCENTRATION: 300 PPM)



6.3.2.6 CONSEQUENCE ANALYSIS SUMMARY

TABLE: 6.15

FLASH FIRE SCENARIOS

Sr. No.

Scenario Concentration (ppm)

Distance (meters)

Category 1.5/F

Category 1.5/D

Category 5/D

1. Release of Mono Chloro Benzene

LFL Frac.6500 24.42 29.01 21.27

LFL. 13000 18.31 21.17 13.01

TABLE: 6.16

EXPLOSION OVERPRESSURE SCENARIOS

Sr. No.

Scenario Over pressure (Bar)

Downwind Distance (meters)

Category 1.5/F

Category 1.5/D

Category 5/D


0.02068 61.03 53.88 42.66

0.1379 30.62 28.77 25.86

0.2068 28.22 26.78 24.54 TABLE: 6.17

LATE POOL FIRE SCENARIOS:

Sr. No.

Scenario Radiation Level (KW/m2)

Distance (meters)

Category 1.5/F

Category 1.5/D

Category 5/D


4 25.89 25.89 27.76

12.5 15.61 15.62 19.07

25 5.98 5.99 12.09

37.5 5.98 5.99 7.77 TABLE: 6.18

TOXIC RELEASE SCENARIOS: ANHYDROUS AMMONIA

SR. No. Concentration Downwind Distance (meters) Category 1.5/F

Category 1.5/D

Category 5/D

Release from 2 mm Leakage 1 LC50 (2000 ppm) 31.02 39.21 7.42

2 IDLH(300 ppm) 133.08 99.61 35.01

Release from 50 mm Leakage

1 LC50 (2000 ppm) 446.21 329.28 206.01

2 IDLH(300 ppm) 758.3 620.1 402.01



6.4 CONSEQUENCE ANALYSIS

6.4.1 COMMENTS / RECOMMENDATIONS BASED ON CONSEQUENCE

ANALYSIS

Flash Fire and UVCE Scenarios:

• In case of release of Mono Chloro Benzene in 1.5/D weather condition, vapor

travels to the farthest distance of 29.01m. If it gets a source of ignition within this

radius, it will create UVCE (Unconfined vapor cloud explosion) and effects of

overpressure (0.02068 bar) would be felt up to 61.03 m & 53.88 m.

• Weather condition 5/D is safer as compared to all other weather conditions.

• Evacuation plan to be designed considering the worst case scenario of Mono Chloro

Benzene as mentioned above.

Late Pool Fire Scenarios:

• It can be seen from the summarized table above that the risk of late pool fire is less

for 37.5 kw/m2 radiation level in 1.5/F & D weather condition.

Toxic Release Scenarios:

• Dispersion of Anhydrous Ammonia covers more distance (i.e. 758.3 m) in case of

IDLH concentration in 1.5/F weather condition for a release of Ammonia from 50

mm leak size.

• Thus, the category 1.5/F is the limiting one to decide for evacuation plan.

• Evacuation plan to be designed considering the above mentioned worst case

scenario.

6.4.2 ACTION PLAN FOR SAFE HANDLING OF CHEMICALS & SAFETY

SYSTEMS/ SAFEGUARDS TO REDUCE THE RISK OF FIRE, EXPLOSION

AND TOXIC RELEASE:

1. Following Safety Precautions Are Considered During Transportation, Unloading,

Handling & Storage of Solvents (like flammable chemicals - MCB & Toxic Chemicals,

etc) , the same has updated to cover the new facilities, if required:



TABLE: 6.19

SAFETY PRECAUTIONS

Sr. No.

Activity Safety Precautions

1 Transportation of Solvents/

Chemicals by road tanker.

• Training is given to driver and cleaner regarding the safe driving, hazards of chemicals, emergency handling, use of SCBA sets.

• TREM card is kept with TL.

• SCBA set is kept with TL.

• Fire extinguishers are kept with TL.

• Flame arrestor is provided to TL exhaust.

• Instructions are given not to stop road tanker/truck in populated area.

• Hazard Identification symbol and emergency telephone number are displayed as per HAZCHEM CODE.

• Appropriate PPEs are kept with TL.

In case of leak or spill:

• Source of leakage are checked.

• Damaged containers or spilled materials are not attended without wearing appropriate protective clothing.

• Leak is stopped, if possible to do so without risk.

• Water spray are used to reduce vapors (but do not put water directly on leak, spill area or inside container).

• Combustibles (wood, paper, oil, etc.) are kept away from spilled material.

2 Unloading Activity

• Priority is given to Tanker to immediately enter the storage premises at site and is not kept waiting near the gate.

• Security person checks License, TREM CARD, Fire extinguisher condition; SCBA set condition, Antidote Kit, required PPEs as per SOP laid down.

Following precautions are taken during unloading:

• Wheel stopper is provided to TL at unloading platform.

• Static Earthing is provided to road tanker.

• Tanker unloading procedure is followed according to check list and implemented strictly.

• Flexible SS hose connection is done at TL outlet line.

• All TL valves are closed in TL.

• Only day time unloading is permitted.

3 Solvents Storage tank

• Pipes and equipment are inspected at regular intervals.

• All storage areas are isolated from all sources of open flame



Sr. No.

Activity Safety Precautions

safety. and well posted with' NO SMOKING' signs and provided with adequate fire fighting/extinguishing systems.

• Spark-resistant tools are used.

• Water spray is used to reduce vapors (but do not put water directly on leak, spill area or inside container).

• Combustibles (wood, paper, oil, etc.) are kept away from spilled material.

• Dyke wall is provided to storage tanks.

• Level indicators/transmitters are available with low level/high level auto cut-off provision.

• Vents are connected to water trap and vent of water trap are provided with flame arrestor.

• Fire fighting facilities (along with foam attachment) are available as mentioned below.

• Sand Buckets are available.

• Dumping /Drain vessel/alternate vessel is available to collect the spillage material inside the dyke wall.

• FLP type pumps are provided.

• Double static earthing is provided to storage tank, as per the requirement.

• Double Jumper clip is provided to all solvent handling pipeline flanges.

• Vent connected to scrubber has been provided, wherever required.

• Curb wall is available for pumps.

• Pumps are guarded properly.

4 Solvents transfer from storage tank to process plant.

• Double mechanical seal type FLP type pump are provided.

• Double on / off switch is provided at tank farm and process area near day tank. Pump auto cut off with day tank high level is provided.

• Flame arrestor with breather valve is provided on vent line.

• Lightening arrestor is provided on the top of tallest tank.

• Over flow system is provided for additional safety and it is connected to main storage tank.

• NRV’s are provided on pump discharge line.

• Double Jumper clip is provided to all solvent handling pipelines.

• Double static earthing is provided to day tank.



2. MEASURES FOR FUGITIVE EMISSION CONTROL

Control Techniques for Fugitive Emissions are in the following order:

(1) First preference: Engineering Controls

(2) Second preference: Administrative / Management Controls

(3) Last resort: Personal Protective Equipment (PPE).

Fugitive Emissions occurs or may occur during

(1) Charging of Raw Materials.

(2) Leakage from Flanges, joints etc

(3) Tanker loading & unloading

Mitigation Measures

• Regular monitoring of plant area is conducted and records are maintained. At

strategic point of the plants, online detectors are provided for detection of such

emissions.

• Lines of such hazardous chemicals are tested periodically and such tests are recorded.

• All lines carrying toxic liquid are continuous welded and are provided with proper

slopes and special tongue and groove joints to avoid liquid stagnation and leakage.

• In the process area, all the strategic pumps are of Seal less gland less Magnetic driven

type so as to eliminate leakages from glands.

• Safe Operating Procedures and emergency response procedures are followed strictly.

3. FIRE CONTROL PLAN

M/s. Aarti Industries Ltd. (Amine Division) has considered fire prevention measures at

the project planning stage to avoid any outbreak of fire. But the chances of outbreak of

fire cannot be totally ignored. Hence to tackle such a situation, company has planned to

develop a well-resourced and adequate fire protection system/fire fighting network. The

same facilities have updated to cover the expansion facilities also, if required.

The figure below gives the basic idea about the locations of fire fighting facilities,

assembly points, evacuation route, etc. on company layout:



FIGURE: 6.7

LOCATION OF FIRE FIGHTING FACILITES

A. Water Storage.

U/G tank capacity 4,00,000 liters

Over head tank capacity 2,00,000 liters

B. Fire Hydrant Pump.

Pump Type Capacity Head

Jockey Pump 10.8 m3/hr 70 Mtr

Diesel Engine 137 m3/hrs 70 Mtr

Electrical Pump 137 m3/hrs 70 Mtr

C. Fire Hydrant points: - 17 Nos.

D. Fire Extinguishers: - 80 Nos.



E. Sand Bucket stands: - 08 Nos. (Bucket- 40 Nos.).

F. SCBA: - 04 Nos.

G. Mechanical Foam: - 260 liters

H. Fire Hose Pipe: - 12 Nos.

I. Foam Nozzle: - 01 Nos.

J. Jet Nozzle: - 02 Nos.

K. Triple Purpose Nozzle: - 01 No

Other details on Fire Control Plan:

• Fire load calculation has been carried out and fire fighting facilities comprising of

main pump, stand by pump, jockey pump and fire water reservoir has been installed

as per the GFR and TAC guidelines, the same has updated after the expansion of new

facilities, if required.

• Fire Extinguishers have been provided as per the GFR and TAC guidelines at

conspicuous locations.

• Other Fire fighting facilities like, fire monitor, foam trolley, fire hose boxes with hose

pipe, sand buckets, fire blanket, ambu bags, Water Jell Fire Blanket, etc. has been

provided within the company at conspicuous locations.

• Working staff is given training to operate DCP and CO2 extinguishers.

• The Fire Hydrant Network has been installed; the same has updated after the

expansion of new facilities, if required.

• Volume level indication with alarm and trips for high level are provided for vessels

containing flammable materials.

• DG sets is available for power backup.

6.5 AREA SPECIFIC SAFETY SYSTEMS

6.5.1 EXISTING SAFE MEASURES

MCB STORAGE AREA

1. Above ground storage area has been provided.

2. Eye wash stand & hand wash stand has been provided in MCB storage area.

3. Pump & flange guards have been provided.

4. Flame proof electrical fittings have been provided.



5. Fire hydrant, fire extinguishers, sand buckets are available within the storage

periphery.

6. Level measuring instrument is provided.

7. As a safe practice, unused vents are blinded.

8. Proper earthing and flange-to- flange bonding has been provided.

9. Safety boards, cautionary notice, etc. has been displayed in storage area.

AMMONIA GAS LEAKAGE:

1. Dedicated trained personnel for loading unloading of tanker.

2. Separate storage of ammonia at ammonia storage yard.

3. Schedule 80 class pipeline for ammonia transaction.

4. Trained and dedicated operators for ammonia handling.

5. Periodic inspections of ammonia storage shed.

6. Ammonia gas detectors inside plant & storage yard with hooter.

7. Scrubber with blower and circulation pumps.

8. Daily inspection of scrubber to ensure preparedness.

9. Restricted entry inside ammonia storage yard.

10. Sprinkler provide on ammonia storage tank.

11. Two SCBA sets around the ammonia storage yard.

12. Periodic mock drills for gas leakages.

13. Periodic training to employees.

LEAKAGE OF CORROSIVE CHEMICALS:

1. Dykes to storage tanks.

2. Periodic thickness of storage tanks.

3. Periodic painting of storage tanks and pipelines.

4. Stand by storage tanks.

5. Pit with transferring facility inside dyke to collect leak liquid.

6. Periodic inspections of pipeline used for transfer of chemicals.

7. Trained operators for handling chemicals.

8. Display adequate information required for handling chemicals.

9. Stock of emergency PPE's. Like PVC suit, SCBA sets, rubber shoes, hand gloves,

etc.

10. Periodic mock drills.

11. Training to the employees involved in the operations.

12. Emergency action team members are available round the clock in all shifts.



CHEMICAL EXPOSURE/BURNS:

1. Safety work permit system followed for chemical handling.

2. Close system of chemical handling.

3. Training to workman engaged in chemical handling.

4. Dedicated and trained employees for chemical handling.

5. Dedicated and trained supervisors for monitoring.

6. Monitoring and reporting of unsafe actions .i.e acts for corrective preventive

actions.

7. Effective maintenance and operations of scrubbing systems.

8. Vents of storage tanks connected to scrubbers.

9. Level indicators for tanks to avoid manual measurements.

10. Use of PPE’s is compulsory during entering in production area.

11. SCBA sets are adequately provided at various locations.

12. Safety showers are provided at various locations.

13. First aid boxes are available at various departments / sections.

6.6 DISASTER PREPAREDNESS & EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT

PLAN

M/s. Aarti Industries Ltd. (Amine Division) has prepared the Disaster Management

Plan which is linked with District Disaster Management Plan. This plan has been

prepared based on the risk contours plotted on the plant layout map clearly showing the

facilities that would be affected, in case an accident takes place.

The purpose of this plan is to provide M/s. Aarti Industries Ltd. (Amine Division) with

the means to effectively utilize all the resources at its disposal for the protection of life,

environment and property. The same DMP has updated after expansion to cover new

plants or facilities, if required. The details of the same are discussed in the following

sections.

6.6.1 DEFINING THE NATURE/LEVEL OF EMERGENCY

THE LEVEL OF EMERGENCY CAN BE CLASSIFIED IN THREE CATEGORIES:

LEVEL - 1:

The leakage or emergency, which is confinable within the plant/area. It may be due to:

a) Small pipe/valve rupture or similar leakages that do not affect outside premises.

b) Release of toxic chemicals for short duration.

c) Small fire in the plant.



LEVEL - 2:

The emergency, which is confinable within the factory premises. It may arise due to -

a) Leakage of toxic chemicals for long duration.

b) Medium scale explosion confined to the factory premises.

c) Medium scale fire inside the factory premises.

LEVEL - 3:

The emergency, which is not confinable within the factory premises and general public in

the vicinity are likely to be affected. It may arise due to -

a) Heavy / Profuse leakage of toxic / flammable gases for a long duration.

b) Explosion of high magnitude affecting the adjacent area.

c) Major fire inside the factory premises.

6.6.2 OBJECTIVES OF EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

The objectives of the emergency management system are summarized as under.

● To define and assess emergencies, including risk and environment impact

assessment.

● To control and contain incidents.

● To safeguard employees and people in vicinity.

● To minimize damage to property or/and the environment.

● To inform employees, the general public and the authority about the hazards/risks

assessed, safeguards provided, residual risk if any and the role to be played by

them in the event of emergency.

● To be ready for ‘mutual aid’ if need arises to help neighboring unit. Normal

jurisdiction of an OEP is limited to the own premises only, but looking to the time

factor in arriving the external help or off-site plan agency, the jurisdiction must be

extended outside to the extent possible in case of emergency occurring outside.

● To inform authorities and mutual aid centers to come for help.

● To effect rescue and treatment of casualties. To count injured.

● To identify and list any serious injuries and or fatalities.

● To inform and help relatives.

● To secure the safe rehabilitation of affected areas and to restore normally.

● To provide authoritative information to the news media.

● To preserve records, equipment etc, and to organize investigation into the cause of

the emergency and suggest preventive measures to stop its recurrence.

● To ensure safety of the works before personnel re-enter and resume duty.



● To work out a plan with all provisions to handle emergencies and to provide

necessary inputs for emergency preparedness and the periodical rehearsal.

6.6.3 STRUCTURE OF EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

M/s. Aarti Industries Ltd. (Amine Division), Vapi has developed an emergency

management team. The management structure includes the following personnel’s;

• Site Main Controllers

• Incident Controllers and Deputy Incident Controllers

• Key Personnel’s

• Essential Workers

The other elements of Disaster Management Plan are:

• Assembly points

• Emergency control center

• Fire control arrangements

• Medical arrangements

• Other arrangements

6.6.3.1 SITE MAIN CONTROLLER

General Manager and FM are deputed as Site Main Controller. In absence of SMC’s,

Safety or Shift In Charge will act as a SMC. His task will be to co-ordinate all internal

and external activities from the Emergency Control Centre at Main Security Gate from

where all operations will be directed. He has:

• Relieve the incident controller of responsibility for overall main control.

• In consultation with the incident controller decide whether major emergency exists

an on declaration of a major emergency ensure that the outside emergency services

and mutual help are called, the off side-plan activated and if necessary, nearly

factories and population are informed.

• Ensure the key personnel are called.

• Exercise direct operational control of those part of the work outside the affected area.

• Continuously review and assess possible development to determine the most

probable causes of event.

• Direct the safe close down and evacuation of plants in consultation with the incident

controller and key personnel. If necessary arrange for evacuation of neighboring

population.



• Ensure that causality is receiving adequate attention. Arrange for hospitalization

victims and additional help if required. Ensure that their relatives are informed.

• Informed and liaison with police services instruct emergency authority and the

factory inspectorate and expert on health and safety provide advice on possible effect

on are outside the factory.

• In the cases of prolonged emergencies involving risk to outside area by wind blow

materials contact meteorological office to receive early notification of impending

changes in weather condition.

• Ensure the accounting for personnel and rescue of missing persons.

• Control traffic movement within the factory.

• Arrange for a chronological record of the emergency to be maintained.

• Where the emergency is prolonged arrange for relief of personnel and the provision

of catering facilities.

• Issue authorized statement to the news media where necessary inform head office.

• Ensure that proper consideration is given to the preservation of evidence Arrange for

photographs / video.

• Control rehabilitation of affected areas and victims on cessation of the emergency.

Do not restart the plant unless it is ensured safe to start and authorized the sounding

the. All Clearance siren which will be one continuous longs siren for one minute".

6.6.3.2 ROLE OF INCIDENT CONTROLLER AND DEPUTY INCIDENT

CONTROLLER

As our factory is running 24 hrs, so each Dy. Managers, Officer, Supervisors, Engineers,

etc. from different depts. (like production, stores, P&A, engineering, R&D, etc.) are

nominated as I.C and they will be always available in the shift and can take charge till the

arrival of SMC. Any one has available in each shift & on holiday on call.

His primary duties are to take charge at the scene of the incident. In the initial stage he

may be required to take decisions involving the operation of the other plants or to stop or

continue any process and to take technical decisions to control the incident. The deputy

incident controller should take the charge of incident controller, if he is not available due

to any reason. Supervisors & Shift Incharge are deputed as DIC.



Responsibilities/Duties of Incident Controller and Deputy Incident Controller:

All shift Incharges of respective plant / Officer (Production).

Duties / Function: Immediately on being aware of the emergency and its location he will

proceed to the scene on arrival he will take charge of accident and operate from scene as

well as plant control.

He will:

• Assess the scale of emergency and decide if a major emergency exists or is likely. on

his decision he will active the on - side emergency plan and if necessary the off- side

emergency plan.

• Inform side main controller and perform as side main controller till his arriving and

he will deputed his Dy. incident controller on the scene and he will go the emergency

control center. Particularly he will:

Direct the shutting down and evacuation of plant and areas likely to be affected

by the emergency.

Ensure that emergency services including mutual aid have been called in.

Ensure that key personnel have been called in.

• Direct all operations within the affected area with the following priorities.

Secure the safety of the personnel.

Minimize damage to plant property and the environment.

Minimize loss of material.

Direct rescue and firefighting operation unit the arrival of the outside fire

brigade.

Search for casualties.

Evacuate non essential worker to the assembly points.

Set up a communication point and established telephone messenger contact

appropriate with the emergency controller center.

Give advice and information as requested to the head of the fire brigade and

other emergency services.

Brief the site main controller and keep informed of development.

Preserved evidence that will be necessary for subsequent inquiry into the cause

of the emergency and concluding preventive measures.



6.6.3.3 KEY PERSONNELS

Senior officers of various departments like Fire, Security, Safety, Administration,

Engineering, Project, Production, Transport, Pollution control, Technical Services and

Stores are nominated as Key Personnel in their respective fields. As necessary, they

decides the actions needed to shutdown plants, evacuate personnel, carryout emergency

engineering work, arrange for supplies of equipments, utilities, carryout environment

monitoring, provide catering facilities, liaise with police, fire brigade and other local

authorities, relative of casualties, hospital, press & neighboring industries, action at

assembly points, outside shelters and mutual aid center under the direction of the SMC.

All the key personnel and other called in so to assist, has report to the ECC. They are

available at any time on duty or on call or on holidays.

Duties of Other Key Personnel have been defined below:

Safety Incharge:

1. On being informed about the incident proceed to the scene of incident and access the

situation report to the site main controller.

2. Help the incident controller / site main controller in fire fighting / incident controller

operation by organizing / supervising fire fighting / incident control crew . provide

necessary PPE to incident control crew.

3. Liaison with outside emergency services for mutual aid evacuation shelter

Ambulance, Medical help and other.

4. To maintain ECC necessary items checks and report.

5. To carry out / coordinate pre emergency activities for preparedness.

Traffic / Security Incharge:

1. Maintain list of number of contractor employees, visitors present on site.

2. On hearing the siren inform fire team about location and accompany proceed to the

site of incident along with all the security personnel with the exception of essential at

the gate.

3. Control the traffic movement in the factory premises cordon off area as required.

4. Removed unauthorized and untrained person from the scene of incident and instruct

them to report at assembly point.

5. Help fire rescue evacuation team for control.

6. Not to allow entry / exit without permission of IC/SMC.

7. Keep gate clear for emergency site vehicle tender from outside.



Fire Team Incharge:

On hearing the siren report to incident site and keep contact with ECC Coordination with

fire station security IC and from fire squad.

1. Organizing fire squad and arrange to extinguish the fire / control the incident with

the help of trained personnel.

2. Take charge of fire hydrant pump room and see that fire pump will work as required.

3. Provide additional hoses branch pipe foam compound and spray nozzles to fire

squad.

4. Provide all necessary help / direction to fire / gas control squad.

5. Inform SMC / IC if need of mutual aid is required.

6. To maintain fire protection system apparatus in working condition

Leak /Spill Control Incharge:

Production & Maintenance Team: On hearing the siren, report to ECC and or incident

site IC.

1. Follow instruction from incident controller / SMC.

2. Organize squad to control spreading of pollution into atmosphere act.

3. Inform SMC / IC if need of mutual aid is required.

Transport Incharge:

Security & Dispatch Team

1. Arrange transport for evacuated person to shift to outside shelter.

2. On being informed about the incident proceed to the emergency control center.

3. Take charge of all transport vehicles available on site and keep driver ready.

4. Arrange to transfer causalities to nearest hospital.

5. Co ordinate with the SMC and follow his instructions.

6. To maintain arrangement of transport.

Mechanical Aid Incharge:

1. On being informed about the incident proceed to the Emergency Control Center.

2. Follow instruction of IC.

3. Ensure that emergency engineering services are in working condition.

4. Render all engineering help to the IC in controlling the incident.

5. Arrange provide help for heavy vehicle as per requirement.



First Aid Medical Treatment Incharge :

Train First Aider & Male Nurse.

1. On being informed about the incident proceed to the scene of incident and report to

ECC / OHC.

2. Take charge of Ambulance OHC.

3. Arrange to give first aid and maintain record.

4. Decide for further treatment & co ordinate with transport incharge & keep record.

5. Assess need of extra medical Ambulance help & co ordinate with IC / SMC.

6. Maintain arrangement of OHC Ambulance.

Telephone Communication Incharge:

1. On being informed about the incident proceed to the emergency control center.

2. Take charge of all external telephones.

3. Received inward message and keep record of it.

4. Arrange and make one or two lines free for inward message.

5. Inform emergency services and make them alert to come on second call, Also keep

record of all outward message on separate paper.

6. Also record any emergency message for mutual aid in specified format in detail.

7. Follow instruction from SMC/ IC.

Public Address System Incharge:

DCS Operation Person. For communication of emergency to neighboring industries.

1. On being informed / aware of the emergency, take charge of public address system.

2. On declaration of major emergency start P.A system to inform neighboring

industries about evacuation first aid and precautionary measures to be followed for

chlorine leakage or fire (Downwind area).

3. Utilize mutual aid arrangement for quick action.

Evacuation Incharge:

1. On declaration of major emergency arrange and supervise transport to evacuate

person to downwind area using safe escape route.

2. Utilize mutual aid arrangement for quick action.

3. Keep contact with SMC / IC for quick action related to weather condition.

Person Affected Area:

Team handling this area has:

1. Do as directed by SMC / IC.



2. Continue to handle the emergency as per the laid down practice and codes and

guided by incident controller.

3. Stop all permits.

4. Remove unwanted person from affected area to the nearest safe assembly point.

5. Stop all non essential operation.

Person Non Affected Area:

They have:

1. Promptly relieve the essential workers / key personnel and direct them to rush to

scene of incident ECC.

2. Those employees who may be in canteen or any other place on hearing the alarm

has:

3. Immediately rush back to their work area.

4. Act as per the instructions of the incident controller.

5. All the employees have confined themselves at the in place of work and wait for

further instructions.

6. Take adequate steps to safeguard important document in case their area is likely to

affect.

7. Contractor employees have stop their work and report at the assembly point.

Member of Emergency Action Team:

Members of emergency action team are working in shift and available round the clock

inside factory premises, ten members of above team will work as emergency response

team during the shift.

To provide urgent help in the affected area emergency response team will come in action

after on-site emergency declaration. They will:

1. On hearing of first siren keep alert, locate place of incident look for wind direction

keep BA Set ready.

2. On hearing of second siren of advised proceed to the scene of incident with BA Set.

3. Help incident controller in emergency control activity like fire, gas leak rescue,

search and evacuation operations as per the need and instruction of IC / SMC.

6.6.3.4 ESSENTIAL WORKERS

Essential Workers are those who are trained in Fire Fighting, First Aid, Rescue &

Salvage. Supervisors, Operators & technicians from production dept. are designated as



E.W.’s & are supposed to report at EMERGENCY SITE to take instructions from I.C. or

Dy. I.C. Such work instructions will include:

• Fire fighting and spill control till a Fire Brigade takes the charge.

• To help the Fire Brigade and mutual aid teams, if it is so required.

• Shutting down plant and making it safe.

• Emergency engineering work e.g. isolating equipment, material process,

providing temporary by-pass lines, safe transfer of materials, urgent repairing or

replacement, electrical work, etc.

• Provision of emergency power, water, lighting, instruments, equipments,

materials, etc.

• Movement of equipment, special vehicle and transport to or from the scene of the

accident.

• Search, evacuation, rescue and welfare.

• The injured is given First Aid.

• Moving tankers or other vehicles from area of risk.

• Carrying out atmospheric test and pollution control.

• Manning of assembly points to record the arrival of evacuated personnel.

Manning for outside shelters and welfare of evacuated persons there.

• Assistance at causalities reception areas to record details of causalities.

• Assistance at communication centers to handle out going and in coming calls and

to act as messengers if necessary.

• Manning of works entrances in liaison with the police to direct emergency

vehicles entering the work, to control traffic leaving the works and to turn away

or make alternative safe arrangements for visitors, contractors and other traffic

arriving at the works.

• Informing surrounding factories and the public as well as directed by the Site

Main Controller.

• Any special help required.



OTHER ELEMENTS OF DMP:

6.6.3.5 ASSEMBLY POINT

In affected & vulnerable plants, all nonessential workers (who are not assigned any

emergency duty) will be evacuated from the area & they have report to specified

Assembly Points. Assembly Points are located at a safe place i.e. one near Security Main

Gate and 2nd In front of Boiler Coal Shed , well away from area of risk and least affected

by the down wind direction.

To ensure that workers do not have to approach the affected area to reach the Assembly

Point, proper location and numbers have been marked at Assembly Points. Each

Assembly Point is manned by a nominated person to record the names and dept. At each

Assembly Point, duties of Assembly Point In-charge are displayed in brief. Before

reaching an Assembly Point or subsequently, if it is required to pass through an affected

area or due to presence of toxic substances, suitable PPE's including respirators, helmet

etc., are issued & made available with workers.

6.6.3.6 EMERGENCY CONTROL CENTER

The Emergency Control Center is the place or room from where the operations to handle

the emergency are directed and coordinated. Security Gate and Factory Manager Office

has been earmarked/identified as the Emergency Control Room.

Telephone and other facilities required with necessary documents are displayed in ECC

for ready reference. ECC has been operated by Site Main Controller, key personnel and

Senior Officers of the Fire, Police, Factory Inspectorate, District Authorities and

Emergency Services.

The ECC center is equipped with the following facilities.

1. Internal and external telephone including STD facility

2. Telephone directory/ Telephone nos. of mutual aid centers

3. Factory Layout showing evacuation plan, fire fighting arrangements,

emergency control centre, location of assembly points, etc.

4. First Aid

5. Gate pass book

6. Muster roll of Workers

7. Work permit book



8. Identicard register

9. Copy of ON SITE/ OFF SITE PLAN

10. Stationeries like- note book, pen, pencils etc

11. SCBA Sets

12. Sand Buckets & Hydrant Network

13. Adequate numbers of PPE's (like dust mask, safety dress, PVC hand gloves,

Full Face piece respirator with 3M cartridge, helmet, goggles, etc)

6.6.3.7 FIRE CONTROL ARRANGEMENTS (FIRE FIGHTING, GAS LEAK

CONTROL AND RESCUE OPERATION)

A) Role of Manager (Fire and Safety) / Shift In-Charge (Fire & Safety)

1. Incident Controller directs the fire fighting and Emergency operation. His duties

include…

2. Keep the constant touch with the SMC / Incharge - EHS.

3. Direct the crew members to the scene of emergency and arrange replenishment of

Manpower / equipment / extinguishing media etc.

B) Role of EHS Representative:

1. On being notified about the location of fire/ gas leakage, he immediately proceeds to

the help.

2. Decides his line of action in consultation with Incident controller and takes appropriate

measures to handle the emergency.

3. Assessing the severity of the incident, immediately report to emergency controller

about the gravity of the situation.

4. He assess the extra requirement required if any, from the neighboring industry.

C) Fire crew members

1. On hearing fire alarm, emergency siren they immediately reports to control room and

proceed to the scene of emergency and work under the direction of IC/ Dy IC.

2. The personal availability at the scene of incident to be made optimize.

D) Emergency Squad Members

1. On hearing Emergency Siren, they immediately reports to site main controller, safety

in charge or incident controller.



2. They have combated the emergency situation as per the direction of site main

controller, safety in charge or incident controller.

3. They help for safe evacuation.

6.6.3.8 MEDICAL SERVICES

The roles of Medical officers are as follows;

(a) He will report immediately to the SMC/IC.

(b) He will render necessary treatment, at Occupational Health Center.

(c) He will arrange for Hospitalization and Treatment at outside hospitals, if required.

(d) He will mobilize in getting the services of External medical agencies, other Para –

medical services etc. and transportation services etc.

(e) He will arrange for extra medical assistance/antidotes, from out, if required.

(f) He will arrange for first-aid trained volunteers for necessary help.

(g) He will liaise with the Government Health Authorities for treatment of the affected

persons nearby.

6.6.3.9 Role of Security In-Charge (Security Officer)

• On hearing the emergency siren, he has find out the location of the incident (fire / gas

leak / spill / explosion) and inform the location of the same to the key personnel

coming to the plant.

• He will depute the security guards for managing gates and traffic control at the

incident site & send remaining guards to the site of incident.

• He will prevent unauthorized entry in to the site

• He will render assistance as demanded by the safety in-charge.

• He will mobilize additional security force for help, if required.

• He will direct ambulance(s) and emergency vehicle(s) to the scene of incident.

• He will help evacuate persons within the scene of incident.

• As directed by the site main controller, he may be required to address the public of

surrounding villages for warning / evacuation.



6.6.3.10 Role of Mutual-Aid Members

• Company has Mutual Aid with various nearby factories (UPL, Ganesh Polychem

Limited, Alchemie, BILAG Industries Ltd., Nascent Chemical industries Ltd., Micro

Inks Ltd., VECC) and GIDC fire station & Aarti Industries Ltd., etc.

• On receiving the call, they has proceed immediately with fire squad & fire tenders.

• They will be guided to the place of the incident by the main gate security guard.

• The fire squad in-charge will report to the safety in-charge of the unit in which the

incident has occurred.

6.6.3.11 OTHER ARRANGEMENTS

Other arrangements include external transport (transport centre), heavy vehicles

(sarigam), lift/cranes (sarigam), Utilities, generator sets to supply emergency power,

environment monitoring equipment, special instruments/equipments, rescue items etc. is

made available from sarigam or near by locations, when available resources do not meet

the requirements.

STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE (FOLLWED DURING EMERGENCY)

• As soon as emergency alarm is heard, all essential workers have report to IC or SMC.

• They have carefully listen to the instructions given by IC or SMC

• According to the type of emergency/accident, they have got equipped with PPE/Fire

fighting equipment and devices.

• The runner among the workers has informed SMC/IC and key personnel if they are

not at site.

• The messenger amongst the workers has deliver messages to nearby units as per the

instructions of SMC/IC.

• The in-charge of medical arrangements has prepared first-aid and other required

facilities for the injured.

• The other essential workers try to control the emergency as per the instructions given

to IC.

• IC would keep SMC informed about the status of control measures being taken at the

site and ask for other requirements e.g. Mutual aid, equipment etc. if he find

necessary.



• SMC would co-ordinate with outside agencies regarding control measures being

taken, need for external help, evacuation, medical treatment etc.

6.6.4 COMMMUNICATION SYSTEM

Communication System is a Crucial Factor while handling emergency. Company has quick

& effective Communication System through which, any situation, which can lead to

emergency, can be informed or known to…

i. All persons working inside the plant.

ii. Key Personnel outside during normal working hours & during off-duty hours.

iii. Outside emergency services, Statutory and Local Authorities and

iv. Neighboring facilities and public leaving in vicinity.

Each and every section, Plant & Department of the Factory is connected by internal

telephones with SMC, Supervisor or IC’s. External Phone at Office and Residence is also

being made available with Key Personnel and top executive of the factory. The

Communication System has begins with raising the alarm declaring the emergency,

Telephone messages and Procedure to communicate the emergency to other persons &

General Public.

List of external telephone nos. of important agencies like: District Collector &

Magistrate, Police Commissioner, Director of Industrial Safety & Health, GIDC Fire

Brigade, Vapi Emergency Control Centre, Vapi Industries Association, L.G.Haria Rotary

Hospital, Janseva Vapi, Surya Vapi, Pant Eye Hospital - Vapi, Usha - Vapi, etc. is made

available to be used in case of an emergency.

6.6.4.1 RAISING THE ALARM

As soon as incident takes place inside the factory and is noticed by someone, the first step

has to raise the nearest manual emergency bell to alert the nearby people. Next, he/she

has informs the security persons to raise the emergency siren located at 2 different

locations i.e. Above side on pipeline rack of ammonia recovery plant & 2nd Between

boiler and ammonia storage yard RCC road side.

There is siren system available to warn neighbouring factories about major toxic release.

Sirens are tested daily to check its readiness. UPS power is available to siren incase of

power failure. The security personnel sound the siren.



The alarm sound informs the I.C and the S.M.C that an emergency has been created and

emergency organization is to be activated. The I.C. rush to the site and have takes charge

of the scene.

6.6.4.2 DECLARING THE MAJOR EMERGENCY

Major emergency is declared after sufficient and thorough check because the declaration

of major emergency puts many agencies on action and it may disturb the running system,

which may be Costly at, time or its Consequence may be Serious. Therefore, major

emergency must not be decided on whims or immature judgment or without proper

thought. Looking to all the above, we have nominated the persons (SMC: Director &

Production Manager) who can declare the emergency; we have selected them on the basis

of their knowledge & experience. These persons are technically qualified and

experienced. The decision about major emergency is taken as early as possible and

without wasting time so that control action can be started immediately.

6.6.4.3 TELEPHONE MESSAGES

A Telephone operator who is precise, sharp, attentive and quick in receiving and noting

the message and subsequently effective in further Communication, has been appointed. A

form to record emergency telephone calls is available with telephone operator or Person

available in Emergency Control Center, who records such calls during emergency.

Telephonic messages are given out by the telephone operator to Site main Controller and

key personnel as per the instructions of the Incident Controller. Telephonic messages are

also given to authorities and external agencies to describe the type of emergency. All

details of emergency are collected/delivered according to this format, available with the

telephone operator.

6.6.4.4 COMMUNICATION OF EMERGENCY & STATUTORY INFORMATION

COMMUNICATION OF EMERGENCY

An effective system to communicate emergency has been made to communicate about

the emergency situation as mentioned below:

• Inside the factory i.e. workers including key personnel and essential workers, on duty

& inside during normal working hours.

• To key personnel and essential workers not on duty and outside during normal

working hours.

• To the outside emergency services and the Government authorities.



• To the neighboring factory & the General Public in the vicinity.

STATUTORY INFORMATION

a) Information to Workers

Set of Statutory information regarding types of hazards and their prevention and control

as directed in the Factories Act is prepared by the unit. This information is printed in the

local language and given in the form of booklet to all workers including contract workers.

b) To the outside emergency services and District Emergency Authority

Statutory information in the form of booklet is given to outside emergency services and

authorities, if required.

c) To neighboring firms, general public & Factory Inspectorate

Statutory information in the form of booklet is given to neighbouring units and the

general public of the villages in the vicinity of the unit, if required.

6.7 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH & SAFETY.

M/s. Aarti Industries Ltd. (Amine Division) has prepared the Occupational Health

Surveillance Programme for its existing facility. The same programme have updated (if

required) after the expansion, to cover new plants or facilities. The details of the existing

programme are described in the following sections.

6.7.1 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH

Occupational health needs attention both during construction & erection and operation &

maintenance phases. However, the problem varies both in magnitude and variety in the

above phases.

6.7.2 HOSPITAL FACILITIES

Company has made formal agreements with nearby hospital (i.e. L.G.Haria Rotary

Hospital, Janseva Vapi, Surya Vapi, Pant Eye Hospital - Vapi, Usha - Vapi) having

facilities to attend fire and toxic effect cases for attending the affected persons in the

emergency arising out of accidents, if any.

One ambulance is available round the clock in the factory to transport the victim/injured

person from the factory to the nearby hospital. Ambulance is equipped with Stretcher,

First aid box, Oxygen Cylinder, Mask, etc.



6.7.3 FACTORY MEDICAL OFFICER/OHC

A qualified doctor has been appointed as FMO Dr. Dollar on retainership basis (i.e twice

in a week). Apart from him, Paramedical Staff has also been employed. Adequate no. of

employees are trained in First aid.

Proposed Facility To Be Made Available At OHC

A Room has been provided to be operated as OHC. The centre is equipped with

following medical equipments:—

1. Examination Table

2 Dressing Tables For performing Dressing

3. Glucometer For measurement of Blood Sugar

4 Vision chart To evaluate vision acuity

5. Nebuliser For relieving coughs & Breathing Difficulty

6. Infra red light for relieving muscular pain

7. Suction machine For cleaning airway

8. Autoclave machine For sterilizing cotton &dressing material

9. Weighing Machine For measuring body weight

10. Medical Oxygen Cylinder kit

11. Sphygmomanometer To measure blood pressure

12. Refrigerator To preserve medicines

13. Thermometer

6.7.4 PERIODIC MEDICAL EXAMINATION

Periodic Medical Examination is being conducted as per the following schedule;

Workers employed are examined by a Qualified Medical Practitioner/ Factory Medical

Officer, in the following manner:

(a) Before employment, to ascertain physical fitness of the person;

(b) During employment, once in a period of 6 months, to ascertain physical fitness of

the person to do the particular job;

Medical examinations are then documented in Form no.: 32 & 33 and maintained.

Worker health reports are attached as Annexure – XXII.



6.7.5 DETAILS OF OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH IMPACTS AND SAFETY

HAZARDS

Occupational Hazards

• Exposure to Toxic Chemicals.

• Exposure to Flammable Solvents.

• Fire due to Static charge generation

• Slip/trip, fall, electric shock, etc.

• Spillage/leakage,

• Overflow,

• Exposure to Corrosive Chemicals.

Occupational Health Impacts

• Toxication, Irritation,

• Fall Injury, Electrocution,

• Body Injury, Burns, Skin sensitization,

• Severe irritation to eyes & skin,

• Respiratory disorder,

• Damage to nearby equipments,

• Fatality, etc

Mitigation measures/Safety Measures proposed to avoid the human health hazards are

mentioned under section 6.5. Personal protective equipments like Helmet, Safety shoes/

Gumboots Hand gloves, Gas Mask / Nose Mask, PVC apron, SCBA Set, PVC pressure

suit, Bobble hood are also provided to the required personnel.

These hazards are identified by means of various safety studies like HIRA, Job Safety

Analysis, HAZOP, Work Permit System, Management of Change procedure, Procedure

for incident investigation for all type of incidents , etc. These studies are conducted as

per the requirement.

6.7.6 ACTION PLAN FOR THE IMPLEMENTATION OF OHS STANDARDS AS

PER OSHAS/USEPA

The action plan for implementation of OHS standards has been formulated on the

guidelines issued by Bureau of Indian Standards on OH&S Management Systems: IS

18001:2000 Occupational Health and Safety Management Systems. Company has

acquired certification of ISO 9001 : 2008..

6.7.7 MEASURES ADOPTED BY COMPANY TO KEEP AIR BORNE

CONCENTRATION OF HAZARDOUS CHEMICALS BELOW PEL:

Each workplace is evaluated. Air-borne concentration of toxic chemicals is measured and

records are kept. It has been found that, the exposure levels air borne concentration of

hazardous chemicals are below PEL.

For purpose of measuring worker exposure across a single shift, a reasonably accurate

exposure measuring device (Alarms will be configured at TLV value) has been placed



within the worker’s breathing zone, and have it operates for the full shift. Company

studies the exposure data when the plant is operative.

To avoid mixing of hazardous chemicals in air; leak surveys are conducted every 15

days. LDR (Leak Detection and Rectification) program has been designed for early

detection of leakages of hazardous chemicals and to rectify leakages.

Flange/Ferrule joints, pipelines, transfer lines, etc. are checked on regular basis for

maintenance purpose.

Regular maintenance checkup are carried out for pumps, equipment, instruments

handling toxic and corrosive chemicals.

PPEs like Air mask, Berating canisters, SCBA sets, On-line breathing apparatus are kept

available at the places where there is possibility of presence of toxic chemicals.

The ambient monitoring devices (portable) with alarm for leakage of hazardous

chemicals are available.

Third party environment monitoring is in practice.

Portable detectors are available SO2, Ammonia. HCl, Chlorine, H2S etc.

Explosimeter meter and Oxygen meter are also available.

Noise meter is also available.

There is volume level indication with alarm and trips for bulk toxic storages.

The interlocks, alarms and trip systems are tested on quarterly basis.

6.7.8 WORK ZONE MONITORING ARRANGEMENTS FOR HAZARDOUS

CHEMICALS

Work zone monitoring is carried out by independent competent third party every month.

Records are kept in Form No. 37 as per Gujarat Factories Rules. Locations for samplings

are identified. Samples are analyzed for Air borne concentration of hazardous chemicals

in ppm.

Work zone monitoring report (Form No. 37) are attach as annexure – XIX.

Following information is incorporated in the format for maintaining records of work zone

monitoring:

Location/Operation monitored

Identified contaminant

Sampling instrument used



Number of Samples

Range of contaminant concentration as measured in sample

Average concentration

TWA concentration of contaminant (As given in Second Schedule of Factories Act)

Reference method used for analysis

Number of workers exposed at the location being monitored

Signature of the person taking samples

Other relevant details

6.7.9 Health Status Evaluation of Workers (Exposure specific)

1. It is proposed that management will device a plan to check and evaluate the

exposure specific health status evaluation of workers. Annual report of heath

status of workers with special reference to Occupational Health and Safety is

maintained.

2. Workers will be checked for physical fitness with special reference to the

possible health hazards likely to be present, where he/she is being expected to

work before being employed for that purpose. Basic examinations like

Liver Function tests, chest X-ray, Audiometry, Spirometry Vision testing (Far &

Near vision, color vision and any other ocular defect) ECG, etc. will be carried

out. However, the parameters and frequency of such examination will be decided

in consultation with Factory Medical Officer and Industrial Hygienists.

3. While in work, all the workers will be periodically examined for the health with

specific reference to the hazards which they are likely to be exposed to during

work. Health evaluation will be carried out considering the bodily functions

likely to be affected during work. The parameters and frequency of such

examination will be decided in consultation with Factory Medical Officer and

Industrial Hygienists. Plan of monthly and yearly report of the health status of

workers with special reference to Occupational Health and Safety, will be

maintained.

Medical fitness certificate of employee (Form No. 33) and Worker health reports are

attached as Annexure – XXII.



6.7.10 ACTION PLAN FOR SAFE HANDLING & SAFETY SYSTEM

Action Plan for Safe Handling of Hazardous Chemicals:

1. Manual Handling is eliminated or replaced by fork lifts, cranes, hoists, pallet

trucks, etc.

2. Appropriate PPEs are used.

3. Lifting tools & tackles are used, wherever required.

4. Do’s and Don’ts for strengthening the safety system is being practiced.

5. SOPs, work instructions are followed.

6. Training is being provided to relevant staff, operators, workers for the risk

associated with handling of hazardous chemicals, ways to overcome those risk,

etc.

Action Plan for Safety System:

Following action plan for Safety System has been implemented:

SAFETY ORGANIZATION/COMMITTEE

Qualified and experienced safeties officers are appointed together constitute a safety

committee and meetings are held at least once in a quarter. Safety Saturday meeting is

also organized sometimes to share the problem or suggestions, if any. The responsibilities

of the committee include identification of the hazardous conditions and unsafe acts of

workers and advice on corrective actions, conduct safety audit, organize training

programs and provide professional expert advice on various issues related to occupational

safety and health.

Safety organization is responsible to ensure compliance of Safety Rules/ Statutory

Provisions. Safety Organization organizes Safety contests like Safety Slogan, Quiz,

Safety Poster, safety Speech by individual, Safety Exhibition, etc. to educate the staff,

workers, operators on safety aspects. Employees, contractor employees and their

representatives are properly informed of their rights and process hazard analyses.

SAFETY CIRCLE

In order to fully develop the capabilities of the employees in identification of hazardous

processes and improving safety and health, safety circle is also constituted. The circle

would consist of about three to four employees. The circle normally meets for about an

hour every week.



SAFETY TRAINING

Company has made a policy of identifying the Safety Training Needs at different

positions/levels. Safety trainings are arranged by Safety deptt. in consultation with the

plant/area in-charge and the Occupier and some times external faculty is also deputed for

the same. One day training on safety induction is arranged for each category of new

employee.

In addition to regular employees, limited contract labors are also allowed to attend safety

training. To create safety awareness, safety films are shown to workers and leaflets are

distributed. Training programmes cover plant safety rules and hazard communication,

safety aspects, BBS, etc. Bulletins on health awareness are circulated through mails. A

visit to safety institutes/organizations is also arranged. The man days and man-hours used

in safety training are recorded. Safety training calendar is devised for one year. It is also

ensured that the given training works in the proper safe direction.

6.7.11 PLAN AND FUND ALLOCATION TO ENSURE THE OCCUPATIONAL

HEALTH & SAFETY OF ALL CONTRACT AND CASUAL WORKERS

Company has prepared Safety Plan and implemented for the existing project activity.

Also, management has allotted enough funds to ensure the occupational health & safety

of all contract & causal workers and also allotted a special budget for employee’s

appreciation for proactive and rescue operations. The same has followed for the

expansion facilities also. Details of the same are as follows:

• To allocate sufficient resources (like PPEs) to maintain safe and healthy conditions

of work;

• To take steps to ensure that all known safety factors are taken into account in the

design, construction, operation and maintenance of plants, machinery and

equipment;

• Daily briefing/ safety instructions are given by security at main gate,

• Daily checking of helmet and shoes is done by security at gate,

• Tool Box Talk by plant personnel before start up of work, like informing

employees about materials, equipment or processes used in their work which are

known to be potentially hazardous to health or safety;

• To keep all operations and methods of work under regular review for making

necessary changes from the point of view of safety in the light of experience and up

to date knowledge;



• To provide appropriate facilities for first aid and prompt treatment of injuries and

illness at work;

• To provide appropriate instruction, training, retraining and supervision to

employees in health and safety, first aid and to ensure that adequate publicity is

given to these matters;

• To ensure proper implementation of fire prevention methods and an appropriate fire

fighting service together with training facilities for personnel involved in this

service;

• To organize collection, analysis and presentation of data on accident, sickness and

incident involving people injury or injury to health with a view to take corrective,

remedial and preventive action;

• To organize safety programs, celebrating safety week, safety competitions during

safety week, etc.;

• To promote through the established machinery, joint consultation in health and

safety matters to ensure effective participation by all employees;

• To publish/notify regulations, instructions and notices in the common language of

employees;

• To prepare separate safety rules for each type of occupation/processes involved in a

plant; and

• To ensure regular safety inspection by a competent person at suitable intervals of

all buildings, equipments, work places and operations.

6.7.12 ARRANGEMENTS FOR ENSURING HEALTH AND SAFETY OF

WORKERS ENGAGED IN HANDLING OF TOXIC MATERIALS

As discussed in previous clauses, company has made various plans & arrangements to

ensure health and safety of workers engaged in handling of toxic materials. Summary of

the same is as follows:

• Each workplace is being evaluated for the existing work conditions.

• Unsafe Act & Unsafe Practices are identified.

• Unsafe equipments, unsafe areas, etc., are identified.

• First Aid Injuries are minimized to zero

• Environmental Incidents & Chemical exposures are minimized.

• Area is checked for proper Ventilation and Illumination.



• Air-borne concentration of toxic chemicals are measured, mitigation measures are

followed to keep them under PEL and the same is documented.

• Periodic Medical checkup & Health evaluation is being done.

• Adequate funds are allotted for the Safety Management System.

Company has obtained integrated Management System certification ISO 9001:2008 is

attached as Annexure- XXI.

Medical fitness certificate of employee in the factory of hazardous process and operation

as per Gujarat factory rules 88 T and 102 (F.N. 33) and copy of medical checkup are

attached as Annexure XXII.

6.7.13 TOXIC MANAGEMENT PLAN

The details of Toxic Chemical (i.e. Anhydrous Ammonia) that is going to be used in the

process, along with their storage qty., mode of storage, hazards associated, mode of

transportation, safety precautions followed & hazardous properties are described under

table 6.2 A & B.

Toxic Management Plan has been prepared to identify sources of toxic organics in the

facility drains, air, etc., and describe controls necessary to ensure that these chemicals are

not intentionally or accidentally discharged in the facility wastewater/drainsystem,

environment and further recommendations are suggested and implemented, if existing

controls are not adequate enough.

This plan includes the following items at a minimum, which is followed:

• Identification of processes where process wastewater is discharged; or fumes are

released in to the environment;

• Identifying the Toxic Chemicals entering into the plant, waste waters/sewers or

environment (through sampling and analysis);

• Noting the methods of disposal other than dumping, the possible leak/release

points, etc.;

• Identifying the administrative or engineering controls provided to prevent leaks or

accidental discharge of toxic chemical (i.e. by chemical approval, training, process

safety review, spill control, safety awareness, etc.)



• Recommendations are suggested by the team doing this activity, if existing controls

are found not adequate enough & is then planned to implement the same to comply

with this plan.

Apart from this, other safety practices followed to comply this plan are:

• Awareness training program for the safe handling of toxic chemicals, safety

precautions, emergency measures to be taken in case of leakage or spillage, etc., is

imparted to all the workers and staff.

• Their MSDS are made available at work place for easy reference.

• The effluent stream containing toxic chemical will be treated with oxidizing agents,

if possible.

• Please refer: pt.: 6.5 for safety precautions/measures followed during

Transportation, Storage & Handling, Existing Safety Measures for Ammonia, etc.

6.7.14 TREATMENT OF WORKERS AFFECTED BY ACCIDENTAL SPILLAGE

CHEMICAL.

Based on a survey of possible injuries/effects by accidental spillage of chemical, a

procedure for treatment of affected workers/staff/operators has been established:

If possible, first aid treatment is given by the trained first aiders of the company:

• Personnel is taken away from the affected area, if possible to do so safely,

• Contaminated clothes, PPEs, etc., are removed,

• Adequate ventilation is provided,

• Administering oxygen or artificial respiration, if required,

• Immediate first aid, such as eye splashing, cleansing of wounds and skin, and

bandaging,

• Giving Antidote treatment, medicines, applying creams, etc., if possible,

Immediate reporting to a responsible designated person,

Rapid additional medical care from medical personnel, if the given (First Aid)

treatment is not adequate for the affected person.

Workers are examined by a qualified medical practitioner or factory medical officer

or rushed to the nearest hospital,

The worker is either admitted, or treated by the Doctor and remedial action given

by them is implemented strictly.



6.7.15 MOCK DRILLS

To evaluate the effectiveness of emergency preparedness and to spread the awareness

among employees mock drill is carried out at the interval of every three months.

After completion of the mock drill, summary report is made and corrections are made if

any weakness has been observed.

FREQUENCY OF MOCK DRILLS:

• On-site emergency : Once every 6 months

• Off-site emergency : Once every year



CHAPTER – 7

PROJECT BENEFITS

The project has multiple benefits. The large number of product will be exported to

various countries. This will result in foreign exchange earning. Also the proposed

products are sulfone derivatives unit and will be engaged in developing, manufacturing

specialty fine chemicals and transferring technical knowledge. The products manufacture

by the unit find application in manufacture of specialized dyes and pigments. The market

for dyes and pigments is ever increasing. The project will fulfil the domestic requirement

of dyes and pigment industry.

The project will give direct employment to another around 148 people. Also there will be

indirect/ supporting business development. This will result in increase social upliftman of

the community.

The company is committed for contribution of funds and provides the services for the

upliftment of local community in the nearby villages. The different activities to be

undertaken by the company are mentioned in this chapter.

The group is known for several corporate social responsibility activities. It is already

providing educational, medicinal and community welfare facilities. The group will

discuss with local government administration and Vapi industries association for

identifying various projects.

7.1 CORPORATE SOCIAL RESPONSIBILITY ACTIVITIES

• Programs for environmental education and public participation shall be developed

with the help of visual aids to create awareness about the activities.

• It has been planned to sponsor to the educational institutes.

• The proponents have also planned to provide training to the ladies for livelihood

enhancement projects.

• Periodic health check up camps shall be organized by the project authority for

workers families and surrounding localities.

• Unit will be planning for rainwater harvesting in village.

• In order to increase the aesthetic environment, road side plantation program shall be

carried out.



• Annual get–together and rewards for school children from identified villages who

have shown brilliance in education, sports, cultural activities etc. will be arranged.

7.2 OTHER TANGIBLE BENEFITS

The unit does contribute towards improving their quality of life since the end users of

products are industries ranging from Intermediates for Dyes industry & Pigments

industry to Pesticides industry and pharmaceuticals - markets that are critical to long-term

sustainability. By supplying high quality and good value products to customers, the unit

indirectly helps people to have access to better medicines, fertilizers and diverse items of

daily use.

7.3 EMPLOYMENT POTENTIAL

There will be increase in the employment facilities due to the upcoming project like

• There will be employment opportunity for local people during construction and operation phase.

• The Unit will use latest STATE OF ART technology. Thus man power will be exposed to new technology.

• There will be employment opportunity for local people during construction and operation phase.

7.4 ACTION PLAN FOR BUDGETARY ALLOCATION

The unit has planned to spend 5 % of the total cost of the proposed project (Rs.1500


Lakhs used in the CSR activities. Budgetary allocation is given in Table 7.1.

TABLE: 7.1

BUDGETARY ALLOCATION FOR CSR ACTIVITIES

Sr. No.

Activity Fund Earmarked For Activity

Time Schedule

1. Training to unskilled workers. Rs. 20 Lakhs 5 Years 2. Encouraging school children by way of

rewards/scholarships & Sponsorship for Educational Institute’s.

Rs. 25 Lakhs 5 Years

3. Road side tree plantation and garden development.


4. Health awareness and support to needed people.


TOTAL 75 Lakhs 5 Years



CHAPTER – 8

ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

8.1 INTRODUCTION

Environmental protection is an issue that no organization can neglect and hope to survive.

The key to the success of the integrated approach to pollution prevention and control is

the management and operation of the organization. Effective committed management

delivers a successful industry. A total commitment to the environment, not just for

compliance with legal or regulatory compliance will be the essence of environment

management of an industry. Many companies have recognized the benefits of

implementing an effective environmental management system.

8.2 AIM AND OBJECTIVE

The aim of environment management plan is to conserve natural resources and water,

to prevent pollution of environment, to ensure effectiveness of control measures and

monitoring program, to ensure safety, welfare and good health of worker, to

minimize generation of waste.

The objectives of EMP are as under:

• Pollution will be prevented or reduced at the source,

• Pollution that can not be prevented will be recycled in to the system,

• Pollution that can not be prevented or recycled will be subjected for recovery of

chemicals using best technologies,

• Pollution that can not be prevented or recycled or recovered will be treated in

environmentally safe manner, and

• Disposal and other releases into the environment will be used “only as a last resort”

and will be conducted in an environmentally safe manner.



to the same) issued by the MoEF & CC, by providing required information with regards

to the project as mentioned in the Terms of Reference issued by the Industrial committee

of MoEF & CC, New Delhi.



8.3 ENVIRONMENT, HEALTH AND SAFETY (EHS)

It is of utmost concern for a company to conduct its business in a manner that will

promote the protection of the occupational Health & Safety; Welfare of its employees

and others involved in or affected by its business operations and address the

environmental concerns regarding sustainable development.

To be a responsive and responsible corporate citizen, we have strived to achieve an

organizational culture of safety, health and environmental excellence.

As an integral part of the company’s business performance, the company shall declare

full commitment to achieve high levels of performance in Health, Safety and

Environment.

8.4 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

An Environmental Management Plan (EMP) is prepared to mitigate and manage various

environmental impacts identified. The EMP presents the project specific guidelines on:

Environmental management strategies

Specialized engineering construction procedures in relation to environmental guidelines

of the country.

• Spill prevention and control

• Management of wastes and hazardous chemicals

• Air, water and soil quality protection

• Noise control

• Soil erosion control and slope stabilization

• Vegetation, wildlife and habitat protection

• Socio-economic and welfare considerations

• Risk and disaster management plan

• To prepare a checklist for statutory compliance

Due to its complexity and implications, the implementation of the EMP must be executed

utilizing a specific EMS framework. Once an EMP has been approved, it should provide

the basis for environmental considerations of all the activities carried out on the site by

the appointed personnel.



With respect to the various environmental impacts identified during the EIA stage,

mitigation measures to prevent or minimize the impacts are suggested for all the

environmental components.

The environmental management plan for the proposed project aims to mitigate the

potentially detrimental impacts on the environment, both during construction and

operation phases of the project. It is also necessary that continued compliance with

existing environmental regulations is ensured. The construction and associated activities

have been planned so as to minimize impacts on the physical, biological and socio-

economic-cultural environments. Even though it would be naive to expect that all

detrimental impacts can be avoided, it is apparent that most of the impacts will be

localized and temporary in nature.

8.5 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT CELL

Company will ensure to conduct all business operations in compliance with applicable

laws, regulations and standards related to occupational Health, Safety and Environment.

An Environmental Management Cell with adequate professional expertise and resources

shall be established to discharge responsibilities related to environmental management

including statutory compliance, pollution prevention, environmental monitoring, etc. The

EMC will be made responsible for all issues related to environmental management of the

proposed project facilities.

There shall be EHS Manager for overseeing all environment and safety responses to

ensure the implementation of EMP mentioned during construction and operation phase

including findings / recommendations of third party audits and monitoring results as

mentioned in the EMP.

At least one permanent employee with adequate educational and professional

qualification and experience to discharge responsibilities related to environmental

management including statutory compliance, pollution prevention, environmental

monitoring will be employed by company and will directly report to the Director of the

organization operations. Environment management cell/ Hierarchical system is shown in

below Figure 8.1.



FIGURE: 8.1

FLOW DIAGRAM OF ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT CELL

MANAGER - EHS

ENGINEER - EHS

SUPERVISOR - ETP

OPERATOR- ETP



The unit has already developed system of reporting of non-compliances / violations of

environmental norms to the Board of Directors of the company.

When ever such situations come in, which could be detrimental to environmental in that case

shift Incharge directly coordinate with plant manager & DGM Operation. This will ultimately

lead to the highest chain of command which has authority to take decisions. The unit have

develop emergency reporting system is shown in below Figure 8.2.

FIGURE: 8.2

FLOW DIAGRAM OF EMERGENCY REPORTING SYSTEM

Company has obtained Environment Health & Safety policy is attached as annexure- XVIII-

A.

The unit has planned to revise environment policy based on following points to fulfill

corporate environment responsibility.

PROPOSED CORPORATE ENVIRONMENT POLICY:

1. We will abide by the conditions laid down in Environment Clearance.

2. We will follow regulatory frame work of environment rules and regulations.

3. The focus will be for sustainable development. This will be ensured by adopting

cleaner production technology, recycling all waste water, conserving resources and

utilization of Green operations.

4. The stack holders of the company- employees, suppliers, share holders, final product

users, financial institutes and local residents will be regularly informed the

environment performance of the company. Their suggestions and involvement in

environment issues will be encouraged.

5. A manager level person will be employed to supervise day to day operations of

pollution control equipments and related area. The manager will directly report to the

Shift Incharge Plant Manager

DGM Operation

Factory Manager

Ass. Vice President Operation

DIRECTOR



Director. The daily performance report will be circulated amongst in charges of

production, maintenance, quality control and HR department besides executive

Director. Any deviations noticed will be immediately circulated with Red mark

highlighted report. Prompt actions will be sought from all departments.

8.6 ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT PLAN FOR OPERATIONAL

PHASE

Operational activities of the project would be associated with the following potentially

significant environmental impacts. These activities associated with the impacts are listed

here under:

• Domestic waste water disposal,

• Transport of men and material,

• Storage of material and pumping,

• Chemical spills and leaks and Fire / Explosion.

The operational phase activities due to proposed project have the potential to cause long

term environmental impacts. Cumulative impacts due to the air pollution are predicted

using simulation models as discussed in chapter 4.

Several control measures have been incorporated to minimize the generation of wastes

and subsequent environmental impacts during the operational phase. Strict adherence to

these pollution prevention and control measures shall moderate the environmental

impacts to the minimum possible level during operational phase. In general, the

environmental management plan during operational phase of the plant shall be directed to

the following:

• It shall be ensured that all the pollution control / environment management systems are

commissioned before the commencement of operation of the project.

• Wherever possible, the control systems shall be interlinked with the operational units,

so that failure of the control system shall shut down the respective operational unit.

Regular performance evaluation of the control systems shall be undertaken to ensure

their optimum performance.

• Preventive maintenance schedule of the control systems will be matching with that of

the respective operational unit.

• Regular monitoring for various components of environment shall be undertaken to

ensure effective functioning of pollution control measures as well as to safe guard

against any unforeseen changes in environment.



During the operational phase, there will not be any significant impacts on various

environmental components. Hence, the following Management Plan is recommended to

mitigate adverse impacts during operation phase:

8.6.1 MANAGEMENT OF AIR ENVIRONMENT

The emissions from the existing and proposed manufacturing activities are given in

Chapter 2 in section 2.9. The possible sources of flue gas emission and process emission

and fugitive emission are as under.

TABLE: 8.1

DETAILS OF ALL EMISSIONS CONTROL MEASURES

Sr. No.

Source Probable Pollutant Emission

Control Measures/ APCM

FLUE GAS EMISSION

1. Boiler (Coal) (10 TPH)

Air polluant

(SPM, SOX, NOX)

Bag filter, Multi Cyclone and Dust Collector followed by adequate stack height.

2. Boiler

(Coal)

(13 & 25 TPH)

Air polluant

(SPM, SOX, NOX)

Electrostatic Precipitator Separator followed by adequate stack height.

3. Diesel base D.G. set (3 Nos.)

Air polluant

(SPM, SOX, NOX)

Acoustic encloser, Engineering control, Provision of PPE, Green belt.

PROCESS EMISSION

1. Autoclave Reactor & ONA day tank

Air pollutant

(NH3)

Water Scrubbers followed by Sulfuric Acid Scrubber

2. Ammonia Recovery Air pollutant

(NH3)

Water Scrubbers followed by Sulfuric Acid Scrubber

FUGITIVE EMISSION

1. Storage tank of acid Air pollutant (Acid fumes)

• Close handling system • Carry out work place monitoring to

find out concentration level in ambient air

2. Solvent storage tank Air pollutant (VOC)

• Carry out work place area monitoring to find out



Sr. No.

Source Probable Pollutant Emission

Control Measures/ APCM

concentration level in ambient air • Connected with vent condensers

with child brine circulation.

• Close handling system. • Provision of breather valve cum

flame arrester. 3. Solvent recovery

system Air pollutant (VOC)

• Vaccum distillation. • Close handling system

• There will be recovery of more than 97-98% solvent.

4. Handling of raw material bags in storage area

Air pollutant (PM)

• Provision of exhaust ventilation

• Provision of PPE • Provision of Job rotation to reduce

exposure 5. Flange joints of

pipeline, pump & motors

Air pollutant (VOC)

• Routine & periodic inspection to check leakage

• Preventive maintenance, follow SOP for maintenance

• Pumps & motors mechanical seal type

• LDAR program is followed. 6. Solid raw material

transferring to reactor

Air pollutant (PM)

• Hopper are provided with powder transfer system

7. Liquid raw material

transferring to reactor

Air pollutant (VOC, Acid fumes)

• Feeding of liquid raw material is carried out by closed pipeline and mechanical seal pump.

8. Loading /unloading at storage area

Air pollutant

(VOC)

• Unloading through pipeline to tank in a close system.

Regular ambient air quality monitoring will be carried out within premises and near by

area for PM10, PM2.5, SOX, NOX, NH3, CO and VOC in the downwind directions as well

as where maximum ground level concentration are anticipated and record of the same

shall be maintained.

Action plan for other control process & fugitive emissions following measures are

recommended:

A. Provision of mechanical seal in pumps.

B. Regular inspection of tank roof seals.



C. Adequate measures for the minimization/prevention of the fugitive emission.

D. Regular maintenance of valves, pumps and other equipment to prevent leakage.

E. Entire process to be carried out in the closed reactors with proper maintenance of

temperature.

F. Regular periodic monitoring of work area to check the fugitive emission.

G. Adequate stack heights as per the CPCB estimation will be provides at all

locations to reduce GLCs of pollutants.

H. Air Pollution Control System will be installed in the plant.

Monitoring report of flue gas emission & process emission from Regional Office of

Gujarat Pollution Control Board is attached as Annexure – XII-A. Third party monitoring

report is attached as Annexure – XII-B.

8.6.1.1 Electrostatic Precipitator (ESP) for Proposed Boiler (Coal Fired)

Basic Principle of electrostatic precipitator removes particles from the exhaust gas stream

of an industrial process.

Electrostatic precipitator is a filtration devise that removes fine particles like dust and

smoke/gas from a flowing gas using the force of an induced electrostatic charge

minimally impeding the flow of gases through the boiler. Clean gas passes out of the

precipitator and through a stack to the atmosphere. Precipitators typically collect 99.9%

or more of the dust from the gas stream.

The schematic diagram of the ESP system is shown in the below Figure 8.2.



FIGURE: 8.3

DIAGRAM OF ELECTROSTATIC PRECIPITATOR

8.6.1.2 Scrubber system for Autoclave Reactor & ONA day tank

Ammonia gas are generated from autoclave reactor & ONA day tank and rector through

common line and send to the Primary scrubber and Secondary scrubber are shown in the

below diagram/figure.

Primary water scrubber: Un- Ammonia gas coming from Autoclave reactor is scrubbed

in primary water scrubber. Here 80-90% gas is scrubbed through re-circulation of water

and un-reacted gas goes to secondary water scrubber.

Secondary water scrubber: Ammonia gas from plant intermediate vessels vent and un-

reacted gas is scrubbed though again re-circulation of water and un reacted gas goes to

acid scrubber.

Acid scrubber: In acid scrubbing system sucked all un-reacted gas from water scrubbing

system and gas is scrubbed through re-circulation of spent acid solution and remaining



fresh air goes to environment. The schematic diagram of the scrubbing system is shown

in the below Figure 8.3. Details of scrubbing agent shown in below Table: 8.3.

FIGURE: 8.3

DIAGRAM OF SCRUBBER FOR REACTOR & TANK

TABLE: 8.2

DETAILS OF SCRUBBING AGENTS WITH DIMENSION

Sr. No. Name of Air Pollutant

Name of Scrubbing Agent

Name of Scrubbed Product

Scrubber Dimension

Primary water scrubber Tank: 10 KL (Dia 2 X ht 3 mtr) Colum: (Dia 0.6 X ht 3 mtr)

I. Ammonia Water Liquor Ammonia

Secondary water scrubber II. Ammonia Water Liquor Ammonia

Acid scrubber Tank: 2.2 KL (Dia 0.5 X ht 3 mtr) Colum: Packed Colum

III. Ammonia Dilute sulphuric/ Hydrochloric acid

Ammonium sulfate solution



8.6.2 MANAGEMENT OF WASTEWATER ENVIRONMENT

After proposed expansion, total effluent generation will be 148 KL/Day (Existing: 52

KL/Day + Proposed: 96 KL/Day). Existing and proposed industrial effluent will be

treated in unit’s own ETP & STP.




The treatment plant is design based on all products. Also recent monitoring report of

water quality from Regional Office of Gujarat Pollution Control Board is attached as

Annexure – XII-A. Third party monitoring report is attached as Annexure – XII-B.

The description of effluent treatment plant process is given in Chapter-2 in section 2.8.

The detail Treatability study is attached as Annexure – XX.

The selection of RO, MEE & STP system is done and offer is attached as Annexure –

XXI-A, B & C.

Water required for the proposed project will be fulfilled by GIDC water supply system.

Water conservation measures will be taken to explore possibility of reuse/recycle of

water. Process optimization, reduction, reuse and recycle of water will be carried out to

minimize the impact. Rain water harvesting system is not recommended for the unit,

because the unit is located in GIDC estate. Record of water consumption will be

maintained for each usage.

TABLE 8.3

DETAILS OF CONTROL MEASURES FOR EFFLUENT AND SEWAGE GENERATION

Sr. No.

Source Waste Type/Pollution

Control Measures

1. Washing, Boiler Blow Down, Cooling Tower, DM reject.

Effluent • Adequate Effluent treatment plant having primary, secondary and tertiary treatment. Treated waste water will be subjected to R.O. and MEE to achieve to recycle additional quantity of waste water.

• Proper house keeping preventing contamination of ground water & storm water drainage.

• Record of hazardous waste generation during the treatment of waste water and its disposal.

• Water conservation measures will be



taken to explore possibility of reuse/recycle of water.

• Process optimization, reduction, reuse and recycle of water will be carried out to minimize the impact.

• Record of water consumption will be maintained for each usage in future.

2. Domestic uses

Sewage • Sewage sent to Septic/soak pit.

8.6.3 MANAGEMENT OF NOISE ENVIRONMENT

The sources of noise generation will be transportation activities, D.G. set, cooling tower,

plant machinery etc. The unit will take following measures to control noise pollution.

TABLE 8.4

DETAILS OF CONTROL MEASURES FOR NOISE POLLUTION

Sr.

No.

Source Waste Type /

Pollution

Control Measures

1. Transportation activities

Noise pollution • Green belt

• Restriction on transportation between 10 p.m. to 6 a.m.

• Maintain vehicle in good condition. 2. D.G. set Noise pollution • Acoustic Enclosure/silencer,

• Engineering control,

• Provision of PPE, Green belt. 3. Plant / process

area (Pump & Blower)

Noise pollution • Maintain equipment & machines in good working condition.

• Isolated noisy area from other area by distance and if it is not possible than by physical separation or noise proof valve.

• Provide silencer to safety valve, relief valve.

• Provision of PPE.

• Green belt. • Record noise level monitoring of

different places within and outside premises,

• Periodically Audio metric test., • Rotation of work to minimize exposure.

To minimize the noise pollution the unit proposes the following noise control measures:



• Manufacturers / suppliers of major noise generating machines / equipments like

air compressors, feeder pumps, etc. shall be instructed to make required design

modifications wherever possible before supply and installation to mitigate the

noise generation and to comply with the national / international regulatory norms

with respect to noise generation. Periodic maintenance of machinery and vehicles

should be undertaken to reduce the noise impact.

• Noise suppression measures such as enclosures, buffers and / or protective

measures should be provided (wherever noise level is more than 75 dB (A)).

• Employees should be provided with Personal Protective Equipments like earplugs

or earmuffs, wherever required.

• Extensive oiling, lubrication and preventive maintenance will be carried out or the

machineries and equipments to reduce noise generation.

• The selection of any new plant equipment will be made with specification of low

noise levels.

• Areas with high noise levels will be identified and will include prominently

displayed caution boards. The green belt area will be developed within industrial

premises and around the periphery to prevent the noise pollution in surrounding

area.

• Noise monitoring will be carried out to check the efficacy of maintenance

schedules undertaken to reduce noise levels and noise protection measures.

• Good quality digital sound level meter will be in place to monitor noise level.

• The sources of intermittent noise generating equipment (water pumping

equipment, DG set, compressor etc.) will be provided with appropriate acoustic

barriers so that, the noise level within 1 m of these facilities when in operation

will be less than 75 dB (A) to meet stringent MOEF/ CPCB norms.

• Implementation of greenbelt development / landscaping etc. will reduce noise

impacts within the project premises to a great extent.

8.6.4. MANAGEMENT OF LAND ENVIRONMENT

The management plan for this component of environment lays emphasis on development

of greenbelt comprising of appropriately selected species of shrubs and trees. It is

recommended that plantation be made on sites, road sides, around waste treatment units.

Such a development of greenbelt and plantation of shrubs and trees will not only

significantly reduce or mitigate adverse impacts due to aerosols and gaseous pollutants,



noise, odour and nuisance etc, but also serve as shelter belts for avifauna, stabilize and

improve soil permeability and aesthetic environment.

Raw material & Product storage area

The unit will take following control measures to prevent land contamination from raw

material storage and handling.

Raw materials will be stored in M.S tanks, S.S tank, HDPE tanks, HDPE Carboys, HDPE

bags, fiber drums, etc. in sepereate storage room.Product and Raw material storage &

handling are given in Chapter-2 in section 2.3.1 and 2.3.2.

8.6.5 MANAGEMENT OF SOLVENT RECOVERYAND EMISSION CONTROL

• Autoclave/reactor is connected to recovery system.

• There are two H.E. in series to cool down the MCB vapors. Hence, recovery of

above 97%. Thus, no VOC escape is from the solvent recovery.

• Solvents will be store in a separate space specified with all safety measures.

• Solvent handling pump are provide with double mechanical seal type to prevent

leakages.

• Proper earthing will be providing in all the electrical equipment wherever solvent

handling is done.

• Entire plant where solvents are used will be flame proof. The solvent storage

tanks will be provided with breather valve to prevent losses.

8.6.6 MANAGEMENT OF SOLID WASTE & HAZARDOUS WASTE

Waste is an unavoidable byproduct of human activity. Economic development, rapid

urbanization & improved living standards have led to the increase in quantity &

complexity of the waste generated. Proper disposal of waste is essential for preservation

and improvement of public health.

Solid waste management is one of the most essential services for maintaining the quality

of life in the plant and for ensuring better standards of health and sanitation. Solid waste

generated in the plant area can be handled under two main categories, namely domestic

wastes and industrial wastes. Effective measures shall be taken to effectively implement

the solid waste management systems in the plant. Solid waste will be handed over to

authorized vendor for disposal.

The Hazardous wastes shall be handled and disposed as per Hazardous Waste

(Management and Handling) Rules, 2008 & amended in 2016.

The Waste Management plan includes:



• Waste Inventory

• Classification of waste

• Packaging, Storing and Transporting Wastes to Disposal site

• Data Management and Reporting -Personnel Training

• Waste Minimization

Guidelines for Waste Management:

1. Solid waste

• The paper, plastic, insulation waste shall be handed over to authorized TSDF side

for further handling and disposal.

• The Fly ash waste shall be handed over to authorized recycler for further handling

and disposal.

• Reuse of paper, plastic waste and garden waste.

• Planned system for waste collection, segregation and disposal.

2. Hazardous waste

• Hazardous waste will be stored in proper storage room and handed over to

authorized vendor for final disposal.

• The collection, treatment and disposal of hazardous waste will be as per

Hazardous waste (Management and Handling) Rules 2008 & 2016, and hence no

adverse impact on land environment is envisaged.

• Hazardous waste will be stored separately in dry & covered place with RCC plat

form. There will be provision of separately storage area of 120 sq.m.

• Forklift truck will be used in shifting, loading and unloading operation for

hazardous waste to minimize manual handling of hazardous waste.

• Necessary PPE’s shall be provided to workers while handling of hazardous waste.

• The hazardous wastes generated from the industry will be residue from MEE,

ETP sludge, and spent/waste oil. The details of quantity of hazardous waste

generated and disposal facility is given in Chapter 2 in section 2.10.

8.6.7 MANAGEMENT OF GREEN BELT DEVELOPMENT

The main objective of green belt is to provide a barrier between source of pollution and

surrounding area by filtering the air particulate and interacting with gaseous pollutants

before it reaches to the ground.



An ideal green belt always imparts scenic beauty besides providing roosting/perching

place for birds and ground surface for naturally available reptiles, other flora and fauna

species, to make the area more natural and hazard free.

The company has existing green belt in Plot No. 285,286/1, A-1-322/23; the total

greenbelt area is 2262 sq.m. There will be provision of budget of 5 Lakhs rupees for

green belt development. The unit will plant/rearrange 180 trees and shrubs in green belt

area. Development of green belt with carefully selected native plant species is of prime

importance due to their capacity to reduce noise and air pollution impacts by attenuation /

assimilation and for providing food and habitat for local macro and micro fauna. This not

only overcomes the problem but also enhances the beauty of area that will attract bird and

insect species and by this way ecology of the area will maintain to a great extent. For

developing the greenbelt in and around proposed project sites care need to be taken to

plant the evergreen species. The planting of evergreen species may have certain

advantages that may reduce the environmental pollution. Existing green belt photographs

are attached as annexure – VIII.

TABLE 8.5

LIST OF PLANT SPECIES TO CONTROL GAS, DUST EMISSION AND NOISE LEVEL

Sr. No.

Botanical Name Common Name Ecological Performance*

Type

1. Aegle marmelos Bel CN, DC Tree 2. Azardirachta indica Neem CN, OGE, DC Tree 3. Butea monosperma Palas CN, DC Tree 4. Polyalthia longifolia Ashoka CN, DC Tree 5. Syzygium cumini Jamun, Jambu CN, OGE, DC Tree 6. Tamarindus indica Emali CN, OGE, DC Tree 7. Terminalia catappa Desi Badam CN, OGE, DC Tree 8. Terminalia arjuna Arjun CN, OGE, DC Tree

*Ecological performance: CN – Control Noise level, OGE – Absorb Gas emission

(Sexena 1991) and (Abbasi & Khan 2000), DC - Dust Controller (CPCB 2007)

8.7.7.1 Preparation of Greenbelt Plan

The proposed greenbelt development should be of a suitable width along the periphery of

project site area including unit complex, space between the units located within the

project, along the roads, storage areas, loading / unloading areas of products etc.



Criteria for Selection of Species for Greenbelt

The plant species suitable for green belt development should be selected based on the

following characteristics.

• It should have thick canopy cover

• They should be perennial and evergreen

• They should have high sink potential for pollutants

• They should be efficient in absorbing pollutants if any without significantly

affecting their growth.

Guidelines for Plantation

The plant species identified for greenbelt development should be planted using pitting

technique. The pit size should be either 45 cm × 45 cm × 45 cm or 60 cm × 60 cm × 60

cm. bigger pit size is prepared on marginal and poor quality soil. Soil used for filling the

pit should be mixed with well decomposed farm yard manure for 45cm × 45 cm × 45 cm

and 60 cm × 60 cm × 60 cm size pits respectively. The filling of soil should be completed

at least 15-20 days before actual plantation. Healthy sapling of identified species should

be planted in each pit.

Road side Plantation

Roadside plantation plays a very important role for greening the area, increasing the

shady area, increasing aesthetic value and for eco-development of the area. The approach

roads to project site will be planted with flowering trees. Trees should be planted to

increase aesthetic value as well as shady area along the roads.

Each plant shows different air pollution tolerance level depending upon number of

factors. The trees should be tolerant to air pollutants present in the area & should be able

to grow and thrive on soil of the area, be evergreen, inhabitant, having minimum of leaf

fall. The trees should be tall in peripheral curtain plantation and with large and spreading

canopy in primary and secondary attenuation zone. It is also recommended to plant few

trees, which are sensitive to air pollution as air pollution indicator.

8.6.7.2 Budget Allocation

Greenbelt around the project site will be developed with in initial three to four years. The

green belt around the site plantation with at least 2x2 meters per plant is proposed.

Detailed budget Break-up is given in Table 8.6.



TABLE 8.6

BUDGET FOR GREENBELT DEVELOPMENT

Work or Activity 1st Year 2nd Year 3rd Year 4th Year Total

Plantation at Periphery of the Project Site

Plantation Planned 65 35 20 10 120 Trees

Amount (INR) 2,00,000 1,10,000 30,000 10,000 3,50,000

Plantation of outside the plant

Plantation Planned 35 25 -- -- 60

Amount (INR) 1,00,000 50,000 -- -- 1,50,000

8.7.7.3 PLANTATION TECHNIQUE AND CARE

Plantation Technique

Following basic procedures need to be followed for greening the area.

• Since the project area fall under semi-arid condition and having poor soil quality,

plantation of tree species required approx. 1m3 pit for soil enrichment.

• Pit should be filled with imported soil with 3:1:1 the ratio of sand, silt and form

yard manure.

• Procure well grown saplings of recommended species from the nearby Forest

Department nursery.

• Make 1m diameter ring bund around the planted saplings for water retention.

• Watering of sapling is species specific, therefore watering need to be done once in

2 or 3 days for a period of five years.

• Soil wok and weeding need to be done once in a two months.

Monitoring Protocol

• The plantations need to be managed by regular watering, soil enrichment work,

applying manure, weeding and provide proper protection.

• Replacement of sapling (replanting) required whenever mortality occurs in the

plantation during the growth stage.

• Plantation requires after care for a period of minimum five years till the saplings

attain matured tree stage.

Any damage to the developed greenbelt due to any natural or cattle activity should be

redeveloped and maintained by the agency.



8.6.8 CLEANER PRODUCTION

• All steam condensate will be recycled back to boiler feed water.

• All raw material handling will be done through pumps and closed system, so no leak

formation take place.

• Company will take all the measures in order to protect the machineries and equipment

for ageing.

• During transfer of materials, spillages will be avoided and garland drains be

constructed to avoid mixing of accidental spillages with domestic wastewater and storm

water drains.

• Air pollutant ammonia gas is scrubbed in two stage scrubber and recycles back in the

process.

• Recycling of 132.2 KL/day of water by installing RO & MEE system.

• Water circulation system will be provided to condensate solvent vapors and reduce

solvent losses. Solvent recovery is achieve more than 97% and remaining solvent is

absorbed in water.

• Improved housekeeping and training of cleaner production to all employees of the

organization.

8.6.9 MANAGEMENT OF BIOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT

• Wastewater (Effluents) generated by industry should be treated adequately and

domestic wastewater (sewage) sent to septic tank/soak pit. No contaminated water

should be allowed to enter the surrounding environment or surface water body.

• Evaporator should be provided for treatment.

• Green belt should be developed all along the boundary of the installation by

choosing fast growing and resistant varieties suitable to the soil conditions in the

site (native plants) and special care should be taken to maintain it.

• Survival rate of the planted trees should be closely monitored in the green belt and

the trees which could not survive should be counted.

• There should be a waste management plan developed for categorization and

handling of wastes.

8.7 ADDITIONAL MITIGATION MEASURES

In addition to the above suggested measures for management of air, water, soil, etc

following additional measures shall be provided.



8.7.1 ENERGY CONSERVATION PROGRAMME


costs and be environmentally pro-active. Energy conservation will be one of the focuses

during planning and operation stages. The conservation efforts would consist of the

following:

a. Energy Saving Practices

• Purchase of energy efficient appliances.

• Constant monitoring of energy consumption and defining targets for energy

conservation.

• Adjusting the settings and illumination levels to ensure minimum energy used for

desired comfort levels.

• Economizers will be provided to utilize heat.

• Condensate will be recovered and will send back to boiler.

• Proper temperature controls will be provided to reduce load on heating systems.

• Proper load factor will be maintained by the company.

• Company will adopt good maintenance practices and will maintain good

housekeeping which will help in better illumination levels with least number of

fixtures.

• On most of roofs transparent acrylic sheets will be provided to use day light and

to stop use of lights during day time.

• CFL lamps will be provided.

• To the extent possible and technically feasible, energy efficient equipment will be

selected.

• Gravity flow will be preferred wherever possible to save pumping energy.

• Recycling of water will be done.

b. Behavioral change on consumption

• Awareness on energy conservation.

• Training to staffs on methods of energy conservation.

8.7.2 WATER CONSERVATION PROGRAMME

Water conservation shall be practiced to the extent possible by use of reclaimed water for

all non potable application like gardening, lawns and flushing toilets etc.



(I) Minimizing Water Consumption

A combination of water saving appliances and water management measures will be

planned in the plant. The message of water conservation shall be spread to all occupiers

on site by way of awareness campaigns and circulars. Specific measures that will be

implemented include the following.

(II) Management Measures

• Reduce toilet cistern volume in single flush models.

• Promote awareness on water conservation and reducing water wastage.

• Quick fixing of leaking taps, pipes and toilet cisterns; Sweep with a broom and

pan where possible, rather than hose down external areas.

Minimize water use in gardens by the following measures:

• Drip irrigation system shall be used for the lawns and other green area which can

save water between 15-40% of the water use, compared with other watering

techniques.

• Plants with similar water requirements shall be grouped on common zones to

match precipitation heads and emitters.

• Use of low-volume, low-angle sprinklers for lawn areas.

• Select controllers with adjustable watering schedules and moisture sensors to

account for seasonal variations and calibrate them during commissioning.

• Selecting a drought resistant grass.

(III) Water Saving Investments

• Reduce water delivery in taps and showers, through the installation of low flow

devices or aerators on showerheads.

• Spring-loaded taps;

• Installation of sub-meters on key areas of water use – monitoring water use is a

precursor for management and Water Efficient Plumbing Fixtures

8.7.3 MANAGEMENT OF TRAFFIC

Parking space for vehicles will be provided for loading and unloading products. Adequate

roads to cater to two way traffic and to meet the fire regulations are planned in the

complex.

• One gate for entry and exit will be provided with 7m wide approach roads.

• Convex mirror placed along all critical points for visibility.

• Adequate Ramp Feeds will be provided.



• Zebra crossings shall be provided on the existing road for pedestrian access.

• Entry and exit shall be managed by security personnel who will also regulate

traffic.

• Thus the traffic management will be easily and smoothly monitored without any

hindrances to the regular flow of traffic on the main road.

8.7.4 ODOUR CONTROL MANAGEMENT PLAN

Odour Problem and Sources of Emissions

• Causes of odour can be bad raw material feed in the reactor, loading& unloading

liquid raw material, sanitation, bacterial growth in the interconnecting pipes &

unattended drains etc.

Remedial Measures

• Better management to avoid smell.

• Regular inspection of tank roof seals, maintenance of valves, pumps and other

equipment to prevent leakage.

• Use of sanitation biocides to minimize the growth of aerobic/anaerobic micro

organisms.

• Steaming of major pipe lines.

• Proper cleaning of drains.

Following Additional methods can also be used to reduce odour nuisance:

• Green belt development in the buffer zone may help at least partially to mitigate /

obfuscate the odour.

• Ensuring that the operation is carried out under the best management practices.

• If still the odour persists nozzles, sprayers and atomizers that spray ultra-fine

particles of water or chemicals can be used along the boundary lines of area

sources to suppress odour.

8.7.5 SAFETY MEASURES TO PREVENT THE OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH

HAZARDS

• All reasonably practical measures will be adopted by the unit to minimize the risk

of accidents within a chemical manufacturing unit.

• All building plans and installations will be as per relevant laws and will be

approved by competent authority.

• Training will be imparted to all workers for all the hazardous process operations

within the plant and will be supervised by experienced supervisors.



• Suitable personnel protective equipments and fire extinguishers at strategic

locations and suitable personal protective equipments will be provided.

• Flame proof electrical fittings, flame arrestors etc will be installed.

• All the raw materials will be stored in designated storage area equipped with

necessary safety features.

• Periodic inspection & testing of pressure vessels, equipments, and machineries

will be done.

• Good housekeeping will be ensured within the factory premises.

• All designated staff & workers will be trained for the fire fighting, work permit

system, first aid and safe handballing of hazardous chemicals.

• Incident/accident reporting system will be developed and all the employees will

be made aware for the same.

• Suitable notices/boards will be displayed at designated locations indicating

appropriate hazard warnings.

• Antidotes as well as MSDS for all the chemicals will be made available within the

factory premises.

• Pre-employment medical check up at the time of employment will be carried out.

In order to safe guard the health of the employees, all the employees undergo

periodic health checkup at every six month. Medical fitness certificate of

employee (Form No. 33) and worker health reports are attached as Annexure –

XXII.

8.7.6 SOCIAL WELFARE MEASURES FOR FUTURE PLANNING

Providing materials and monetary aid, to schools, primary health centers, hospitals,

sports, clubs and places of worship.

• Planning to create residential, medical, educational and recreational facilities for

our employees.

• Rural Development Programmers for up liftmen of people in the form of dead

diction, self-help, vocational training and guidance etc.

• Contributed in any welfare society.

• Scholarship for girls in Schools.

• Training local unprivileged boys and girls for Housekeeping, Laundry etc and

provide employment.

• Adoption of Local School / Slum for up liftmen of locals.



8.8 FINDINGS

From the foregoing sections it is clear that environmental considerations are foremost

during development of the project, at all the following levels:

(1) Planning and design (2) Post project operations

The following findings are to be mentioned:

• The project will have no significant environmental impacts during operations.

• Project risks will be minimized through rigorous enforcement of national design

and operational standards.

• The environmental and safety aspects of the project are straightforward and well

understood.

• A detailed environmental impact study is carried out and EMP. No further studies

are required to elaborate these subjects.

The EMP also provides for establishing, and maintaining a system of environmental

monitoring and auditing to ensure strict compliance of all the measures identified in the

EMP, and minimize adverse environmental and social impacts.

8.9 SHOW CAUSE NOTICE

The unit has received show cause notices/direction in last year. All are attached as

annexure XXIII. The detail of each notice/direction is as under. Also the reply by the unit

is provided below.

8.9.1 Show cause notice Ref. no.1 - SCN-358647, dated 09/06/16.

Content of show cause notice

Unit will submit last three month production data, water usage detail and solid waste

detail; you are directed to submit detailed action taken report with supporting documents

(if not submitted).

Corrective action

Unit has submitted the last three month production data, water usage and solid waste

details to GPCB.

The copy of the submission and supporting documents has been attached as Annexure –

XXIII.

8.9.2 Show cause notice Ref. no.2 - SCN-343058, dated 29/01/16.

Content of show cause notice

The Analysis Report of the Sample drawn indicates that high TDS. It is NOT confirming

to the tolerance limits specified in the Consent Order.



Corrective action Unit has started further segregation of High TDS stream. Last result of GPCB has been

attached for your ready reference which shows the reduction in TDS.

Now, Unit will adopt ‘Zero’ Liquid Discharge.

Submitted reply to GPCB is also attached for your reference. (Annexure - XXIII)

8.10 CONCLUSION



The unit will use recovered water from R.O. system and MEE plant. Hence, unit will

adopt ‘Zero’ Liquid Discharge.

None of the routine activities will cause any noticeable impact on any component of the

environment, including the socio-economic component. Provision of green belt and

energy conservation shall further facilitate in overall scenario management of

Environment.

Thus, it can be concluded on a positive note that after the implementation of the

mitigation measures and Environmental Management Plan, the proposed project shall

have negligible impact on environment and will benefit the local people and economy.



CHAPTER – 9

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY& CONCLUSION

9.1 INTRODUCTION

M/s. Aarti Industries Ltd. (Amine Division) is located at Plot no. 285,286/1,A-1-322/23,








Organic Chemicals. Since the project is established in industrial estate, Vapi, and it is


(Daman and Dadar & Nagar haveli) so it is classified as Category “A” project. Public

hearing is not applicable to this expansion project as the unit is located in GIDC notified

area. Environment Clearance will be evaluated by the Industrial committee of MoEF &

CC, New Delhi.

9.1.1 LOCATION

The project site is located at Plot no. 285, 286/1, A-1-322/23, GIDC Estate, Phase - II,

Pardi, Vapi, Dist.:-Valsad, Gujarat. It is approximately 27.04 km distance from District

Valsad.





The approximate geographical positioning of the project site is at Latitude

20°21’20.50”N, Longitude 72°56’5.25” E. The unit is spread over in 15,078 sq.m. area in

GIDC Estate, Vapi. The location of the project site can be identified from the satellite

image or Google earth image shown in Figure 1 & 2 of chapter 1.



9.1.2 INVESTMENT

The company premises have established in 15,078 sq. m. of total land. The existing

investment in plant and machinery, land, building etc. is 1745 Lakhs. The additional

investment for proposed expansion will be Rs. 1500 Lakhs.

9.1.3 INFRASTRUCTURE FACILITIES

The proposed plot will be established next to the existing unit so; expansion will be

carried out at existing Plot no. 285,286/1,A-1-322/23, GIDC Estate, Phase - II, Pardi,

Dist.:-Valsad, Gujarat. Letter of Land allotment from GIDC of industrial are attached as

Annexure - V. The total plot area of the unit is 15078 sq. m. The green belt area is 2262

sq.m. The plant layout is attached as Annexure – VII. The photograph of existing plant

area is attached as Annexure - VIII.

9.1.4 PRODUCT & CO-PRODUCT DETAILS

The unit has valid CCA order No.: AWH-62543, issued on dated: 29/05/2014 for

manufacturing of Organic products like 4-Nitro Aniline, 2-Nitro Aniline, 2-Chloro 4

Nitro Aniline, Para Chloro Ortho Nitro Aniline, Di Chloro Ortho Nitro Aniline, 6-Chloro

Ortho Nitro Aniline, 4,4-Diamino Diphenyl Sulfone. The production capacity of all

products and Co- products are given in Chapter 1, Table 1.2. The existing byproduct

formation is 767 MT/month. After expansion the byproduct formation will be 2625/2551

MT/month.

9.2 PROJECT DESCRIPTION

9.2.1 NEED FOR THE PROJECT

Any investment decision is done based on techno economic viability of the project. The

project has to be technically feasible and financially viable in nature. The existing unit is

in export market for several years. They have orders in hand and unable to fulfill the

export demand from various countries. The quality of their product is the edge in the

international market. This required the unit to decide for expansion.

9.2.2 PRODUCTION AND RAW MATERIAL

Existing manufacturing involves unit operations like amonolysis and hydrolysis.

The existing production capacity is 555 MT/month. The unit has proposed

expansion for manufacturing oforganic product. After expansion, total production



capacity will be 1500 MT/month. The list of raw materials required for each

product is provided in Table 2.1.

9.2.3 RESOURCE REQUIREMENT

LAND

The total plot area of the unit is 15078 sq. m. The green belt area is 2262 sq.m.

WATER REQUIREMENT

Average daily fresh water consumption in existing unit is about 340 KL/Day.

Proposed average daily fresh water consumption of the unit will be 354 KL/day and

recovered water consumption will be 147.2 KL/day. So, total water consumption will be

694 KL/day (546.8 KL/day of fresh water + 147.2 KL/day of recycled water) after

proposed expansion.

ENERGY REQUIREMENT

The existing connected load is 1225 KVA. The proposed connected load will be 300

KVA. So, the total load will be 1525 KVA. It has met through Daxin Gujarat Vij

Company Limited.

UTILITIES

For the proposed expansion project the utilities to be installed will be Cooling tower, Air

compressor.

9.2.4 POLLUTION POTENTIAL SCENARIO

WASTE WATER MANAGEMENT

As per CCA, the effluent generation is 52 KL/Day. After proposed expansion, total

effluent generation will be 148 KL/Day (Existing: 52 KL/Day + Proposed: 96 KL/Day).

Existing and proposed industrial effluent will be treated in unit’s own ETP & STP.

15 KL/Day of sewage waste water treated in sewage treatment plant and 133 KL/Day of



GASEOUS EMISSION

Flue Gas Emission

As per CCA order no. AWH- 62543, the unit has two stacks of D.G sets having 11 m

height each and two stacks of Steam Boiler having 30 m each.



Now, the unit has proposed one boiler of 25 TPH and one D.G set of 625 KVA. Thus

there will be proposed additional one boiler stack having height 30 m and one D.G set

stack having height 11 m.

Process Emission

As per CCA order no. AWH- 62543, the unit has two stacks of autoclave reactor and

ONA day tank and Ammonia Recovery. Two stage scrubber use as APCM is attach to

stack for control process emission.

There will be no any additional stack of process emission stack.

HAZARDOUS WASTE GENERATION

The following type of hazardous waste will be generated from the operational activities.


(Management and Handling) Rules 2008 & 2016, and hence no adverse impact on land


9.3 BASELINE ENVIRONMENT STATUS

9.3.1 STUDY AREA INCLUDED IN ENVIRONMENTAL SETTING

Studies were carried out in about 10 km radius area from the project site with respect to

meteorology, flora, fauna, land and socio-economies of the area. Further sampling and

analysis of air quality, water quality, noise level and soil quality were carried out. The

base line data were monitored for study period of Oct, 2016 to Dec, 2016. The study team

conducted site surveys and field experiments to gathering the information on air quality,

water quality, noise quality and soil quality.

9.3.2 CLIMATE OF THE STUDY AREA

Relative Humidity

The maximum relative humidity reported around 94% and minimum relative humidity is

reported around 23% during period of Oct, 2016 to Dec, 2016.

Temperature

The maximum temperature is reported 34oC and the minimum temperature is reported

17oC during period of Oct, 2016 to Dec, 2016.

Wind

It was observed that wind is blowing mainly towards the SW direction from NE. average

wind speed was 2.38 m/s with calm winds recorded to be 10.6%.



9.3.3 AMBIENT AIR QUALITY





the location of the proposed project. It was decided to the study ambient air quality at 8

locations in the different direction in probable impact zone including the project site.

9.3.4 WATER QUALITY

Based on data obtained, it could be started that the value of magnesium content found

which more than the permissible limit in the ground water samples and surface water

samples. Hence, other parameter was found within the permissible limit.

9.3.5 NOISE ENVIRONMENT

Noise level monitoring was carried out at nine locations.

The noise levels during daytime varied from 45-52 dB (A) Leq to 53-72 dB (A) Leq in

the study area. The noise level in the study area is within the permissible Limits as per

Noise rules 2000.

The night time noise level in the study area is in the range of 38-46 dB (A) Leq to 46-51

dB (A) Leq. The night time noise was also within stipulated standards of CPCB.

9.3.6 SOIL

On data obtained, it is ensured that the soil quality at around site is appropriate and no

abnormality in terms of soil contaminants is reported.

9.3.7 LAND USE OF THE STUDY AREA

As per satellite imagery, major land use of study area of 10 km is covered by 155.9

sq.m of open land, 57.9 sq.m of Agricultural land, 37.13 sq.m of open/degraded

vegetation, 19.74 sq.m of Fallow land, 9.6 sq.m of plantation, 8.81 sq.m of settlement

& habitation, 8.71 sq.m of industrial area, 7.97 sq.m of River & canal.

9.3.8 BIOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT



Forest.



There are patches of reserved forest and protected forests within 10 Kms radial periphery

of the study area.

9.4 IDENTIFICATION & ASSESSMENTOF IMPACT

9.4.1 WATER ENVIRONMENT





9.4.2 AIR ENVIRONMENT





There is provision of water scrubber followed by sulphuric acid scrubber to control

emission of ammonia gas from stack attached to Autoclave Reactor, ONA day tank and

Ammonia Recovery Plant.

Water sprinkling will be regularly carried in order to arrest the fugitive dust to the

maximum extent possible. Only “PUC” certified vehicles of contractor will be deployed

at site. The green belt will reduce fugitive emissions in the environment.

9.4.3 NOISE ENVIRONMENT

Noise will be generated during the intermittent operation of machineries for site clearing

and also during vehicular movement. There will be short term, localized and reversible

impact on ambient noise levels during the construction activities. Other sources of noise

pollution will be boilers, diesel generator and other noise generating units.

Adequate noise control measures such as mufflers, silencers at the air inlet/outlet, anti-


will be provided for all noise generating machines. Job rotation will reduce exposure to






9.4.4 LAND ENVIRONMENT

There will be no significant adverse impact on land environment due to handling

of hazardous solids waste. The unit has closed hazardous waste storage area with

impervious flooring. Transportation of hazardous waste to the TSDF site is governed as

per the Hazardous Waste (Management, Handling and Trans boundary Movement) Rules.

Separate collection system is provided for collection of spillage material. Impervious

layer, RCC roads and flooring is provided to area, where the chemical storage and

handling activities will be involved. Separate storm water collection system is provided

to prevent contamination of soil through contaminated water. The unit is following

Standard Operating Procedure (SOP) for storing and handling of hazardous wastes.

9.4.5 ECOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT

The project site is located within the GIDC .The project site is manufacturing unit. Since,

the project is established on a non-agriculture land, it will not to alter the crop production

of the area. The project site is at a far distance from sanctuaries and national parks. The

patches of protected forest and reserved forest are found within study area but it is not

affected by the project. The waste water generated from the process and domestic activity

will be properly treated and reused in cooling tower. There will be no impact on fisheries

and aquatic life as it is zero discharge unit. Hence, no adverse impact on this account is

anticipated.

9.4.6 INFRA STRUCTURE AND SERVICES

The plant is located in a GIDC, Vapi. having all essential facilities such as water, power,

post, rest room, sanitation and telecommunication. There is a well laid down broad roads

already existing in GIDC, Vapi. At the full capacity of production, there will be 12-15

taker/trucks per day for transportation of raw material and finished good products. This

will have DGVCL is having large amount of electricity production thus due to extra

consumption of electricity no adverse impact of electricity supply is predicted. Almost

negligible impact on road network.

9.4.7 SOCIO-ECONOMIC IMPACT

This will be a beneficial impact on the local socio-economic environment as increase in

demand for essential utilities and employment during both construction and operational

phase.



9.5 ENVIRONMENT MONITORING PROGRAM

D.G set are stand by facility. Their monitoring will be done by external monitoring

agency whenever it will be in running condition.

The unit will carry out three month monitoring of ambient air, process emission and

fugitive emission. Noise monitoring will be done at the interval of three month. Waste

water will be monitored daily. Hazardous waste will be monitored at every one year.

9.6 RISK ASSESSMENT AND DISASTER MANAGEMENT PLAN

9.6.1 RISK ASSESSMENT

Fire, explosion, toxic release or combinations of them are the hazards associated with

industrial plants using hazardous chemicals. The risk assessment study including

identification of hazard, consequence analysis, recommendation based on consequence

analysis etc are covered in chapter-6.

9.6.2 DISASTER MANAGEMENT PLAN

The unit has developed the emergency management system to tackle the emergency

situation. The detail of disaster management system is discussed in the section 6.6.

9.6.3 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND SAFETY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

Details of occupational health and safety are covered in topic 6.7. It covers planning at

construction & erection stage and operation & maintenance stage. Also, other details like

hospital facilities, OHC, Ambulance van, First aid box, periodical medical examination,

and work place monitoring plan, safety plan, safety organization, safety circle and safety

training.

There will be provision of PPE, antidotes, periodic inspection & testing of pressure

vessels, equipment, machineries, pre-employment medical checkup, periodic health

checkup, training of firefighting, work permits system, first aid, safe handling of

hazardous chemicals and integrating safety. Hazardous processes will be operated by

trained workers and will be looked after by qualified & experienced supervisors.

9.7 PROJECT BENEFITS

The company is committed for contribution of funds and provides the services for the

upliftment of local community in the nearby villages. The detail of budgetary allocation

for socio economic activity is covered in section 7.4.



The unit has planned to spend 5% of the total cost of the proposed project (Rs.1500


Lakhs used for five year in the CSR activities.

9.8 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

9.8.1 ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT CELL

M/s. Aarti Industries Ltd. (Amine Division) has assigned responsibility to officers from

various disciplines to co-ordinate the activities concerned with management and

implementation of environmental control measures.

The unit has already developed system of reporting of non-compliances / violations of

environmental norms to the Board of Directors of the company.

When ever such situations come in, which could be detrimental to environmental in that case

shift Incharge directly coordinate with plant manager & DGM Operation. This will ultimately

lead to the highest chain of command which has authority to take decisions. The unit have

develop emergency reporting system.

The unit has planned to revise environment policy to fulfill corporate environment

responsibility.

9.8.2 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

A) ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT PLAN FOR CONSTRUCTION PHASE



B) ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT PLAN FOR OPERATIONAL PHASE

The possible sources of flue gas emission and process emission and fugitive emission are

given in topic- 8.2, chapter-8.

FLUE GAS EMISSION

The flue gas emission are SPM, SOX, NOX to control measures is Bag filter, Multi

Cyclone; Dust Collector & ESP followed by adequate stack height.

PROCESS EMISSION

The process emission is ammonia to control measures is water scrubbers followed by

sulfuric acid scrubber.



WASTE WATER





NOISE

Audio metric test should be conducted periodically for employees working close to the

high noise sources. D.G. set will be sound proof and located in an enclosure. Adequate

noise control measures such as mufflers, silencers at the air inlet/outlet, anti-vibration pad

for equipment with high vibration, earmuff and ear plugs to the operators, etc. will be

provided. Rotation of work will minimize exposure.

LAND

Raw materials will be stored in M.S tanks, S.S tank and HDPE Carboys, HDPE bags,etc

in sepereate storage room. All the raw effluent storage tanks will be covered with RCC

slab. Separate collection system is provided for collection of spillage material.

Impervious layer, RCC roads and flooring is provided to area, where the chemical storage

and handling activities is involved. The acid tanks are provided with dyke wall to control

spread of leakages.

The unit will take same precautions for the hazardous wastes which will be generated

after proposed expansion.

GREEN BELT

The total greenbelt area will be 2262 sq.m. There will be provision of budget of 5 to 10

Lakh rupees for green belt development .The unit will plant/rearrange 180 trees and

shrubs in green belt area. Greenbelt around the project site will be developed with in

initial three to four years.

ENERGY CONSERVATION PROGRAMME


costs and be environmentally pro-active.



MANAGEMENT OF TRAFFIC

Parking space for vehicles will be provided for loading and unloading products. Adequate

roads to cater to two way traffic and to meet the fire regulations are planned in the

complex.

9.9 PUBLIC HEARING

Public Hearing has been exempted for the industrial project within Vapi GIDC Area.

9.10 CONCLUSION



The unit will use recovered water from R.O. system and MEE plant. Hence, unit will

adopt ‘Zero’ Liquid Discharge.

None of the routine activities will cause any noticeable impact on any component of the

environment, including the socio-economic component. Provision of green belt and

energy conservation shall further facilitate in overall scenario management of

Environment.

Thus, it can be concluded on a positive note that after the implementation of the

mitigation measures and Environmental Management Plan, the proposed project shall

have negligible impact on environment and will benefit the local people and economy.



CHAPTER – 10

DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANT ENGAGED

M/S. JYOTI OM CHEMICAL RESEARCH CENTRE PVT LTD., established in

1990 by woman entrepreneur Mrs. Hina C. Upasani, is well-equipped analytical

laboratory for chemical analysis. It offers following services to various types of industries

in general, and Chemical / Pharmaceutical, CETPS, solid waste sites and dyes and dyes

intermediate in particular.

10.1 SALIENT FEATURES

• Spread over 600 m2 plot with about 350 m2 built up area.

• 1000sq.feet office space purchased at Vadodara for carrying out Climate

Change work.

• Well-equipped laboratory with instrument room, conference room, wet

Analysis lab room, microbiology laboratory, Air Analysis Laboratory, Library

& computer room etc.

• Experienced and qualified staff.

• Approved Testing House by Industries Commissioner, Gujarat Government.

• Recognized as Environment Auditor by Gujarat Pollution Control Board,

Gandhinagar.

• ISO 9001-2000 Certified by American Quality Assessor, AQA. Since 2002.

• NABL accreditation for water and Air parameters.

• Trained for Cleaner Production Assessment by Department of Environment

and Forest, Government of Gujarat under World Bank capacity building

programme.

• Computerized testing facility.

• Consultant to Gujarat Cleaner Production Centre, Gandhinagar for Cleaner

Product Assessment.



• Service provider to UNIDO, Vienna, Austria for Clean Technology

Assessment.

• Consultancy for EIA reports.

10.2 SERVICES PROVIDED BY THE CENTRE

• Analysis of chemicals, dyes and dye intermediates

• Analysis of bulk drugs and intermediates

• Analysis of water and waste water

• Testing of environment samples – water, air, solid waste and soil

• Trace analysis of chemicals in waste water

• Environment auditing

• Cleaner Production Assessment

• Microbiological analysis of water

• Clean Technology Assessment

• Environment Technological Assessment (EnTA)

• Environment Impact Assessment

• Climate Change Consultancy

• Environment consultancy

• Environment clearance consultancy

10.3 OUTSTANDING ACHIVEMENTS

1) Received Gujarat Cleaner Production Award for CP work at M/s. The Ankleshwar

Poly Dyestuff Pvt. Ltd. on 5th June, 2006 from Chief Minister Mr. Narendra Modi.

2) Received contract from UNIDO, Vienna, for writing PDD and developing new

methodology for sulphuric acid project.



3) Established demonstration unit FIRST TIME in INDIA of Plasma based hazardous

waste destruction facility in collaboration with M/s. PEAT International, USA. Got

approval from Central Pollution Control Board, New Delhi.

4) Engaged in creating cluster base recycling unit of spent sulphuric acid to pure

sulphuric acid.

5) UNIDO, VIENNA has also assigned work to find out alternative Air oxidation

technology in place of nitric acid oxidation technology to reduce Green House gas

emission.

6) Clean Technology tie up with following companies: (i) for recovery of sulphuric acid

from spent sulphuric acid – M/S Aker Kvaerner Chemetics, Canada. (ii) Destruction of

hazardous waste using Plasma Technology, PEAT International, USA

(iii) Catalytic Air Oxidation in place of Nitric acid oxidation, M/S Buss Chem Tech AG,

Switzerland (iv) CDM consultancy , BSS, Switzerland

7) Received contract from UNIDO, Vienna, for writing PDD and developing new

methodology for Air Oxidation Technology.

12) The organisation wrote two methodologies and Project Development Document

(PDD) and submitted to UNFCCC. The working committee of UNFCCC approved the

methodologies. They are for recovery of sulphuric acid from spent sulphuric acid and

substitution of incineration with Plasma Technology.

10.4 STATUS OF NABET ACCREDITATION

The organisation has obtained stay order from the Honourable High Court of Gujarat.The

copy of the stay order is attached as Annexure-XXIV. The cases from various high courts

of the countries are transferred to Hon. Supreme Court. It is further declared that at the

time of submission of EIA report, the stay order is valid.

10.5 DECLARATION BY CONSULTANT: An undertaking regarding the prescribed TOR have been complied with and data

submitted in this EIA is factually correct is attached as Annexure XXV. This is as per

office memorandum of MoEF & CC dated 04/08/2009.

Documents

Front page- Amine Div - environmentclearance.nic.inenvironmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/280220174ZLWP9L4... · environmental impact assessment report of (amine division)